Reset to Today

To access the FCA Handbook Archive choose a date between 1 January 2001 and 31 December 2004.

Content Options:

Content Options

View Options:

Alternative versions

  1. Point in time
    2017-12-04

SUP 16.1 Application

SUP 16.1.1 R RP

This chapter applies to every firm and qualifying parent undertaking34within a category listed in column (2) of the table in SUP 16.1.3 R and in accordance with column (3) of that table.

SUP 16.1.1A D RP
SUP 16.1.1B D RP

27The directions and guidance in SUP 16.15 apply to electronic money issuers that are not credit institutions.

SUP 16.1.1C G RP

31The directions and guidance in SUP 16.18 apply for the following types of AIFM:

  1. (1)

    a small registered UK AIFM;

  2. (2)

    an above-threshold non-EEA AIFMmarketing in the UK; and

  3. (3)

    a small non-EEA AIFMmarketing in the UK.

SUP 16.1.1D D

35 SUP 16.21 applies to a CBTL firm.

SUP 16.1.1E D RP

39The rules, directions and guidance in SUP 16.22 apply to a payment service provider located in the UK other than:

  1. (1)

    a credit union;

  2. (2)

    National Savings and Investments; and

  3. (3)

    the Bank of England.

SUP 16.1.2 G RP

35The only categories of firm to which no section of this chapter applies are:

  1. (1)

    an ICVC;

  2. (2)

    an incoming EEA firm or incoming Treaty firm, unless it is:

    1. (a)

      a firm of a type listed in SUP 16.1.3 R as a type of firm to which SUP 16.6, SUP 16.7A,335SUP 16.9,23SUP 16.12, or SUP 16.142325 applies; or

      2617
    2. (b)

      an insurer with permission to effect or carry out life policies; or39

    3. (c)

      a firm with permission to establish, operate or wind up a personal pension scheme or 14 a stakeholder pension scheme;3 or39

      14
    4. (d)

      a payment service provider to which SUP 16.22 applies; and39

  3. (3)

    a UCITS qualifier.

SUP 16.1.3 R RP

Application of different sections of SUP 16 (excluding SUP 16.13, SUP 16.15,4266SUP 16.16,39 SUP 16.17 and SUP 16.2239)27

8889999

(1) Section(s)

(2) Categories of firm to which section applies

(3) Applicable rules and guidance

SUP 16.1 , SUP 16.2 and SUP 16.3

All categories of firm except:

Entire sections

(a)

an ICVC;

(b)

an incoming EEA firm or incoming Treaty firm , which is not:

(i)

a firm of a type to which SUP 16.6 or 20 SUP 16.12 20 applies; or

(ii)

an insurer with permission to effect or carry out life policies; or

(iii) 3

a with to establish, operate or wind up a stakeholder pension scheme;14a firm with permission to establish, operate or wind up a personal pension scheme or a stakeholder pension scheme;14 or39

39 (iv)

a payment service provider to which SUP 16.22 applies; and

(c)

a UCITS qualifier.

SUP 16.4 and SUP 16.5 2

All categories of firm except:

Entire sections

(-a)

a credit union;2

(a)

an ICVC;

(b)

an incoming EEA firm;

(c)

an incoming Treaty firm;

(d)

a non-directive friendly society;

(e) 4

[deleted] 4

(f)

a sole trader;

(g)

a service company;

(h)

a UCITS qualifier;8

8

(i) 8

a firm with permission to carry on only retail investment activities;8

(ia)38

a firm with permission only to advise on P2P agreements (unless that activity is carried on exclusively with or for professional clients);38

(j) 8

a firm with permission to carry on only insurance mediation activity , home finance mediation activity,16 or both;8

16

(ja) 30

an FCA-authorised person with permission to carry on only credit-related regulated activity;

(k) 8

a firm falling within a combination of (i), (ia),38 (j) and (ja). 30

30

SUP 16.6

Bank

27

SUP 16.6.4 R to SUP 16.6.5 R

41

41

36

41

41

26 28

41

28

41

28

Depositary of an authorised fund41

SUP 16.6.6R to SUP 16.6.11R41

33 SUP 16.7A

A firm subject to the requirement in SUP 16.7A.3 R or SUP 16.7A.5 R

Sections as relevant

SUP 16.8

Insurer with permission to effect or carry out life policies , unless it is a non-directive friendly society 3

Entire section

3 Firm with permission to establish, operate or wind up a personal pension scheme or a stakeholder pension scheme14

14

Entire section 3

SUP 16.9 5

Firm with permission to advise on investments ; arrange (bring about) deals in investments ; make arrangements with a view to transactions in investments ; or arrange safeguarding and administration of assets 5

Entire section 5

SUP 16.10 9

All categories of firm except: 9

Entire section 9

(a) 9

an ICVC ; 9

(b) 9

a UCITS qualifier ; 21 and 42

(c) 9

[deleted]42

21 9

21 (d)

a dormant account fund operator.

32 SUP 16.11

(1)

A firm, other than a managing agent, which is:

(a)

a home finance provider; or

Entire section

(b)

an insurer; or

Entire section

(c)

the operator of a regulated collective investment scheme or an investment trust savings scheme; or

Entire section

(d)

a person who issues or manages the relevant assets of the issuer of a structured capital-at-risk product; or

Entire section

(e)

a firm with permission to enter into a regulated credit agreement as lender in respect of high-cost short-term credit or home credit loan agreements; or

(2)

a firm in whom the rights and obligations of the lender under a regulated mortgage contract are vested.

The provisions governing performance data reports in SUP 16.11 and SUP 16 Annex 21

17 SUP 16.12

A firm undertaking the regulated activities as listed in SUP 16.12.4 R, unless exempted in SUP 16.12.1 G

Sections as relevant to regulated activities as listed in SUP 16.12.4 R23

23 24 25 SUP 16.14

A CASS large firm and a CASS medium firm

Entire section29

29 SUP 16.18

A full-scope UK AIFM and a small authorised UK AIFM

SUP 16.8.3 R

34 SUP 16.20

An IFPRU 730k firm and a qualifying parent undertaking that is required to send a recovery plan, a group recovery plan or information for a resolution plan to the FCA.

Entire Section

40 SUP 16.23

A firm subject to the Money Laundering Regulations and within the scope of SUP 16.23.1R

Entire Section

27Note 2 = The application of SUP 16.13 is set out under SUP 16.13.1 G;66 the application of SUP 16.15 is set out under SUP 16.15.1 G; the application of SUP 16.16 is set out SUP 16.16.1 R and SUP 16.16.2 R and the application of SUP 16.17 is set out in SUP 16.17.3 R and SUP 16.17.4 R66.

66

29Note 3 = The application of SUP 16.18 for the types of AIFMs specified in SUP 16.1.1C G is set out in SUP 16.18.2 G.

SUP 16.1.4 G RP
  1. (1)

    This chapter contains requirements to report to the FCA37 on a regular basis. These requirements include reports relating to a firm's financial condition, and to its compliance with other rules and requirements which apply to the firm. Where the relevant requirements are set out in another section of the Handbook, this chapter contains cross references. An example of this is financial reporting for insurers and friendly societies.

    6666
  2. (2)

    Where such requirements already apply to a firm under legislation other than the Act, they are not referred to in this chapter. An example of this is reporting to the FCA37 by building societies under those parts of the Building Societies Act 1986 which have not been repealed.

    6666
  3. (3)

    Requirements for individual firms reflect:

    1. (a)

      the category of firm;

    2. (b)

      the nature of business carried on;

    3. (c)

      whether a firm has its registered office (or if it does not have a registered office, its head office) in the United Kingdom; 17

    4. (d)

      whether a firm is an incoming EEA firm or incoming Treaty firm; and17

      17
    5. (e)

      the regulated activities the firm undertakes.17

SUP 16.1.5 G

[deleted]19

19
SUP 16.1.6 G

[deleted]19

19
SUP 16.1.7 G RP

66Where a PRA-authorised person is required to notify or provide any information to (a) the FCA37 by a PRA Handbook provision and (b) the FCA by the equivalent provision in the FCA Handbook, the PRA-authorised person is expected to comply with both provisions.

SUP 16.2 Purpose

SUP 16.2.1 G RP
  1. (1)

    In order to discharge its functions under the Act, the FCA1 needs timely and accurate information about firms. The provision of this information on a regular basis enables the FCA1 to build up over time a picture of firms' circumstances and behaviour.

    777
  2. (2)

    Principle 11 requires a firm to deal with its regulators in an open and cooperative way, and to disclose to the FCA1 appropriately anything relating to the firm of which the FCA1 would reasonably expect notice. The reporting requirements are part of the FCA1 approach to amplifying Principle 11 by setting out in more detail the information that the FCA1 requires. They supplement the provisions of SUP 2 (Information gathering by the FCA or PRA2 on its own initiative) and SUP 15 (Notifications to the FCA1). The reports required under these rules help the FCA1 to monitor firms' compliance with Principles governing relationships between firms and their customers, with Principle 4, which requires firms to maintain adequate financial resources, and with other requirements and standards under the regulatory system.

    777777777777

SUP 16.3 General provisions on reporting

Application

SUP 16.3.1 G RP

The effect of SUP 16.1.1 R is that this section applies to every firm except:

  1. (1)

    an ICVC;

  2. (2)

    an incoming EEA firm or incoming Treaty firm, which is not:

    1. (a)

      a firm of a type listed in SUP 16.1.3 R as a firm to which section SUP 16.6 or SUP 16.1214 applies;

      1424
    2. (b)

      an insurer with permission to effect or carry out life policies;

  3. (3)

    a UCITS qualifier.

Structure of the chapter

SUP 16.3.2 G RP

This chapter has been split into the following 14sections, covering:

5 3 5 14
  1. (1)

    annual controllers reports (SUP 16.4);

  2. (2)

    annual close links reports (SUP 16.5);

  3. (3)

    compliance reports (SUP 16.6);

  4. (4)

    [deleted]24

    24
  5. (4A)

    annual report and accounts (SUP 16.7A);26

  6. (5)

    persistency reports (SUP 16.8);

    53
  7. (6)

    annual appointed representatives reports (SUP 16.9);5

    53
  8. (7)

    Verification of standing data (SUP 16.10);58

    14
  9. (8)

    product sales data reporting (SUP 16.11);

    51419
  10. (9)

    integrated regulatory reporting (SUP 16.12);

    20
  11. (10)

    reporting under the Payment Services Regulations (SUP 16.13)49;20

    19
  12. (11)

    client money and asset return (SUP 16.14);2021

    25
  13. (12)

    reporting under the Electronic Money Regulations (SUP 16.15)49.23

  14. (13)

    49prudent valuation reporting (SUP 16.16);

  15. (14)

    49remuneration reporting (SUP 16.17);

    252527
  16. (15)

    AIFMD reporting (SUP 16.18); 30

    2727
  17. (16)

    reporting under the MCD Order for CBTL firms (SUP 16.21);31

    2730
  18. (17)

    reporting under the Payment Accounts Regulations (SUP 16.22); and31

    30
  19. (18)

    annual financial crime reporting (SUP 16.23).31

SUP 16.3.3 G RP

The annual controllers, annual close links , persistency and annual appointed representatives reports sections are the same for all categories of firm to which they apply.3

SUP 16.3.4 G RP

The compliance section is14set out by category of firm, with detailed requirements set out in tables giving:

14 14
  1. (1)

    a brief description of each report;

  2. (2)

    the frequency with which the report is required; and

  3. (3)

    the due date for submission of the report.

SUP 16.3.5 G RP

Further requirements about the reports, such as form and content, are set out in the sections for each category of firm, where this is appropriate. In many cases, however, it is more appropriate to provide this information by means of a separate annex; in these cases the relevant section refers to the annex.

How to submit reports

SUP 16.3.6 R RP

A periodic report required to be submitted under this chapter, or under any other rule, must be submitted in writing in accordance with SUP 16.3.7 R to SUP 16.3.10 G, unless:

  1. (1)

    a contrary intention appears; or

  2. (2)

    the report is required under the listing rules. 2

SUP 16.3.7 R RP

A report or data item13 must:

13
  1. (1)

    give the firm reference number (or all the firm reference numbers in those cases where a report is submitted on behalf of a number of firms,as set out in SUP 16.3.25 G)13; and

    4949
  2. (2)

    if submitted in paper form, be submitted with the cover sheet contained in SUP 16 Annex 13 R4949 fully completed13.21

SUP 16.3.8 R RP

A written report must be delivered to the FCA28 by one of the methods listed in SUP 16.3.9 R.

22 49 49
SUP 16.3.9 R RP

Method of submission of reports (see SUP 16.3.8 R)

228

Method of delivery

1.

Post or hand deliver33 to the published address of the FCA49 for submission of reports. If hand delivering mark the report for the attention of ‘Central Reporting’ and obtain a dated receipt.33

49

2.

[deleted]33

22 49 49

3.

Electronic mail to the published e-mail address 33of the FCA's49 Central Reporting team.22

22 49

4.22

Online submission via the appropriate systems accessible from the22FCA28 website

49 49 8 22
SUP 16.3.10 G RP
  1. (1)

    The 33published address of the FCA49 for postal submission of reports is:

    49

    Central Reporting22

    The Financial Conduct49 Authority

    49

    PO BOX 35747

    London E14 5WP

  2. (2)

    The 33published address of the FCA49 for hand delivery of reports is:

    49
    1. (a)

      Central Reporting22

      The Financial Conduct49Authority

      49

      25 The North Colonnade

      Canary Wharf

      London E14 5HS

      if the firm's usual supervisory contact at the FCA28 is based in London, or:

      4949
    2. (b)

      Central Reporting33

      The Financial Conduct49Authority

      49

      Quayside House

      127 Fountainbridge

      Edinburgh EH3 8DJ

      if the firm's usual supervisory contact at the FCA49 is based in Edinburgh.2

      49
  3. (3)

    22The current published email address 33 for the FCA's49 Central Reporting team is regulatory.reports@fca.org.uk. Please note that the33 Central Reporting team does not handle general correspondence between firms and the FCA, and will not respond to queries33. Accordingly, firms should not make submissions to the Central Reporting team's email address 33other than as directed in SUP 16.3.8 R.

    334949284949

Complete reporting

SUP 16.3.11 R RP

A firm must submit reports required under this chapter to the FCA28 containing all the information required.

49 49
SUP 16.3.12 G RP

SUP 15.6 refers to and contains requirements regarding the steps that firms must take to ensure that information provided to the FCA28 is accurate and complete. Those requirements apply to reports required to be submitted under this chapter.

49 49

Timely reporting

SUP 16.3.13 R RP
  1. (1)

    A firm must submit a report required by this chapter in the frequency, and so as to be received by the FCA28 no later than the due date, specified for that report.

    4949
  2. (2)

    If the due date for submission of a report required by this chapter falls on a day which is not a business day, the report must be submitted so as to be received by the FCA28 no later than the first business day after the due date.

    4949
  3. (3)

    If the due date for submission of a report required by this chapter is a set period of time after the quarter end, the quarter ends will be the following dates, unless another rule or the reporting form states otherwise:

    1. (a)

      the firm's accounting reference date;

    2. (b)

      3 months after the firm's accounting reference date;

    3. (c)

      6 months after the firm's accounting reference date; and

    4. (d)

      9 months after the firm's accounting reference date.

  4. (4)

    If the due date for submission of a report required by this chapter is a set period of time after the end of a half-year, a quarter, or a month, the dates will be determined by (a) or (b) below except where otherwise indicated:5

    1. (a)

      the firm's accounting reference date;5

    2. (b)

      monthly, 3 monthly or 6 months after the firm's accounting reference date, as the case may be.5

Failure to submit reports

SUP 16.3.14 R RP

If a firm does not submit a complete report by the date on which it is due in accordance with the rules in, or referred to in, this chapter or the provisions of relevant legislation and any prescribed submission procedures, the firm must pay an administrative fee of £250.29

15
SUP 16.3.14A G RP

9Failure to submit a report in accordance with the rules in, or referred to in,12 this chapter or the provisions of relevant legislation12 may also lead to the imposition of a financial penalty and other disciplinary sanctions. A firm may be subject to reporting requirements under relevant legislation other than the Act, not referred to in this chapter. An example of this is reporting to the FCA28 by building societies under those parts of the Building Societies Act 1986 which have not been repealed (see SUP 16.1.4 G).12 If it appears to the FCA28 that, in the exceptional circumstances of a particular case, the payment of any fee would be inequitable, the FCA28 may reduce or remit all or part of the fee in question which would otherwise be payable (see 10FEES 2.3).10

16 49 49 49 49 49 49 49
SUP 16.3.15 G RP

The FCA28 may from time to time send reminders to firms when reports are overdue. Firms should not, however, assume that the FCA28 has received a report merely because they have not received a reminder.1

49 49 49
SUP 16.3.16 G RP

The firm is responsible for ensuring delivery of the required report at the by the due date. If a report is received by the FCA28 after the due date and the firm believes its delivery arrangements were adequate, it may be required to provide proof of those arrangements. Examples of such proof would be:

49 49 49
  1. (1)

    "proof of posting" receipts from a UK post office or overseas equivalent which demonstrates that the report was posted early enough to allow delivery by the due date in accordance with the delivery service standards prescribed by the relevant postal authority; or

  2. (2)

    recorded postal delivery receipts showing delivery on the required day; or

  3. (3)

    records of a courier service provider showing delivery on the required day.

Change of accounting reference date

SUP 16.3.17 R RP
  1. (1)

    A firm must notify the FCA28 if it changes its accounting reference date.

    4949
  2. (2)

    When a firm extends its accounting period, it must make the notification in (1) before the previous accounting reference date.

  3. (3)

    When a firm shortens its accounting period, it must make the notification in (1) before the new accounting reference date.4

  4. (4)

    SUP 16.10.4A R to SUP 16.10.4C G (Requirement to check the accuracy of standing data and to report changes to the FCA28 ) apply to any notification made under (1).18

    494949
SUP 16.3.18 G RP

SUP 16.2.1 G emphasises the importance to the FCA28 of timely and accurate information. The extension of a firm's accounting period to more than 15 months may hinder the timely provision of relevant and important information to the FCA28 . This is because many due dates for reporting to the FCA28 are linked to firms'accounting reference dates. Indeed, for some categories of firm, the only reports required by the FCA28 have due dates for submission which are linked to the firm's accounting reference date.If the extension of a firm's accounting period appears likely to impair the effectiveness of the FCA28 supervisory work, the FCA28 may take action to ensure that it continues to receive the information it requires on a timely basis. This may include the use of any of the tools of supervision set out in SUP 1.4.5 G.

49 49 49 49 49 49 49 49 49 49 49 49
SUP 16.3.19 G RP

If more than one firm in a group intends to change its accounting reference date at the same time, a single notification may be given to the FCA28 , as described in SUP 15.7.8 G.

49 49

Underwriting agents: submission to the Society of Lloyd's

SUP 16.3.20 R
  1. (1)

    [deleted]49

    49
  2. (2)

    [deleted]49

    49
SUP 16.3.21 G

[deleted]49

49

Service of Notices Regulations

SUP 16.3.22 G RP

The Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Service of Notices) Regulations 2001 (SI 2001/1420) contain provisions relating to the service of documents on the FCA28 . They do not apply to reports required under SUP 16, because of the specific rules in this section.

49 49

Confidentiality and sharing of information

SUP 16.3.23 G RP

When the FCA28 receives a report which contains confidential information and whose submission is required under this chapter, it is obliged under Part 2349of the Act (Public Record, Disclosure of Information and Co-operation) to treat that information as confidential. (See SUP 2.2.4 G for the FCA and SUP 2.2.4A G for the PRA49)

49 49 49
SUP 16.3.24 G RP

SUP 2.3.12A G and SUP 2.3.12B G state that the FCA28appropriate regulator49 may pass to other regulators information which it has in its possession. Such information includes information contained in reports submitted under this chapter. The FCA's28 disclosure of information to other regulators is subject to SUP 2.2.4 G or SUP 2.2.4A G49 (Confidentiality of information).

49 49 49

Reports from groups

SUP 16.3.25 G RP

If this chapter requires the submission of a report or data item13 covering a group, a single report or data item13 may be submitted, and so satisfy the requirements of all firms in the group. Such a report or data item13 should contain the information required from all of them, meet all relevant due dates and indicate all the firms on whose behalf it is submitted; if necessary a separate covering sheet should list the firms on whose behalf a report or data item13 is submitted. Nevertheless, the requirement to provide a report or data item13, and the responsibility for the report or data item13, remains6 with each firm in the group. However, reporting requirements that apply to a firm, by reason of the firm being a member of a financial conglomerate, are imposed on only one member of the financial conglomerate (see, for example, SUP 16.12.32 R14).6

14
SUP 16.3.26 G RP

Examples of reports covering a group are:

  1. (1)

    the compliance reports required from banks under SUP 16.6.4 R;

  2. (2)

    annual controllers reports required under SUP 16.4.5 R4949;

  3. (3)

    annual close links reports required under SUP 16.5.4 R

  4. (4)

    consolidated financial reports required from banks under SUP 16.12.5 R2424;

  5. (5)

    consolidated reporting statements required from securities and futures firms under 24SUP 16.12.11 R24;17

  6. (6)

    reporting in relation to defined liquidity groups under SUP 16.12.17

SUP 16.4 Annual controllers report

Application

SUP 16.4.1 G RP

This section applies to every firm except those firms excluded from its operation by SUP 16.1.1 R and SUP 16.1.3 R. 632

SUP 16.4.2 G RP

This section may be of relevance to a directive friendly society:

  1. (1)

    if it has 10 members or less;

  2. (2)

    if it has a delegate voting system and has 10 delegates or less; or

  3. (3)

    if it has 20 members or less and effects or carries out group insurance contracts where one person may exercise one vote on behalf of the members of a group and one vote in their private capacity; or

where a member or delegate, whether alone or acting in concert8, is entitled to exercise, or control the exercise of, 10% or more of the total voting power.

8
SUP 16.4.2A G RP

8This section may be of relevance to non-directive firms.

SUP 16.4.3 G RP

Requirements for notifications of a change in control can be found in SUP 11 (Controllers and close links).

Purpose

SUP 16.4.4 G RP

A firm and its controllers are required to notify certain changes in control (see7SUP 11 (Controllers and close links)). The purpose of the rules and guidance in this section is:

7
  1. (1)

    to ensure that, in addition to such notifications, the FCA12 receives regular and comprehensive information about the identities of all of the controllers of a firm, which is relevant to a firm's continuing to satisfy the effective supervision threshold conditions15;

    15158
  2. (2)

    to implement certain requirements relating to annual reporting of controllers which must be imposed on firms under the Investment Services Directive, the Banking Consolidation Directiveand the Solvency II Directive; and11

    711
  3. (3)

    to support the regulatory15 functions under Part 1215of the Act (Notices of acquisitions of control8 over UK 8authorised persons) (see SUP 11 (Controllers and close links)).

    15158

Reporting requirement

SUP 16.4.5 R RP
  1. (1)

    [deleted]10

    151510
  2. (2)

    [deleted]10

    1510
  3. (3)

    [deleted]10

    10
  4. (4)

    [deleted]10

    10
  5. (4A)

    [deleted]10

    5151510
  6. (4B)

    [deleted]10

    51515151510
  7. (5)

    [deleted]810

    8
  8. (6)

    10A firm must submit annually by electronic means to the FCA12 the Controllers Report which contains the information specified in the form in SUP 16 Annex 37A, within four months of the firm'saccounting reference date9.

SUP 16.4.7 G RP

If a group includes more than one firm, a single annual controllers report may be submitted, and so satisfy the requirements of all firms in the group. Such a report should contain the information required from all of them, meet all relevant due dates, indicate all the firms on whose behalf it is submitted and give their firm reference numbers. Nevertheless, the requirement to provide a report, and the responsibility for the report, remain with each firm in the group.1

15
SUP 16.4.9 G RP

Firms are reminded of the requirement in SUP 11.4.10 R to take reasonable steps to keep themselves informed about the identity of their controllers.

Exceptions: friendly societies and building societies

SUP 16.4.10 R RP

If a firm is a friendly society or a building society, then it is required to submit a report under SUP 16.4.5 R only if it is aware that it has a controller.4

SUP 16.4.11 R RP

3In SUP 16.4.5 R and SUP 16.4.10 R, a building society may regard a person as not being a controller if that person is exempt from the obligation to notify a change in control under The Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Controllers) (Exemption) Order 2009 (SI 2009/7748) (see SUP 11.3.2A G (2)).

8 8

Exception: insurers

SUP 16.4.12 R RP

4An insurer need not submit a report under SUP 16.4.5 R to the extent that the information has already been provided to the PRA under requirements in the PRA Rulebook12.

15 15

SUP 16.5 Annual Close Links Reports

Application

SUP 16.5.1 G RP

This section applies to every firm listed in SUP 11.1.1 R (1) to SUP 11.1.1 R (6),5 except those firms excluded from its operation by SUP 16.1.1 R and SUP 16.1.3 R or which have elected to report on a monthly basis in accordance with SUP 11.9.5 R.5432

5

Purpose

SUP 16.5.2 G RP

A firm is required to notify the appropriate regulator of changes to its close links (see SUP 11.9). The effective supervision threshold conditions provide that, if a firm has close links with another person, the matters which are relevant in determining whether a firm satisfies the condition of being capable of being effective supervised include:11

11
  1. (1)

    the nature of the relationship between the firm and that person;11

    11
  2. (2)

    whether those links or that relationship are likely to prevent the appropriate regulator's effective supervision of the firm; and11

    11
  3. (3)

    11if the person is subject to the laws, regulations or administrative provisions of a territory which is not an EEA State, whether those foreign provisions, or any deficiency in their enforcement, would prevent the appropriate regulator's effective supervision of the firm.

SUP 16.5.3 G RP

The purposes of the rules and guidance in this section are:

  1. (1)

    to ensure that, in addition to such notifications, the appropriate regulator11 receives regular and comprehensive information about the identities of all persons with whom a firm has close links, which is relevant to a firm's continuing to satisfy the effective supervision threshold conditions11 and to the protection of consumers; and

    1111
  2. (2)

    to implement certain requirements relating to the provision of information on close links which must be imposed on firms under the 'Post-BCCI Directive'.

Report

SUP 16.5.4 R RP
  1. (1) 11111111557

    [deleted]7

  2. (2)

    [deleted]7

    111111117
  3. (3)

    [deleted]7

  4. (4)

    [deleted]7

  5. (5) 57

    [deleted]7

  6. (6)

    7A firm must submit a report to the appropriate regulator annually by completing the Close Links Annual Report in SUP 16 Annex 36A which must be sent electronically to the appropriate regulator within four months of the firm'saccounting reference date6.

SUP 16.5.4A R RP

7If a group includes more than one firm, a single close links notification may be made by completing the Annual Close Links Report and so satisfy the notification requirement for all firms in the group. Nevertheless, the requirement to notify, and the responsibility for notifying, remains with each firm in the group.

SUP 16.5.5 G

[deleted]5

5
SUP 16.5.6 G RP

If a group includes more than one firm, a single annual close links report may be submitted and so satisfy the requirements of all firms in the group. Such a report should contain the information required from all of them, meet all relevant due dates, indicate all the firms on whose behalf it is submitted and give their firm reference numbers. Nevertheless, the requirement to provide a report, and the responsibility for the report, remain with each firm in the group.1

11
SUP 16.5.8 R RP

If a firm is an unincorporated friendly society, then it is only required to submit a report under SUP 16.5.4 R if it is aware that it has close links.

SUP 16.6 Compliance reports

Application

SUP 16.6.1 G RP

The effect of SUP 16.1.1 R is that this section applies to every firm within a category listed in the left hand column of the table in SUP 16.6.2 G.

SUP 16.6.2 G RP

Applicable provisions of this section (see SUP 16.6.1 G)

Category of firm

Applicable provisions

Bank

4

SUP 16.6.4 R - SUP 16.6.5 R

Depositary of an authorised fund10

5

SUP 16.6.6 R - SUP 16.6.11R

7

Purpose

SUP 16.6.3 G

[deleted]13

13
SUP 16.6.3A G RP

13The FCA performs part of its supervision work by reviewing and analysing information about firms' records of compliance with the requirements and standards under the regulatory system. The type of report the FCA requires will vary, depending on the type of business a firm undertakes. This information helps the FCA to determine whether a firm is complying with the requirements applicable to its business, and what procedures it is operating to ensure its compliance.

Banks

SUP 16.6.4 R RP

A bank must submit compliance reports in the form specified in SUP 16 Annex 41R using the appropriate online systems available from the FCA’s website9.

4 8 13 13
SUP 16.6.5 R RP

Compliance reports from a bank (see SUP 16.6.4 R)4

Report

Frequency

Due date

List of all overseas regulators for each legal entity in the firm's group

Annually

6 months after the firm's accounting reference date 13

13

Organogram showing the authorised entities in the firm's group

Annually

6 months after the firm's accounting reference date 13

13

Depositaries of authorised funds 776

SUP 16.6.6 R RP

A depositary of an authorised fund10 must submit compliance reports in accordance with SUP 16.6.7 R.

SUP 16.6.7 R RP

Compliance reports from107depositaries of authorised funds107(see SUP 16.6.6R)6

Report

Frequency

Due date

10

10

10

6

10Breach report on the authorised fund manager's breaches as set out in SUP 16.6.8R(1A)

Monthly

30 business days after month end

10

6

10

10

10

10

10

10Oversight report on the depositary’s oversight visits as set out in SUP 16.6.8R(1B)

Quarterly

30 business days after quarter end (Note)

7

7

Note:10 The quarter ends are 31 March, 30 June, 30 September and10 31 December.

1
SUP 16.6.8 R RP
  1. (1)

    [deleted]10

    1313
  2. (1A)

    The breach report from a depositary of an authorised fund to the FCA must include, for each authorised fund for which it is a depositary:10

    1. (a)

      details of all breaches of COLL or FUND, which came to the depositary’s attention or which were reported to the depositary by the authorised fund manager, during the previous month;10

    2. (b)

      details of any changes to the reported details of an existing breach, whether reported under SUP 16.6.8R(1A) or otherwise;10

    3. (c)

      details of all breaches that were reported, whether reported under SUP 16.6.8R(1A) or otherwise, and that have been closed during the previous month; and10

    4. (d)

      whether the authorised fund manager has, in the opinion of the depositary, adequate controls over: 10

      1. (i)

        the issue and cancellation of units as detailed in COLL 6.2 (Dealing); and10

      2. (ii)

        valuation and pricing as detailed in COLL 6.3 (Valuation and pricing).10

  3. (1B)

    The oversight report from the depositary to the FCA must include: 10

    1. (a)

      details of each authorised fund manager visited during the previous quarter; and10

    2. (b)

      for each area reviewed: 10

      1. (i)

        the findings and conclusions of the depositary;10

      2. (ii)

        its recommendations; and10

      3. (iii)

        the authorised fund manager’s response and comments, where available.10

  4. (2)

    [deleted]10

    131333
  5. (2A)

    [deleted]10

    66
  6. (3)

    [deleted]7

    13132
SUP 16.6.9 G

[deleted]10

6 6 6
SUP 16.6.10 G RP
  1. (1)

    10A depositary should report a breach only once under SUP 16.6.8R(1A)(a) and once under SUP 16.6.8R(1A)(c). When both reports are made in the same month, only a single entry in the form is required. Under SUP 16.6.8R(1A)(b) a depositary should report changes to the reported details of existing breaches.

  2. (2)

    A separate line should be entered on the form for each rule breached. For example, a breach of the investment limits in COLL 5.2.11R11 that results in incorrect pricing of the scheme contrary to COLL 6.3.3R should be recorded as two entries, with the same reference.

  3. (3)

    Under SUP 16.6.8R(1A)(c) a depositary should report all breaches that have been closed during the previous month. A breach can be closed in a number of ways. For example:

    1. (a)

      A breach that does not involve changes to systems and controls may be considered closed when, in the opinion of the depositary, the authorised fund manager has taken all necessary action to rectify the breach.

    2. (b)

      A breach that requires changes to systems and controls that cannot be implemented promptly, may nevertheless be considered closed when, in the opinion of the depositary, the authorised fund manager has implemented an effective temporary control to resolve the issue, taking into account the interests of Unitholders.

  4. (4)

    A depositary should not consider a breach closed until any applicable compensation has been paid to the scheme and/or to Unitholders.

SUP 16.6.11 R RP
  1. (1)

    10A depositary must submit its breach report under SUP 16.6.8R(1A) using the form REP011 in SUP 16 Annex 12AR.

  2. (2)

    A depositary must submit its oversight report under SUP 16.6.8R(1B) using the form REP012 in SUP 16 Annex 12AR.

  3. (3)

    A depositary must submit the forms in SUP 16 Annex 12AR:

    1. (a)

      online through the appropriate systems accessible from the FCA’s website; or

    2. (b)

      if the appropriate systems are unavailable, via email to fundsupervision@fca.org.uk.

SUP 16.7A Annual report and accounts

Application

SUP 16.7A.1 R RP

1This section applies to every firm in the regulatory activity group (RAG) set out in column (1), which is a type of firm in column (2), of the tables in SUP 16.7A.3 R and SUP 16.7A.5 R, except:

  1. (1)

    an incoming EEA firm with permission for cross border services only;

  2. (2)

    an incoming EEA firm in relation to its carrying on of bidding in emissions auctions;

  3. (3)

    an oil market participant that is not subject to the requirements of IPRU(INV) Chapter 3;

  4. (4)

    an authorised professional firm other than:

    1. (a)

      a firm that must comply with IPRU(INV) 3, 5 or 13 in accordance with IPRU(INV) 2.1.4R; or

    2. (b)

      a CASS debt management firm;

  5. (5)

    an authorised professional firm if the only regulated activity it carries on is credit-related regulated activity as a non-mainstream regulated activity;

  6. (6)

    a financial conglomerate; and

  7. (7)

    a local authority.

Purpose

SUP 16.7A.2 G RP

The purpose of this section is to require firms to submit their annual report and accounts, and the annual report and accounts of their mixed activity holding companies, to the FCA online through the appropriate systems accessible from the FCA's website. This information is used in the monitoring of firms both individually and collectively.

Requirement to submit annual report and accounts

SUP 16.7A.3 R RP

A firm in the RAG in column (1) and which is a type of firm in column (2) must submit its annual report and accounts to the FCA annually on a single entity basis.

(1)

(2)

RAG

Firm type

1

UK bank

Dormant account fund operator

Non-EEA bank

2.2

The Society

3

IFPRU investment firms

BIPRU firms

Exempt CAD firms subject to IPRU (INV) Chapter 13

All other firms subject to the following chapters in IPRU(INV):

(1)

Chapter 3

(2)

Chapter 5

(3)

Chapter 9

4

IFPRU investment firms

BIPRU firms

Exempt CAD firms subject to IPRU (INV) Chapter 13

Collective portfolio management firm

All other firms subject to the following chapters in IPRU(INV):

(1)

Chapter 3

(2)

Chapter 5

(3)

Chapter 9

(5)

Chapter 12

5

All firms

6

All firms other than firms subject to IPRU (INV) Chapter 13 that are not exempt CAD firms3

7

IFPRU investment firms

BIPRU firms

Exempt CAD firms subject to IPRU (INV) Chapter 13

8

All firms other than firms subject to IPRU (INV) Chapter 13 that are not exempt CAD firms3

Exceptions from the requirement to submit an annual report and accounts

SUP 16.7A.4 R RP
  1. (1)

    An adviser, local or traded options market maker (as referred to in IPRU(INV) 3-60(4)R), is only required to submit the annual report and accounts if:

    1. (a)

      it is a partnership or body corporate; and

    2. (b)

      the annual report and accounts were audited as a result of a statutory provision other than under the Act.

  2. (2)

    A service company is only required to submit the annual report and accounts if the reports and accounts were audited as a result of a statutory provision other than under the Act.

Requirement to submit annual report and accounts for mixed activity holding companies

SUP 16.7A.5 R RP

A firm in the RAG group in column (1), which is a type of firm in column (2) and whose ultimate parent is a mixed activity holding company must:

  1. (1)

    submit the annual report and accounts of the mixed activity holding company to the FCA annually; and

  2. (2)

    notify the FCA that it is covered by this reporting requirement by email using the email address specified in SUP 16.3.10 G (3), by its accounting reference date.

    (1)

    (2)

    RAG

    Firm type

    1

    UK bank

    3

    IFPRU investment firm

    BIPRU firm

    4

    IFPRU investment firm

    BIPRU firm

    7

    IFPRU investment firm

    BIPRU firm

SUP 16.7A.6 R RP

Where a number of firms in the same group share the same mixed activity holding company parent, only one firm in the group is required to provide the report.

Method for submitting annual accounts and reports

SUP 16.7A.7 R RP

Firms must submit the annual report and accounts to the FCA online through the appropriate systems accessible from the FCA's website, using the form specified in SUP 16 Annex 1A.

Time period for firms submitting their annual report and accounts

SUP 16.7A.8 R RP

Firms must submit their annual report and accounts in accordance with SUP 16.7A.3 R within the following deadlines:

  1. (1)

    for a non-EEA bank, within 7 months of the accounting reference date;

  2. (2)

    for the Society or a service company, within 6 months of the accounting reference date; and

  3. (3)

    for all other firms, within 80 business days2 of the accounting reference date.

    2

Time period for firms submitting annual report and accounts for mixed activity holding companies

SUP 16.7A.9 R RP

Firms must submit the annual report and accounts of a mixed activity holding company in accordance with SUP 16.7A.5 R within 7 months of their accounting reference date.

SUP 16.8 Persistency reports from insurers and data reports on stakeholder pensions

Application

SUP 16.8.1 G RP

1The effect of SUP 16.1.1 R is that this section applies to:

  1. (1)

    every insurer with permission to effect or carry out life policies, unless it is a non-directive friendly society1; and

  2. (2)

    every firm with permission to establish, operate or wind up a stakeholder pension scheme.

Purpose

SUP 16.8.2 G RP

1The purpose of this section is to enable information on the persistency of life policies and data on stakeholder pensions to be prepared and provided to the FCA11 in a standard format. This information is used in the monitoring of firms both individually and collectively.

11

Requirement to submit persistency and data reports

SUP 16.8.3 R RP
  1. (1)

    An insurer with a permission to effect or carry out life policies must submit to the FCA a persistency report in respect of life policies by 30 April each year in accordance with this section.

    11111118
  2. (2)

    A firm with permission to establish, operate or wind up a stakeholder pension scheme must submit to the FCA11:

    11
    1. (a)

      a data report on stakeholder pensions by 30 April each year using the form specified in SUP 16 Annex 6R.9

      9
    2. (b)

      [deleted]9

      9

Alternative year end date

SUP 16.8.3A R RP
  1. (1)

    9A firm may submit persistency and a data report for a 12 month period ending within 4 months of its accounting reference date if:

    1. (a)

      it has notified the FCA of this intention by email using the email address specified in SUP 16.3.10 G (3) no later than the firm'saccounting reference date; and

    2. (b)

      it either:

      1. (i)

        has an accounting reference date other than 31 December; or

      2. (ii)

        undertakes industrial assurance policy business.

How to submit persistency and data reports

SUP 16.8.3B R RP

9 Firms required to submit reports as set out in SUP 16.8.3 R (1) and SUP 16.8.3 R (2) must do so online through the appropriate systems accessible from the FCA's website.

Interpretation of this section

SUP 16.8.4 R RP

1In this section, and in SUP 16 Annex 6R:

9
  1. (1)

    '12 month report' means the part of a persistency report or data report reporting on life policies or stakeholder pensions effected in Y-2, '24 month report' means the part of a persistency report or data report reporting on life policies or stakeholder pensions effected in Y-3, and so on;

  2. (2)

    'CC' means the number of life policies or stakeholder pensions which:

    1. (a)

      were effected during the period to which the calculation relates; and

    2. (b)

      are reported on in the persistency report or data report (see SUP 16.8.8 R to SUP 16.8.15 R);

  3. (3)

    'CF' means the number of life policies or stakeholder pensions within 'CC' which are treated as in force at the end of Y-1 or, for a report under SUP 16.8.3 R (2) (b), the relevant 12 month period (see SUP 16.8.16 R to SUP 16.8.18 R);

  4. (4)

    'contract anniversary' means the anniversary of the date on which the life policy or stakeholder pension was effected falling within Y-1;

  5. (5)

    'data report' means a report in respect of stakeholder pensions complying with SUP 16.8.19 R to SUP 16.8.21 R;

  6. (6)

    [deleted]9

    9
  7. (7)

    'group personal pension policy' means a life policy which is not a separate pension scheme, effected under a collecting arrangement made for the employees of a particular employer to participate in a personal pension arrangement on a group basis;

  8. (8)

    [deleted]

  9. (9)

    'mortgage endowment' means an endowment assurance effected or believed to be effected for the purposes of paying off a loan on land;

  10. (10)

    'new', in relation to a stakeholder pension, has the meaning given in SUP 16.8.11 R (2);

  11. (11)

    'ordinary assurance policy' means a life policy which is not an industrial assurance policy;

  12. (12)

    'other life assurance' means a life policy other than a pension policy, endowment assurance or whole life assurance;

  13. (13)

    'other pension policy' means a pension policy other than a personal pension policy;

  14. (14)

    'persistency rate' means a rate calculated using this formula:CF x 100/CC(see the example in SUP 16.8.5 G);

  15. (15)

    'persistency report' means a report in respect of life policies and stakeholder pensions9 complying with SUP 16.8.19A R and9SUP 16.8.21 R;

    9
  16. (16)

    'regular premium life policy' means a life policy where there is (or could be, or has been) a commitment by the policyholder to make a regular stream of contributions (for example by means of a direct debit mandate);

  17. (17)

    'regular premium stakeholder pension' means a stakeholder pension where there is (or could be, or has been) a commitment by the policyholder to make a regular stream of contributions;

  18. (18)

    'single premium life policy' means a life policy that is not a regular premium life policy, except that a recurrent single premium life policy must be treated as a regular premium life policy;

  19. (19)

    'single premium stakeholder pension' means a stakeholder pension which is not a regular premium stakeholder pension, except that a recurrent single premium stakeholder pension must be treated as a regular premium stakeholder pension;

  20. (20)

    'stakeholder pension' means an individual's rights under a stakeholder pension scheme;

  21. (21)

    'substitute', in relation to stakeholder pension, has the meaning given in SUP 16.8.11 R (2);

  22. (22)

    'Y' means the year in which the report must be submitted, 'Y-1' means the preceding year, 'Y-2' means the next earlier year and so on;

  23. (23)

    'year' means calendar year, unless SUP 16.8.3AR (1) applies in which case it means the 12 month period notified to the FCA.9

    9
SUP 16.8.5 G RP

Example of calculation of persistency rate for life policies that commenced during 1996 (see SUP 16.8.3 R)1

Y (year of reporting)

Number of life policies which commenced during 1996

Number of 1996 policies that cease to be in force during Y-1

Deaths and retirements (not included in CC and CF)

CF

CC

1998

1000

143

2

1000 - 143 - 2 = 855

1000 - 2 = 998

1999

1000

25

1

1000 - 143 - 25 - 2 - 1 = 829

1000 - 2 - 1 = 997

Report submitted in 1998 Persistency rate for life policies that commenced during Y-2 (that is 1996)

Report submitted in 1999 Persistency rate for life policies that commenced during Y-3 (that is 1996)

SUP 16.8.6 G RP

1 Firms are reminded that annuity contracts other than deferred annuity contracts are not within the definition of 'life policy'.

SUP 16.8.7 R

[deleted]9

9

Life policies and stakeholder pension to be reported on in the persistency or data reports

SUP 16.8.8 R RP

1A persistency report or data report must report on a life policy or stakeholder pension if:

  1. (1)

    it is not of a type listed in SUP 16.8.13 R or SUP 16.8.14 R;

  2. (2)

    it was effected by:

    1. (a)

      the firm submitting the report; or

    2. (b)

      an unauthorised member of the group of the firm submitting the report and in circumstances in which that firm was responsible for the promotion of that life policy or stakeholder pension; or

    3. (c)

      another firm, but is being carried out by the firm submitting the report; and

  3. (3)

    the person who sold it or who was responsible for its promotion was, in so doing, subject to rules in COBS5.

    56
SUP 16.8.9 G RP

1 Life policies and stakeholder pensions falling within SUP 16.8.8 R (2) (c) are those which have been transferred from another firm, for example under an insurance business transfer scheme under Part 711 of the Act (Control of Business Transfers).

11
SUP 16.8.10 R RP

1 Life policies falling within SUP 16.8.8 R, which were sold subject to the conduct of business rules of a previous regulator, need to be reported only if they were required to be reported on by the rules of the previous regulator of the firm submitting the report.

SUP 16.8.11 R RP
  1. (1)

    1A life policy or stakeholder pension which was issued in substitution for a similar contract may be treated as being effected on the inception date of the previous life policy or stakeholder pension, provided that the firm is satisfied that no loss to the policyholder is attributable to the substitution;

  2. (2)

    A stakeholder pension which is treated as in (1) is a "substitute" stakeholder pension. A "new" stakeholder pension is any other stakeholder pension.

SUP 16.8.12 G RP

1Examples of loss to the policyholder under SUP 16.8.11 R are losses resulting from higher charges and more restrictive benefits and options.

SUP 16.8.13 R RP

1A persistency or data report must not report on any of the following:

  1. (1)

    a life policy or stakeholder pension that was cancelled from inception whether or not this was as a result of service of a notice under the rules on cancellation (COBS 15)5;

    5
  2. (2)

    [deleted]7

    7
  3. (3)

    a life policy (excluding income withdrawal) or stakeholder pension which has terminated as a result of death, critical illness, retirement, maturity or other completion of the contract term;

  4. (4)

    income withdrawals that have ceased as a result of the death of the policyholder;

  5. (5)

    in the case of a persistency report only, a life policy which is a stakeholder pension;

  6. (6)

    a life policy purchased by the trustees of an occupational pension scheme2 which is a defined benefits pension scheme;

  7. (7)

    a life policy purchased by the trustees of an executive money purchase occupational pension scheme.

SUP 16.8.14 R

1A persistency report required by SUP 16.8.3 R need not contain information:9

9 9
  1. (1)

    on a life policy if the number of life policies on substantially the same terms effected by the relevant firm (or member of the firm'sgroup) in the relevant year did not exceed the higher of fifty and 1% of the total reportable life policies effected by the person in that year; and9

  2. (2)

    on life policies and stakeholder pensions if a firm has no life policies or stakeholder pensions to report on in SUP 16 Annex 6R.9

SUP 16.8.14A R RP

9In circumstances where a firm has no data to report in one or both of the life policies and stakeholder pensions sections of SUP 16 Annex 6R, a firm must submit a nil return using the relevant field(s) in the form.

SUP 16.8.15 R RP

1If the term of an endowment assurance is less than five years, the life policy must only be included in a persistency report in respect of years up to and including the anniversary prior to maturity.

Life policies and stakeholder pensions to be treated as in force

SUP 16.8.16 R RP

1Subject to SUP 16.8.17 R and SUP 16.8.18 R, a life policy or stakeholder pension must be treated as in force at the end of Y-1 (that is, included in CF) if and only if:

  1. (1)

    in the case of a regular premium life policy:

    1. (a)

      in the case of an industrial assurance policy on which the premiums are paid at intervals of four weeks, the premium has been paid in respect of the four-week period in which the policy anniversary falls; or

    2. (b)

      in any other case, the premium has been paid in respect of the month in which the policy anniversary falls;

  2. (2)

    in the case of a single premium life policy, the policy has not been surrendered as at the policy anniversary;

  3. (3)

    in the case of a regular premium stakeholder pension:

    1. (a)

      for a report required by SUP 16.8.3 R (2) (a), the premium has been paid in respect of the month in which the contract anniversary falls;

    2. (b)

      [deleted]9

      9
  4. (4)

    in the case of a single premium stakeholder pension:

    1. (a)

      for a report required by SUP 16.8.3 R (2)(a), the contract has not been surrendered as at the contract anniversary; or

    2. (b)

      [deleted]9

      9
SUP 16.8.17 R RP

1A cluster life policy must be reported as a single life policy and must be treated as in force (that is included in CF) even if some of the constituent life policies have been terminated.

SUP 16.8.18 R RP

1An income withdrawal that has terminated other than by death of the policyholder must be treated as not in force at the end of Y-1 (that is, not included in CF).

Contents of the persistency or data report

SUP 16.8.19 R
  1. (1)

    [deleted]9

    9
  2. (2)

    [deleted]9

    9
  3. (3)

    [deleted]9

    9
SUP 16.8.19A R RP

9A persistency report on life policies and stakeholder pensions must be in the format of SUP 16 Annex 6R.

SUP 16.8.20 R

[deleted]9

9
SUP 16.8.21 R RP

1The firm must, if a persistency report reports on;

  1. (1)

    an endowment assurance with a term of five years or less:

    1. (a)

      [deleted]9

      9
    2. (b)

      report on such a policy in the report in SUP 16 Annex 6R;9

      9
  2. (2)

    a group personal pension policy, include the policy as a personal pension policy in the report in SUP 16 Annex 6R;9

    9
  3. (3)

    a mortgage endowment, also include the policy as an endowment assurance in the report in SUP 16 Annex 6R;9

    9
  4. (4)

    an income withdrawal, not include the policy under any other relevant category in SUP 16 Annex 6R.9

    49
SUP 16.8.22 G
  1. (1)

    [deleted]9

    9
  2. (2)

    [deleted]9

    9

Records

SUP 16.8.23 R RP

1A firm must make and retain such records as will enable it to:

  1. (1)

    monitor regularly the persistency of life policies and stakeholder pensions effected through each of its representatives; and

  2. (2)

    make persistency reports or data reports to the FCA11 in accordance with SUP 16.8.3R.

    11
SUP 16.8.24 G RP

1In order to comply with SUP 16.8.23 R, a firm will as a minimum need to make and retain separate records for:

  1. (1)

    life policies and stakeholder pensions originally promoted:

    1. (a)

      by company9representatives; or

    2. (b)

      by intermediaries providing independent advice or restricted advice; or9

      9
    3. (c)

      through the firm's own direct offer financial promotions;

      9
    4. (d)

      [deleted]9

      9
  2. (2)

    life policies and stakeholder pensions not within (1), including those effected as execution-only transactions,9for inclusion in the relevant form under 'Other';9

    99
  3. (3)

    life policies and stakeholder pensions written assuming the payment of:

    1. (a)

      regular premiums;

    2. (b)

      a single premium;

  4. (4)

    life policies written as:

    1. (a)

      ordinary assurance policies;

    2. (b)

      industrial assurance policies;

  5. (5)

    the categories of life policies and stakeholder pensions referred to in SUP 16 Annex 6R.9

    39

SUP 16.9 Appointed representatives annual report

Application

Purpose

SUP 16.9.2 G RP

1The purpose of the rules and guidance in this section is to ensure that, in addition to the notifications made under SUP 12.7 (Appointed representatives; notification requirements), the FCA6 receives regular and comprehensive information about the appointed representatives engaged by a firm, so that the FCA6 is in a better position to pursue the statutory objective6 of the protection of consumers.3

6 6 6
SUP 16.9.3 R RP
  1. (1)

    1A firm must:

    1. (a)

      submit a report to the FCA6 annually, in the form of an amended copy of the relevant extract from the Financial Services Register,6 containing the information in (2);3

      66
    2. (b)

      submit the report in (1) to the FCA6 within four months of the firm'saccounting reference date.6

      66
  2. (2)

    The report in (1) must contain a list of all the current appointed representatives of the firm as at the firm'saccounting reference date6.

    6
  3. (3)

    The report in (1) is not required if:

    1. (a)

      the firm has no appointed representatives as at the firm's accounting reference date; and

    2. (b)

      this is reflected in the relevant extract from the Financial Services Register.6

      6
SUP 16.9.4 G RP

1The Financial Services Register6 is maintained under section 347 of the Act (The record of authorised persons, etc.) and may be viewed at the FCA's6 website.

6 6 6
SUP 16.9.5 G

[deleted]31

SUP 16.9.6 G RP

1If a group includes more than one firm, a single annual appointed representatives report may be submitted on behalf of all firms in the group. Such a report should contain the information required from all the firms, meet all relevant due dates, indicate all the firms on whose behalf it is submitted and give their Financial Services Register6 firm reference numbers. The requirement to provide a report, and the responsibility for the report remains with each firm in the group. 2

6

SUP 16.10 1Verification of standing data2

Application

SUP 16.10.1 G RP

The effect of SUP 16.1.1 R is that this section applies to every firm except:

  1. (1)

    an ICVC; or

  2. (2)

    a UCITS qualifier; or

  3. (2A)

    an AIFM qualifier; or6

  4. (3)

    [deleted]12

    4
  5. (4)

    a dormant account fund operator.4

Purpose

SUP 16.10.2 G RP

Standing data is used by the FCA10 :

20 20
  1. (1)

    to ensure that a firm is presented with the correct regulatory return when it seeks to report electronically;

  2. (2)

    in order to communicate with a firm;

  3. (3)

    as the basis for some sections of the Financial Services Register;20 and

    20
  4. (4)

    in order to carry out thematic analysis across sectors and groups of firms.

SUP 16.10.3 G RP

In view of the importance attached to standing data, and the consequences which may result if it is wrong, this section provides the framework for a firm to check and correct it.

Requirement to check the accuracy of standing data and to report changes to the FCA11220

SUP 16.10.4 R RP
  1. (1)

    Within 30 business days of its accounting reference date, a firm must check the accuracy of its standing data through the relevant section of the FCA10 website.

    2020
  2. (2)

    [paragraph suspended by FSA 2004/79]5

  3. (3)

    If any standing data is incorrect, the firm must submit5 the corrected standing data to the FCA10

    520

    using the appropriate form set out in SUP 15 Ann 3 and in accordance with SUP 16.10.4A R.5

    5
SUP 16.10.4A R RP
  1. (1)

    A firm other than: 8

    8
    1. (a)

      a credit union; or8

    2. (b)

      an FCA-authorised person with permission to carry on only credit-related regulated activity;8

    must submit any corrected standing data under SUP 16.10.4R (3) using the appropriate online systems available from the FCA’s website.9

    820202077
  2. (2)

    A credit union or a firm with permission to carry on only credit-related regulated activity8must submit any corrected standing data under SUP 16.10.4R (3):12

    202020
    1. (a)

      to static.data@fca.org.uk or via post or hand delivery to the FCA marked for the attention of the 'Static Data team'; or12

    2. (b)

      by using the appropriate online systems available from the FCA’s website.12

  3. (3)

    Where a firm is obliged to submit corrected standing data online under (1), if the FCA's20 information technology systems fail and online submission is unavailable for 24 hours or more, until such time as facilities for online submission are restored, a firm must submit its corrected standing data to static.data@fca.org.uk or via post or hand delivery to the FCA marked for the attention of the 'Static Data team'20.

    202020
SUP 16.10.4B G RP

5If the FCA's20 information technology systems fail and online submission is unavailable for 24 hours or more, the FCA20 will endeavour to publish a notice on its website confirming that online submission is unavailable and that the alternative methods of submission set out in SUP 16.3.9 R20 should be used.

20 20 20
SUP 16.10.4C G

5Where SUP 16.10.4AR (3) applies to a firm, GEN 1.3.2 R (Emergency) does not apply.

SUP 16.10.5 G RP

The standing data is made available to the firm when the firm logs into the appropriate section of the FCA's10 website. The firm should check the standing data and send any corrections to the FCA10 . The FCA's10 preferred method of receiving corrections to standing data is by the online forms available at the FCA's10 website.2

20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20
SUP 16.10.6 G RP

A firm may check, and submit corrections to, its standing data more frequently than annually.

SUP 16.10.7 G

[deleted]5

5

SUP 16.11 1Product Sales Data Reporting

Application

SUP 16.11.1 R RP

This section2 applies:

9 3 5 5 10
  1. (1)

    in relation to sales data reports, to a firm:10

    10
    1. (a)

      which is a home finance provider; or

    2. (b)

      which has permission to enter into a regulated credit agreement as lender in respect of high-cost short-term credit or home credit loan agreements; or

    3. (c)

      which is, in respect of sales to a retail client or a consumer:

      1. (i)

        an insurer; or

      2. (ii)

        the manager of an authorised AIF or a UCITS scheme; or

      3. (iii)

        the operator of an investment trust savings scheme, or a personal pension scheme; or

      4. (iv)

        a person who issues or manages the relevant assets of the issuer of a structured capital-at-risk product;

      unless the firm is a managing agent;10

  2. (2)

    in relation to performance data reports, to a firm in which the rights and obligations of the lender under a regulated mortgage contract are vested.10

    1041010

Purpose

SUP 16.11.2 G RP
  1. (1)

    The purpose of this section2 is to set out the requirements for firms in the retail mortgage, investment, consumer credit lending8 and pure protection contract markets specified in SUP 16.11.1 R to report individual product sales data, and to report individual performance data on regulated mortgage contracts,7 to the FCA17. In the case of firms in the sale and rent back market, there is a requirement to record, but not to submit, sales7data.6 These requirements apply6 whether the regulated activity has been carried out by the firm, or through an intermediary which has dealt directly with the firm.

    21776
  2. (2)

    The purpose of collecting this data is to assist the FCA17 in the ongoing supervision of firms engaged in retail activities and to enable the FCA17 to gain a wider understanding of market trends in the interests of protecting consumers.

    1717

Reporting requirement

SUP 16.11.3 R RP
  1. (1)

    A firm must submit a report (a 'data report') containing the information required by:7

    7
    1. (a)

      SUP 16.11.5 R (a 'sales data report') within 20 business days of the end of the reporting period; and

      7
    2. (b)

      for regulated mortgage contracts, SUP 16.11.5A R (a 'performance data report'), within 30 business days of the end of the reporting period;

      7

    unless 11(3A) or (4) applies.7

  2. (2)

    The reporting periods are;7

    7
    1. (a)

      7for sales data reports, the four calendar quarters of each year beginning on 1 January; and

    2. (b)

      7for performance data reports, the six month periods beginning on 1 January and 1 July in each calendar year.

  3. (3)

    [deleted]11

    11
  4. (3A)

    A firm must submit a nil return if no relevant sales have occurred in the quarter.11

  5. (4)

    6A SRB agreement provider must compile, and keep for at least five years from the end of the relevant quarter, a data report containing the information required by SUP 16.11.5 R, but is not subject to the requirement in (1) to submit a data report (or to the requirement in SUP 16.11.9 R).

SUP 16.11.4 G RP
  1. (1)

    A firm may submit a sales 7data report more frequently than required by SUP 16.11.3 R7if it wishes.

    7
  2. (2)

    If it is easier and more practical for a firm to submit additional data relating to products other than those specified in SUP 16.11.5 R, it may submit that additional data to the FCA17 in a data report.

    17

Content of the report

SUP 16.11.5 R RP

A sales7 data report must contain sales data in respect of the following products:

7
  1. (1)

    retail investments;

  2. (2)

    pure protection contracts;

    3
  3. (3)

    regulated mortgage contracts (but not further advances);3

  4. (4)

    home purchase plans;3

    6
  5. (5)

    home reversion plans; 63

    8
  6. (6)

    6regulated sale and rent back agreements;8

    8
  7. (7)

    High-cost short-term credit; and8

  8. (8)

    home credit loan agreements.8

SUP 16.11.5A R RP

7A performance data report must contain performance data in respect of regulated mortgage contracts other than legacy CCA mortgage contracts12.

SUP 16.11.6 G

Guidance on the type of products covered by SUP 16.11.5 R is contained in SUP 16 Annex 20G.

SUP 16.11.7 R RP

A7 data report must comply with the provisions of SUP 16 Annex 21R.

7
SUP 16.11.8 R RP

A sales7 data report must relate both to transactions undertaken by the firm and to transactions undertaken by an intermediary which has dealt directly with the customer on the firm's behalf.2

7
SUP 16.11.8A G RP

2Where the manager of an authorised AIF or a UCITS scheme9 receives business from a firm which operates a nominee account, the sales 7data report in respect of those transactions submitted by the manager9 should treat those transactions as transactions undertaken by the manager9 with the firm.

9 9 9
SUP 16.11.9 R RP

A firm must provide a 7data report to the FCA17 electronically in a standard format provided by the FCA17.

7 17 17
SUP 16.11.10 G RP

A data report will have been provided to the FCA17 in accordance with SUP 16.11.9 R only if all mandatory data reporting fields (as set out in SUP 16 Annex 21R) have been completed correctly and the report has been accepted by the relevant FCA17 reporting system.

17 17

Use of reporting agents

SUP 16.11.11 R RP
  1. (1)

    A firm may appoint another person to provide a 7data report on the firm's behalf if the firm has informed the FCA17 of that appointment in writing.

    717
  2. (2)

    Where (1) applies, the firm must ensure that the data report complies with the requirements of SUP 16.11 and identifies the originator of the transaction.

SUP 16.12 Integrated Regulatory Reporting

Application

SUP 16.12.1 G RP

1The effect of SUP 16.1.1 R is that this section applies to every firm carrying on business set out in column (1) of SUP 16.12.4 R except:

  1. (1)

    an incoming EEA firm2 with permission for cross border services only;

  2. (1A)

    an incoming EEA firm in relation to its carrying on of bidding in emissions auctions;32

  3. (2)

    an oil market participant that is not subject to the requirements of IPRU(INV) Chapter 32;

  4. (3)

    an authorised professional firm (other than one that must comply with IPRU(INV) 3, 5 or 13 in accordance with IPRU(INV) 2.1.4R,or that is a CASS debt management firm,47 where SUP 16.12.4 R will apply in respect of the business the firm undertakes)3, which must (unless it is within (3A)) 47comply with SUP 16.12.30 R2SUP 16.12.31 R;

    114747
  5. (3A)

    an authorised professional firm if the only regulated activity it carries on is credit-related regulated activity as a non-mainstream regulated activity; and47

  6. (4)

    a financial conglomerate, which must comply with SUP 16.12.32 R: firms that are members of a financial conglomerate will have their own reporting requirements under SUP 16.12.32 R.

  7. (5)

    UK designated investment firms, which must comply with the reporting requirements in the PRA Rulebook.78

Purpose

SUP 16.12.2 G RP
  1. (1)

    Principle 4 requires firms to maintain adequate financial resources. The Interim Prudential sourcebooks, BIPRU,37GENPRU and IFPRU37 set out the FCA's65 detailed capital adequacy requirements. By submitting regular data, firms enable the FCA65 to monitor their compliance with Principle 4 and their prudential requirements.

    9737979797979737
  2. (2)

    The data items submitted help the FCA65 analyse firms' financial and other conditions and performance and to understand their business. By means of further collation and review of the data which the data items provide, the FCA65 also uses the data items to identify developments across the financial services industry and its constituent sectors.

    97979797
  3. (3)

    The requirements in this section differ according to a firm'sregulated activity group (RAG), as different information is required to reflect different types of business. Standard formats are used for reporting, to assist10 compatibility between firms which carry on similar types of business. Timely submission is important to ensure the FCA65 has up-to-date information.

    109797

Reporting requirement

SUP 16.12.3 R RP
  1. (1)

    Any firm permitted to 5carry5 on any of the activities within each of the RAGs set out in column (1) of the table in SUP 16.12.4 R must:

    1. (a)
      1. (i)

        unless (ii) or (iii) 11applies, submit to the FCA65 the duly completed data items or other items applicable to the firm as set out in the provision referred to in column (2) of that table;

        9797
      2. (ii)

        unless (iii) applies, where 11 a firm is required to submit completed data items for 11more than one RAG, that11firm must only submit the data item of the same name and purpose in respect of the lowest numbered RAG applicable to it, RAG 1 being the lowest and RAG 1247the highest;11

        11111147
      3. (iii)

        where a firm is, but for this rule, required to submit data items for more than one RAG and this includes the submission of data items in respect of fees, the FOS or FSCS levy, or threshold conditions, that firm must only submit these data items if they belong to the lowest numbered of the RAGs applicable to it;11

        1197
      4. (iv)

        in the case of a non-EEA bank, or an EEA bank (whether or not it has permission for accepting deposits11) other than one with permission for cross border services11only, any data items11submitted should, unless indicated otherwise, only cover the activities of the branch operation in the United Kingdom;5

        111111

      in the format specified as applicable to the firm in the provision referred to in column (2);

    2. (b)

      submit this information 11at the frequency and in respect of the periods set out in the provision referred to in column (3); and

    3. (c)

      submit this information 11by the due date referred to in the provision referred to in column (4).

  2. (2)

    Unless (3) applies, any data item in (1) must be submitted by electronic means made available by the FCA65 ;

    9797
  3. (3)

    Paragraph97 (2) does not apply to:

    1. (a)

      [deleted]702

      9797
    2. (aa)

      [deleted]73

      56
    3. (b)

      firms in RAG 2 in relation to the reporting requirements for RAG 2 activities; and2

    4. (c)

      those data items70 specified as "No standard format", where SUP 16.3.6 R to SUP 16.3.10 G will apply.2

  4. (4)

    A firm that is a member of a financial conglomerate must also submit financial reports as required by SUP 16.12.32 R.

SUP 16.12.3-A G RP
  1. (1) 45

    Investment firms subject to the EU CRR should refer to any relevant technical standards to determine their specific reporting obligations, as those obligations may extend beyond those specified in this chapter.

  2. (2)

    Where a firm submits a data item pursuant any applicable provision of the EU CRR any data item with the same name and purpose does not have to be submitted again regardless of RAG.

45
SUP 16.12.3-B G RP

45In relation to an investment firm subject to the EU CRR, where an expression appearing in italics in this chapter is also used in the EU CRR, the italicised expression:

  1. (1)

    has the same meaning as the corresponding expression used in the EU CRR; or

  2. (2)

    is interpreted in the context of the risk or requirement in the EU CRR that corresponds to the risk or requirement referred to in the italicised expression.

SUP 16.12.3B G RP

Firms' attention is drawn to SUP 16.3.25 G regarding a single submission for all firms in the group.11

SUP 16.12.4 R RP

Table of applicable rules containing data items4, frequency and submission periods

(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

RAG number

Regulated Activities

Provisions containing:

applicable data items

reporting frequency/ period

due date 32

32
27 12 12 37

RAG 1

• accepting deposits

meeting of repayment claims76

managing dormant account funds (including the investment of such funds) 76

RAG 1 firms should complete their prudential reporting requirements as set out in the PRA Rulebook.76

RAG 2.1

• effecting contracts of insurance

• carrying out contracts of insurance

• entering as provider into a funeral plan contract

71

2

71

2

71

2

RAG 2.2

• managing the underwriting capacity of a Lloyds syndicate as a managing agent at Lloyds

• advising on syndicate participation at Lloyds

• arranging deals in contracts of insurance written at Lloyds

SUP 16.12.9 R 2

SUP 16.12.9 R 2

SUP 16.12.9 R 2

RAG 3

• dealing in investment as principal

• dealing in investments as agent

• advising on investments (except P2P agreements) 67 (excluding retail investment activities)

• arranging (bringing about) deals in investments (excluding retail investment activities)

• advising on P2P agreements (when carried on exclusively with or for professional clients)67

SUP 16.12.10 R 2

SUP 16.12.11 R 78except FSA001 and FSA002 on consolidated basis for FINREP firms37

37

SUP 16.12.10 R 2 SUP 16.12.12 R 78

37

SUP 16.12.10 R 2 SUP 16.12.13 R

RAG 4

• managing investments

• establishing, operating or winding up a collective investment scheme

• establishing, operating or winding up a stakeholder pension scheme

• establishing, operating or winding up a personal pension scheme2

• managing an AIF38

• managing a UCITS38

5

operating an electronic system in relation to lending (FCA-authorised persons only)48

38 38

SUP 16.12.14 R 2

SUP 16.12.15 R 78, except FSA001 and FSA002 on consolidated basis for FINREP firms37

37

SUP 16.12.14 R 2 SUP 16.12.16 R 78

37

SUP 16.12.14 R 2 SUP 16.12.17 R

RAG 5

home finance administration or home finance providing activity11

11

76 SUP 16.12.18BR 37 and SUP 16.12.18C R58

2 58

76 SUP 16.12.18BR 37 and SUP 16.12.18C R58

2 58

76 SUP 16.12.18BR 37 and SUP 16.12.18C R58

2 58

RAG 6

• safeguarding and administration of assets (without arranging)

• arranging safeguarding and administration of assets

acting as trustee or depositary of an AIF38

acting as trustee or depositary of a UCITS38

38 40 38

SUP 16.12.19A R 2

SUP 16.12.20 R 2

SUP 16.12.21 R 2

RAG 7

• retail investment activities

• advising on P2P agreements (except when carried on exclusively with or for professional clients)67

• advising on pensions transfers & opt-outs

• arranging (bringing about deals) in retail investments

SUP 16.12.22A R 78except FSA001 and FSA002 on consolidated basis for FINREP firms37

37

SUP 16.12.23A R 78

37 37

SUP 16.12.24AR 78

RAG 8

• making arrangements with a view to transactions in investments

• operating a multilateral trading facility4

SUP 16.12.25A R except FSA001 and FSA002 on consolidated basis for FINREP firms7837

37

SUP 16.12.26 R

SUP 16.12.27 R

RAG 9

home finance mediation activity14

• insurance mediation activity (non-investment insurance contracts)

14

SUP 16.12.28A R 14

SUP 16.12.28A R 14

SUP 16.12.28A R 14

RAG 10

• the activities of an RIE97

97

SUP 16.12.29 G 2

SUP 16.12.29 G 2

SUP 16.12.29 G 2 32

32 RAG 11

bidding in emissions auctions

SUP 16.12.29A R

SUP 16.12.29A R

SUP 16.12.29A R

47 RAG 12 71

credit-related regulated activity

SUP 16.12.29C R

SUP 16.12.29C R

SUP 16.12.29C R

Group liquidity reporting

SUP 16.12.4B G RP

13Reporting at group level for liquidity purposes by firms falling within BIPRU 12 (Liquidity) is by reference to defined liquidity groups. Guidance about the different types of defined liquidity groups and related material is set out in SUP 16 Annex 26 (Guidance on designated liquidity groups in SUP 16.12).

3

Regulated Activity Group 113

SUP 16.12.5 R

[deleted]76

6
SUP 16.12.6 R

[deleted]76

6
SUP 16.12.7 R

[deleted]76

13

Regulated Activity Group 2.2

SUP 16.12.9 R RP

2The applicable data items referred to in SUP 16.12.4 R are set out according to type of firm in the table below.11

The applicable reporting frequencies for submission of data items and periods referred to in SUP 16.12.4 R are set out in the table below and are calculated from a firm'saccounting reference date, unless indicated otherwise.

The applicable due dates for submission referred to in SUP 16.12.4 R are set out in the table below. The due dates are the last day of the periods given in the table below following the relevant reporting frequency period. 11

11

Member's adviser

97

the Society (note 1)

Description of data item76

Frequency

Submission deadline

Description of data item

Frequency

Submission deadline

Annual Lloyd's return

Annually

6 months after the Society'saccounting reference date

Syndicate accounts and reports (note 2)

Annually

6 months after the Society'saccounting reference date

Quarterly reporting statement

Quarterly

15 business days after the quarter end

Balance Sheet

FSA001 (notes 15, 20) or

13

Quarterly or half yearly

(note 14)

FSA029

Quarterly (note 14)

(note 14)

Income Statement

FSA002 (note20), or

13

Quarterly or half yearly (note 14)

(note 14)

FSA030

Quarterly

(note 14)

Capital Adequacy

FSA003 (notes 4, 20) or

Monthly, quarterly or half yearly (note 14)

(note 14)

FSA033 (note 12) or

Quarterly

(note 14)

FSA034 (note 13) or

Quarterly

(note 14)

FSA035 (note 13)

Quarterly

(note 14)

Credit Risk

FSA004 (notes 5, 20)

13

Quarterly or half yearly (note 14)

(note 14)

Market Risk

FSA005 (notes 6, 20)

13

Quarterly or half yearly (note 14)

(note 14)

13
13 13 13

13
13 13 13

Large Exposures

FSA008 (Notes 20, 21)15

15 13

Quarterly

20 business days (note 19)

13
13 13 13

13
13 13 13

13
13 13 13

13
13 13 13

13
13 13 13

Note 1

The Society must prepare its reports in the format specified in IPRU(INS) Appendix 9.11, unless Note 2 applies.

Note 2

The Society must ensure that the annual syndicate accounts and reports are prepared in accordance with the Insurance Accounts Directive (Lloyd's Syndicate and Aggregate Accounts) Regulations 2008 (S.I. 2008/1950).

Note 3

[deleted]97

97

Note 4

Only firms subject to IPRU(INV) 4 report data item FSA003.

Note 5

This applies to a firm that is required to submit data item FSA003 and, at anytime within the 12 months up to its latest accounting reference date ("the relevant period"), was reporting data item FSA004 ("Firm A") or not reporting this item ("Firm B").

In the case of Firm A it must report this data item if one or both of its last two submissions in the relevant period show that the threshold was exceeded.

In the case of Firm B it must report this item if both the last two submissions in the relevant period show that the threshold has been exceeded.

The threshold is exceeded where data element 77A in data item FSA003 is greater than £10 million, or its currency equivalent, at the relevant reporting date for the firm.

Note 6

This applies to a firm that is required to submit data item FSA003 and, at anytime within the 12 months up to its latest accounting reference date ("the relevant period"), was reporting data item FSA005 ("Firm A") or not reporting this item ("Firm B").

In the case of Firm A it must report this data item if one or both of its last two submissions in the relevant period show that the threshold was exceeded.

In the case of Firm B it must report this item if both the last two submissions in the relevant period show that the threshold has been exceeded.

The threshold is exceeded where data element 93A in data item FSA003 is greater than £50 million, or its currency equivalent, at the relevant reporting date for the firm.

Note 7

[deleted]13

13

Note 8

[deleted]13

13

Note 9

[deleted]13

13

Note 10

[deleted]13

13

Note 11

[deleted]13

13

Note 12

FSA033 is only applicable to firms subject to IPRU(INV) 3

Note 13

Only applicable to firms subject to IPRU(INV) 5. FSA034 must be completed by a firm not subject to the exemption in IPRU(INV) 5.4.2R74, unless it is a firm whose permitted business includes establishing, operating or winding up a personal pension scheme, in which case FIN071 must be completed76.

FSA035 must be completed by a firm subject to the exemption in IPRU(INV) 5.4.2R74.

Note 14

BIPRU firms 37report half yearly on 30 business days submission37. All UK consolidation group reports report half yearly on 45 business days submission. All other firms report monthly on 20 business days submission.

37

Note 15

This data item only applies to BIPRUfirms.

Note 16

[deleted]13

13

Note 17

[deleted]13

13

Note 18

[deleted]13

13

Note 19

UK consolidation group reports have 45 business days submission.

Note 20

Firms that are members of a UK consolidation group are also required to submit FSA001, FSA002, FSA003, FSA004, FSA005 and FSA008 on a UK consolidation group basis.

15Note 21

This will not be applicable to BIPRU firms37.

37 37
SUP 16.12.9A G RP

13A member’s76adviser that is also an IFPRU investment firm45will76 fall under one of the higher number RAGs that apply to IFPRU investment firms. That means76 it will have to report76data items in addition to those76 that it has to supply under RAG 2.2.

45

Regulated Activity Group 3

SUP 16.12.10 R RP
  1. (1)

    2SUP 16.12.11 R to SUP 16.12.13 R do not apply to:

    1. (a)

      a lead regulated firm (except in relation to data items 47 to 55 (inclusive));13

    2. (b)

      an OPS firm;

    3. (c)

      a local authority;3

    4. (d)

      a service company.3

  2. (2)

    A PRA lead regulated firm and an OPS firm must submit a copy of its annual report and audited accounts within 80 business days from its accounting reference date.55

    55
  3. (3)

    A PRA service company must submit a copy of its annual audited financial statements within 6 months from its accounting reference date. However, the firm need only submit this if the report was audited as a result of a statutory provision other than the Act.55

    55
SUP 16.12.11 R RP

The applicable data items referred to in SUP 16.12.4 R are set out according to firm type in the table below:

Description of data item

45 Firms' prudential category and applicable data items (note 1)

IFPRU investment firms and BIPRU firms

Firms other than BIPRU firms or IFPRU investment firms

IFPRU

BIPRU

IPRU(INV) Chapter 3

IPRU(INV) Chapter 5

IPRU(INV) Chapter 9

IPRU(INV) Chapter 13

38

Solvency statement

No standard format (note 11)

No standard format (note 20)

No standard format (note 11)

38

Balance sheet

FSA001/FINREP (note 36)

FSA001 (Note 2)

FSA029 (note 18)

FSA029

FSA029

FSA029 (note 15) or Section A RMAR (note 15)

38

Income statement

FSA00250/FINREP (note 36)

50

FSA002 (Note 2)

FSA030 (note 18)

FSA030

FSA030

FSA030 (note 15) or Section B RMAR (note 15)

38

Capital adequacy

COREP (Note 36)

FSA003 (Note 2)

FSA033 (note 18)

FSA034 or FSA035 or FIN07152 (note 14)

FSA031

FSA032 (note 15) or Section D162 RMAR (note 15)

50 50
38

Supplementary capital data for collective portfolio management investment firms

FIN067 (Note 35)

FIN068 (Note 35)

Credit risk

COREP (Note 36)

FSA004 (Notes 2, 3)

Market risk

COREP (Note 36)

FSA005 (Notes 2, 4)

Market risk - supplementary

FSA006 (note 5)

FSA006 (Note 5)

Operational risk

COREP (Note 36)

Large exposures

COREP (Note 36)

Exposures between core UK group and non-core large exposures group

FSA018 (note 12)

Solo consolidation data

FSA016 (note 25)

FSA016 (Note 25)

Pillar 2 questionnaire

FSA019 (note 8)

FSA019 (Note 8)

Non-EEA sub-group

COREP (Note 36)

FSA028 (Note 9)

Threshold conditions

Section F RMAR (Note 15)

Client money and client assets

FSA039

FSA039

FSA039 (note 18)

FSA039

FSA039

Section C RMAR (Note 15) or FSA039

38

CFTC

FSA040 (note 24)

FSA040 (Note 24)

FSA040 (note 24)

FSA040 (note 24)

FSA040 (note 24)

FSA040 (note 24)

38

IRB portfolio risk

FSA045 (note 22)

FSA045 (Note 22)

Securitisation: non-trading book

COREP (Note 36)

FSA046 (Note 23)

Daily Flows

FSA047/COREP (Notes 26, 29 , 31, 33, and 36)

Enhanced Mismatch Report

FSA048/COREP (Notes 26, 29 , 31, 33, and 36)

Liquidity Buffer Qualifying Securities

FSA050/COREP (Notes 27, 30, 31, 33, and 36)

Funding Concentration

FSA051/COREP (Notes 27, 30, 31, 33, and 36)

Pricing data

FSA052/COREP (Notes 27, 31, 33, 34, and 36)

Retail and corporate funding

FSA053/COREP (Notes 27, 30, 31, 33, and 36)

Currency Analysis

FSA054/COREP (Notes 27, 30, 31, 33, and 36)

Systems and Controls Questionnaire

FSA055/COREP (Notes 28, 33, and 36)

FSA055 (Notes 28 and 33)

Securitisation: trading book

COREP (Note 36)

46Liquidity Questionnaire

MLA-M (Note 37)

MLA-M (Note 37)

MLA-M (Note 37)

MLA-M (Note 37)

MLA-M (Note 37)

MLA-M (Note 37)

MLA-M (Note 37)

Note 1

All firms, except IFPRU investment firms in relation to data items reported under the EU CRR, when submitting the completed data item required, a firm must use the format of the data item set out in SUP 16 Annex 24. Guidance notes for completion of the data items are contained in SUP 16 Annex 25.

Note 2

Firms that are members of a UK consolidation group are also required to submit this report on a UK consolidation group basis.

Note 3

This applies to a firm that is required to submit data item FSA003 and, at any time within the 12 months up to its latest accounting reference date ("the relevant period"), was reporting data item FSA004 ("Firm A") or not reporting this item ("Firm B").

In the case of Firm A it must report this data item if one or both of its last two submissions in the relevant period show that the threshold was exceeded.

In the case of Firm B it must report this item if both the last two submissions in the relevant period show that the threshold has been exceeded.

The threshold is exceeded where data element 77A in data item FSA003 is greater than £10 million, or its currency equivalent, at the relevant reporting date for the firm.

Note 4

This applies to a firm that is required to submit data item FSA003 and, at anytime within the 12 months up to its latest accounting reference date ("the relevant period"), was reporting data item FSA005 ("Firm A") or not reporting this item ("Firm B").

In the case of Firm A it must report this data item if one or both of its last two submissions in the relevant period show that the threshold was exceeded.

In the case of Firm B it must report this item if both the last two submissions in the relevant period show that the threshold has been exceeded.

The threshold is exceeded where data element 93A in data item FSA003 is greater than £50 million, or its currency equivalent, at the relevant reporting date for the firm.

Note 5

Only applicable to firms with a VaR model permission.

Note 6

[deleted]

Note 7

[deleted]

Note 8

Only applicable to IFPRU investment firms and BIPRU firms that:

(a) are subject to consolidated supervision under BIPRU 8, except those that are either included within the consolidated supervision of a group that includes a UK credit institution, or that have been granted an investment firm consolidation waiver; or

(b) have been granted an investment firm consolidation waiver

;or

(c) are not subject to consolidated supervision under BIPRU 8.

An IFPRU investment firm and a BIPRU firm under (a) must complete the report on the basis of its UK consolidation group. An IFPRU investment firm and a BIPRU firm under (b) or (c) must complete the report on the basis of its solo position.

Note 9

This will be applicable to firms that are members of a UK consolidation group on the reporting date.

Note 10

[deleted]55

55

Note 11

Only applicable to a firm that is a sole trader or a partnership, when the report must be submitted by each partner.

Note 12

This is only applicable to a firm that has both a core UK group and a non-core large exposures group.

Note 13

[deleted]55

50 55

Note 14

FSA03474 must be completed by a firm not subject to the exemption in IPRU(INV) 5.4.2R74, unless it is a firm whose permitted business includes establishing, operating or winding up a personal pension scheme, in which case FIN071 must be completed76.

FSA035 must be completed by a firm subject to the exemption in IPRU(INV) 5.4.2R7476.

74 52

Note 15

FSA029, FSA030, FSA032 and FSA039 only apply to a firm subject to IPRU(INV) Chapter 13 which is an exempt CAD firm. Sections A, B, C, D1,62 and F RMAR only apply to a firm subject to IPRU(INV) Chapter 13 which is not an exempt CAD firm.

50 50 50

Note 16

[deleted]

Note 17

An exempt BIPRU commodity firm will, by virtue of the definition of BIPRU TP 15, be exempt from completing FSA003 (and thus FSA004, FSA005, FSA006 and FSA007) for the duration of the transitional provision. It is however required to submit all other data items applicable according to the firm's BIPRU classification including, for the avoidance of doubt, BIPRU TP 16.

Note 18

Except if the firm is an adviser, local or traded options market maker (as referred to in IPRU(INV) 3-60(4)R.

Note 19

[deleted]55

55

Note 20

Only required in the case of an adviser, local or traded options market maker (as referred to in IPRU(INV) 3-60(4)R) that is a sole trader.

Note 21

[deleted]

Note 22

Only applicable to firms that have an IRB permission.

Note 23

Only applicable to firms that hold securitisation positions, or are the originator or sponsor of securitisations. of non-trading book exposures.

Note 24

Only applicable to firms granted a Part 30 exemption order and operating an arrangement to cover forward profits on the London Metals Exchange.

Note 25

Only applicable to a firm that has a solo consolidation waiver.

Note 26

A firm must complete this item separately on each of the following bases (if applicable).

(1) It must complete it on a solo basis. Therefore even if it has a solo consolidation waiver it must complete the item on an unconsolidated basis by reference to the firm alone.

(2) If it is a group liquidity reporting firm in a DLG by default and is a UKlead regulated firm, it must complete the item on the basis of that group.

(3) If it is a group liquidity reporting firm in a UKDLG by modification, it must complete the item on the basis of that group.

(4) If it is a group liquidity reporting firm in a non-UK DLG by modification, it must complete the item on the basis of that group.

Note 27

A firm must complete this item separately on each of the following bases that are applicable.

(1) It must complete it on a solo basis unless it is a group liquidity reporting firm in a UKDLG by modification. Therefore even if it has a solo consolidation waiver it must complete the item on an unconsolidated basis by reference to the firm alone.

(2) If it is a group liquidity reporting firm in a UKDLG by modification, it must complete the item on the basis of that group.

Note 28

If it is a non-ILAS BIPRU firm, it must complete it on a solo basis. Therefore even if it has a solo consolidation waiver it must complete the item on an unconsolidated basis by reference to the firm alone.

Note 29

(1) This item must be reported in the reporting currency.

(2) If any data element is in a currency or currencies other than the reporting currency, all currencies (including the reporting currency) must be combined into a figure in the reporting currency.

(3) In addition, all material currencies (which may include the reporting currency) must each be recorded separately (translated into the reporting currency). However if:

(a) the reporting frequency is (whether under a rule or under a waiver) quarterly or less than quarterly; or

(b) the only material currency is the reporting currency;

(3) does not apply.

(4) If there are more than three material currencies for this data item, (3) only applies to the three largest in amount. A firm must identify the largest in amount in accordance with the following procedure.

(a) For each currency, take the largest of the asset or liability figure as referred to in the definition of material currency.

(b) Take the three largest figures from the resulting list of amounts.

(5) The date as at which the calculations for the purposes of the definition of material currency are carried out is the last day of the reporting period in question.

(6) The reporting currency for this data item is whichever of the following currencies the firm chooses, namely USD (the United States Dollar), EUR (the euro), GBP (sterling), JPY (the Japanese Yen), CHF (the Swiss Franc), CAD (the Canadian Dollar) or SEK (the Swedish Krona).

Note 30

Note 29 applies, except that paragraphs (3), (4) and (5) do not apply, meaning that material currencies must not be recorded separately.

Note 31

Any changes to reporting requirements caused by a firm receiving an intra-group liquidity modification (or a variation to one) do not take effect until the first day of the next reporting period applicable under the changed reporting requirements for the data item in question if the firm receives that intra-group liquidity modification or variation part of the way through such a period. If the change is that the firm does not have to report a particular data item or does not have to report it at a particular reporting level, the firm must nevertheless report that item or at that reporting level for any reporting period that has already begun. This paragraph is subject to anything that the intra-group liquidity modification says to the contrary.15

Note 32

Only applicable to firms that hold securitisation positions in the trading book and/or are the originator or sponsor of securitisations held in the trading book.

Note 33

FSA047, FSA048, FSA050, FSA051, FSA052, FSA053 and FSA054 must be completed by an ILAS BIPRU firm. An ILAS BIPRU firm does not need to complete FSA055. A non-ILAS BIPRU firm must complete FSA055 and does not need to complete FSA047, FSA048, FSA050, FSA051, FSA052, FSA053 and FSA054.

Note 34

This data item must be reported only in the currencies named in FSA052, so that liabilities in GBP are reported in GBP in rows 1 to 4, those in USD are reported in USD in rows 5 to 8, and those in Euro are reported in Euro in rows 9 to 12. Liabilities in other currencies are not to be reported.

Note 35

Only applicable to firms that are collective portfolio management investment firms.

Note 36

Requirements under COREP and FINREP should be determined with reference to the EU CRR and applicable technical standards.

46Note 37

Only applicable to RAG 3 firms carrying on home financing or home finance administration connected to regulated mortgage contracts, unless as at 26 April 2014 its Part 4A permission was and continues to remain subject to a restriction preventing it from undertaking new home financing or home finance administration connected to regulated mortgage contracts.

SUP 16.12.11A G RP

13The column45 in the table in SUP 16.12.11 R that deals45 with IFPRU firms45 cover some liquidity items that only have to be reported by an ILAS BIPRU firm (please see notes 28 and 33)45

45 45 45 45
SUP 16.12.12 R RP

The applicable reporting frequencies for data items referred to in SUP 16.12.4 R2 are set out in the table below according to firm type. Reporting frequencies are calculated from a firm'saccounting reference date, unless indicated otherwise.

45Data Item

IFPRU 730K firm

IFPRU 125K firm and collective portfolio management investment firm

IFPRU 50K firm

BIPRU firm

UK consolidation group or defined liquidity group

Firm other than BIPRU firms or IFPRU investment firms

COREP/FINREP

Refer to EU CRR and applicable technical standards

Refer to EU CRR and applicable technical standards

Solvency statement

Annually

Annually

Annually

Annually

Annually

FSA001

Quarterly

Quarterly

Half yearly

Half yearly

Half yearly

FSA002

Quarterly

Quarterly

Half yearly

Half yearly

Half yearly

FSA003

Half yearly

Half yearly

FSA004

Half yearly

Half yearly

FSA005

Half yearly

Half yearly

FSA006

Quarterly

Quarterly

Quarterly

Quarterly

Quarterly

FSA007

Annual (note 4)

Annual (note 4)

FSA016

Half yearly

Half yearly

Half yearly

Half yearly

FSA018

Quarterly

Quarterly

Quarterly

FSA019

Annually

Annually

Annually

Annually

Annually

FSA028

Half yearly

FSA029

Quarterly

FSA030

Quarterly

FSA031

Quarterly

FSA032

Quarterly

FSA033

Quarterly

FSA034

Quarterly

FSA035

Quarterly

FSA039

Half yearly

Half yearly

Half yearly

Half yearly

Half yearly

FSA040

Quarterly

Quarterly

Quarterly

Quarterly

Quarterly

FSA045

Quarterly

Quarterly

Half yearly

Half yearly

Half yearly

FSA046

Quarterly

Quarterly

FSA047

Daily, weekly, monthly or quarterly (Notes 5, 6 and 8)

Daily, weekly, monthly or quarterly (Notes 5, 7 and 8)

FSA048

Daily, weekly, monthly or quarterly (Notes 5, 6 and 8)

Daily, weekly, monthly or quarterly (Notes 5, 7 and 8)

FSA050

Monthly (Note 5)

Monthly (Note 5)

FSA051

Monthly (Note 5)

Monthly (Note 5)

FSA052

Weekly or monthly (Notes 5 and 9)

Weekly or monthly (Notes 5 and 10)

FSA053

Quarterly (Note 5)

Quarterly (Note 5)

FSA054

Quarterly (Note 5)

Quarterly (Note 5)

FSA055

Annually (Note 5)

Annually (Note 5)61

Annually (Note 5)

FSA058

Quarterly

Quarterly

FIN067

Quarterly (note 5)

FIN068

Half yearly

52FIN071

Quarterly

Section A RMAR

Half yearly (note 2) Quarterly (note 3)

Section B RMAR

Half yearly (note 2) Quarterly (note 3)

Section C RMAR

Half yearly (note 2) Quarterly (note 3)

Section D1 62RMAR

Half yearly (note 2) Quarterly (note 3)

Section F RMAR

Half yearly

46MLA-M

Quarterly

Quarterly

Quarterly

Quarterly

Quarterly

Quarterly

Note 1

[deleted]

Note 2

Annual regulated business revenue up to and including £5 million.

Note 3

Annual regulated business revenue over £5 million.

Note 4

The reporting date for this data item is six months after a firm's most recent accounting reference date.

Note 5

Reporting frequencies and reporting periods for this data item are calculated on a calendar year basis and not from a firm'saccounting reference date. In particular:

(1) A week means the period beginning on Saturday and ending on Friday.

(2) A month begins on the first day of the calendar month and ends on the last day of that month.

(3) Quarters end on 31 March, 30 June, 30 September and 31 December.

(4) Daily means each business day.

All periods are calculated by reference to London time.

Any changes to reporting requirements caused by a firm receiving an intra-group liquidity modification (or a variation to one) do not take effect until the first day of the next reporting period applicable under the changed reporting requirements if the firm receives that intra-group liquidity modification or variation part of the way through such a period, unless the intra-group liquidity modification says otherwise.

Note 6

If the report is on a solo basis the reporting frequency is as follows:

(1) if the firm does not have an intra-group liquidity modification the frequency is:

(a) weekly if the firm is a standard frequency liquidity reporting firm; and

(b) monthly if the firm is a low frequency liquidity reporting firm;

(2) if the firm is a group liquidity reporting firm in a non-UK DLG by modification (firm level) the frequency is:

(a) weekly if the firm is a standard frequency liquidity reporting firm; and

(b) monthly if the firm is a low frequency liquidity reporting firm;

(3) the frequency is quarterly if the firm is a group liquidity reporting firm in a UK DLG by modification.

Note 7

(1) If the report is by reference to the firm'sDLG by default the reporting frequency is:

(a) weekly if the group liquidity standard frequency reporting conditions are met;

(b) monthly if the group liquidity low frequency reporting conditions are met.

(2) If the report is by reference to the firm'sUK DLG by modification the reporting frequency is:

(a) weekly if the group liquidity standard frequency reporting conditions are met;

(b) monthly if the group liquidity low frequency reporting conditions are met.

(3) If the report is by reference to the firm'snon-UK DLG by modification the reporting frequency is quarterly.

Note 8

(1) If the reporting frequency is otherwise weekly, the item is to be reported on every business day if (and for as long as) there is a firm-specific liquidity stress or market liquidity stress in relation to the firm or group in question.

(2) If the reporting frequency is otherwise monthly, the item is to be reported weekly if (and for as long as) there is a firm-specific liquidity stress or market liquidity stress in relation to the firm or group in question.

(3) A firm must ensure that it would be able at all times to meet the requirements for daily or weekly reporting under paragraph (1) or (2) even if there is no firm-specific liquidity stress or market liquidity stress and none is expected.

Note 9

If the report is on a solo basis the reporting frequency is as follows:

(1) weekly if the firm is a standard frequency liquidity reporting firm; and

(2) monthly if the firm is a low frequency liquidity reporting firm.

Note 10

If the report is by reference to the firm'sUK DLG by modification the reporting frequency is:

(1) weekly if the group liquidity standard frequency reporting conditions are met;

(2) monthly if the group liquidity low frequency reporting conditions are met.

SUP 16.12.13 R RP

The applicable due dates for submission referred to in 11SUP 16.12.4 R112 are set out in the table below. The due dates are the last day of the periods given in the table below following the relevant reporting frequency period set out in SUP 16.12.12 R, unless indicated otherwise.13

13 Data item

Daily

Weekly

Monthly 18

Quarterly 18

Half yearly 18

Annual 18

45COREP/FINREP

Refer to EU CRR and applicable technical standards

8 8

Solvency statement

3 months

FSA001

20 business days

30 business days (note 1)

45 business days (note 2)

FSA002

20 business days

30 business days (note 1)

45 business days (note 2)

FSA003

15 business days

20 business days

30 business days (note 1)

45 business days (note 2)

FSA004

20 business days

30 business days (note 1)

45 business days (note 2)

FSA005

20 business days

30 business days (note 1)

45 business days (note 2)

FSA006

20 business days

FSA007

2 months

FSA016

30 business days

FSA018

45 business days

FSA019

2 months

FSA028

30 business days

2FSA029

20 business days

11

2FSA030

20 business days

11

2FSA031

20 business days

2FSA032

20 business days

2FSA033

20 business days

11

2FSA034

20 business days

11

2FSA035

20 business days

11 43

2FSA039

30 business days

2FSA040

15 business days3

6FSA045

20 business days

30 business days (note 1), 45 business days (note 2)

6FSA046

20 business days (Note 1), 45 business days (Note 2)15

15

FSA047

22.00 hours (London time) on the business day immediately following the last day of the reporting period for the item in question

22.00 hours (London time) on the business day immediately following the last day of the reporting period for the item in question

15 business days

15 business days or one Month (Note 3)

FSA048

22.00 hours (London time) on the business day immediately following the last day of the reporting period for the item in question

22.00 hours (London time) on the business day immediately following the last day of the reporting period for the item in question

15 business days

15 business days or one Month (Note 3)

FSA050

15 business days

FSA051

15 business days

FSA052

22.00 hours (London time) on the second business day immediately following the last day of the reporting period for the item in question

15 business days

FSA053

15 business days

FSA054

15 business days

FSA055

15 business days

15FSA058

20 business days (Note 1), 45 business days (Note 2)38

38FIN067

30 days45

45

45FIN068

30 business days

52FIN071

20 business days

3Section A RMAR

30 business days

30 business days

3Section B RMAR

30 business days

30 business days

3Section C RMAR

30 business days

30 business days

3Section Section D1 RMAR62

17 50 50

30 business days

30 business days

3Section F RMAR

30 business days

46MLA-M

20 business days

Note 1

For unconsolidated and solo-consolidated reports.

Note 2

For UK consolidation group reports.

Note 3

It is one Month if the report relates to a non-UK DLG by modification.

Regulated Activity Group 4

SUP 16.12.14 R RP
  1. (1)

    2SUP 16.12.15 R to SUP 16.12.17 R do not apply to:

    1. (a)

      a lead regulated firm (except in relation to data items 47 to 55 (inclusive));13

    2. (b)

      an OPS firm;

    3. (c)

      a local authority.

  2. (2)

    [deleted]55

    55
SUP 16.12.15 R RP

The applicable data items referred to in SUP 16.12.4 R are set out76 according to firm type76 in the table below:

48Description of data item

Firms' prudential category and applicable data items (note 1)

IFPRU investment firms and BIPRU firms

Firms other than BIPRU firms or IFPRU investment firms

IFPRU

BIPRU

IPRU(INV) Chapter 3

IPRU(INV) Chapter 5

IPRU(INV) Chapter 9

IPRU(INV) Chapter 11 (collective portfolio management firms only)

IPRU(INV) Chapter 1248

IPRU(INV) Chapter 13

38

Solvency statement

No standard format

No standard format (Note 11)

No standard format

No standard format

38

Balance sheet

FSA001/FINREP (Notes 2 and 34)

FSA001 (Note 2)

FSA029

FSA029

FSA029

FSA029

FSA02948

FSA029 (note 15) or Section A RMAR (note 15)

38

Income statement

FSA002/FINREP (Notes 2 and 34)

FSA002 (Note 2)

FSA030

FSA030

FSA030

FSA030

FSA03048

FSA030 (note 15) or Section B RMAR (note 15)

38

Capital adequacy

COREP (Note 34)

FSA003 (Note 2)

FSA033

FSA034 or FSA035 or FIN07152 (note 14)

FSA031

FIN066

FIN06948

SectionD162 RMAR or FSA032 (note 15)

50
38

Supplementary capital data for collective portfolio management investment firms

FIN067 (Note 32)

FIN068 (Note 32)

Credit risk

COREP (Note 34)

FSA004 (Notes 2, 3)

Market risk

COREP (Note 34)50

FSA005 (Notes 2, 4)

Market risk - supplementary

FSA006 (note 5)

FSA006 (note 5)

Operational risk

COREP (Note 34)

Large exposures

COREP (Note 34)

Exposures between core UK group and non-core large exposures group

FSA018 (note 12)

Solo consolidation data

FSA016 (note 20)

FSA016 (Note 20)

Pillar 2 questionnaire

FSA019 (note 8)

FSA019 (Note 8)

Non-EEA subgroup

COREP (Note 34)

FSA028 (Note 9)

Threshold conditions

Section F RMAR (note 15)

Volumes and types of business (note 21)

FSA038

FSA038

FSA038

FSA038

FSA038

FSA038

FSA038

38

Client money and client assets

FSA039

FSA039

FSA039

FSA039

FSA039

FSA039

FSA03948

Section C RMAR (note 15) or FSA039

38

72

72

38

IRB portfolio risk

FSA045 (note 18)

FSA045 (Note 18)

Securitisation: non-trading book

COREP (Note 34)

FSA046 (Note 19)

Daily Flows

FSA047/COREP (Notes 23, 26, 28, 30 and 34)

Enhanced Mismatch Report

FSA048/COREP (Notes 23, 26, 28, 30 and 34)

Liquidity Buffer Qualifying Securities

FSA050/COREP (Notes 24, 27, 28, 30 and 34)

Funding Concentration

FSA051/COREP (Notes 24, 27, 28, 30 and 34)

Pricing data

FSA052/COREP (Notes 24, 28, 30, 31 and 34)

Retail and corporate funding

FSA053/COREP (Notes 24, 27, 28, 30 and 34)

Currency Analysis

FSA054/COREP (Notes 24, 27, 28, 30 and 34)

Systems and Controls Questionnaire

FSA055/COREP (Notes 25, 30 and 34) FSA055 (Notes 25 and 30)

FSA055 (Notes 25 and 30)

Securitisation: trading book48

COREP (Note 34)

FSA058 (Note 29)

Information on P2P agreements48

FIN07048

Note 1

All firms, except IFPRU investment firms in relation to data items reported under the EU CRR, when submitting the completed data item required, a firm must use the format of the data item set out in SUP 16 Annex 24 R. Guidance notes for completion of the data items are contained in SUP 16 Annex 25 G.

Note 2

Firms that are members of a UK consolidation group are also required to submit this report on a UK consolidation group basis.

Note 3

This applies to a firm that is required to submit data item FSA003 and at anytime within the 12 months up to its latest accounting reference date ("the relevant period"), was reporting data item FSA004 ("Firm A") or not reporting this item ("Firm B").

In the case of Firm A it must report this data item if one or both of its last two submissions in the relevant period show that the threshold was exceeded.

In the case of Firm B it must report this item if both the last two submissions in the relevant period show that the threshold has been exceeded.

The threshold is exceeded where data element 77A in data item FSA003 is greater than £10 million, or its currency equivalent, at the relevant reporting date for the firm.

Note 4

This applies to a firm that is required to submit data item FSA003 and at any time within the 12 months up to its latest accounting reference date ("the relevant period"), was reporting data item FSA005 ("Firm A") or not reporting this item ("Firm B").

In the case of Firm A it must report this data item if one or both of its last two submissions in the relevant period show that the threshold was exceeded.

In the case of Firm B it must report this item if both the last two submissions in the relevant period show that the threshold has been exceeded.

The threshold is exceeded where data element 93A in data item FSA003 is greater than £50 million, or its currency equivalent, at the relevant reporting date for the firm.

Note 5

Only applicable to firms with a VaR model permission.

Note 6

[deleted]

Note 7

[deleted]

Note 8

Only applicable to IFPRU investment firms and BIPRU firms

that :

(a) are subject to consolidated supervision under BIPRU 8, except those that are either included within the consolidated supervision of a group that includes a UK credit institution, or that have been granted an investment firm consolidation waiver; or

(b) have been granted an investment firm consolidation waiver;

or

(c) are not subject to consolidated supervision under BIPRU 8

BIPRU 8.

An IFPRU investment firm and a BIPRU firm under (a) must complete the report on the basis of its UK consolidation group. An IFPRU investment firm and a BIPRU firm under (b) or (c) must complete the report on the basis of its solo position.

Note 9

This will be applicable to firms that are members of a UK consolidation group on the reporting date.

Note 10

[deleted]55

55

Note 11

Only applicable to a firm that is a sole trader or a partnership, when the report must be submitted by each partner.

Note 12

Only applicable to a firm that has both a core UK group and a non-core large exposures group.

Note 13

[deleted]55

55

Note 14

FSA034 must be completed by a firm not subject to the exemption in IPRU(INV) 5.4.2R74, unless it is a firm whose permitted business includes establishing, operating or winding up a personal pension scheme, in which case FIN071 must be completed76.

FSA035 must be completed by a firm subject to the exemption in IPRU(INV) 5.4.2R7476.

74 52

Note 15

FSA029, FSA030, FSA032 and FSA039 only apply to a firm subject to IPRU(INV) Chapter 13 which is an exempt CAD firm.

Sections A, B, C, D162 and F RMAR only apply to a firm subject to IPRU(INV) Chapter 13 which is not an exempt CAD firm.

50

Note 16

[deleted]

Note 17

[deleted]

Note 18

Only applicable to firms that have an IRB permission.

Note 19

Only applicable to firms that hold securitisation positions, or are the originator or sponsor of securitisations of non-trading book exposures.

Note 20

Only applicable to a firm that has a solo consolidation waiver.

Note 21

[deleted]

Note 22

[deleted]72

Note 23

A firm must complete this item separately on each of the following bases (if applicable).

(1) It must complete it on a solo basis. Therefore even if it has a solo consolidation waiver it must complete the item on an unconsolidated basis by reference to the firm alone.

(2) If it is a group liquidity reporting firm in a DLG by default and is a UK lead regulated firm, it must complete the item on the basis of that group.

(3) If it is a group liquidity reporting firm in a UK DLG by modification, it must complete the item on the basis of that group.

(4) If it is a group liquidity reporting firm in a non-UK DLG by modification, it must complete the item on the basis of that group.

Note 24

A firm must complete this item separately on each of the following bases that are applicable.

(1) It must complete it on a solo basis unless it is a group liquidity reporting firm in a UK DLG by modification. Therefore even if it has a solo consolidation waiver it must complete the item on an unconsolidated basis by reference to the firm alone.

(2) If it is a group liquidity reporting firm in a UK DLG by modification, it must complete the item on the basis of that group.

Note 25

If it is a non-ILAS BIPRU firm, it must complete it on a solo basis. Therefore even if it has a solo consolidation waiver it must complete the item on an unconsolidated basis by reference to the firm alone.

Note 26

(1) This item must be reported in the reporting currency.

(2) If any data element is in a currency or currencies other than the reporting currency, all currencies (including the reporting currency) must be combined into a figure in the reporting currency.

(3) In addition, all material currencies (which may include the reporting currency) must each be recorded separately (translated into the reporting currency). However if:

(a) the reporting frequency is (whether under a rule or under a waiver) quarterly or less than quarterly; or

(b) the only material currency is the reporting currency;

(3) does not apply.

(4) If there are more than three material currencies for this data item, (3) only applies to the three largest in amount. A firm must identify the largest in amount in accordance with the following procedure.

(a) For each currency, take the largest of the asset or liability figure as referred to in the definition of material currency.

(b) Take the three largest figures from the resulting list of amounts.

(5) The date as at which the calculations for the purposes of the definition of material currency are carried out is the last day of the reporting period in question.

(6) The reporting currency for this data item is whichever of the following currencies the firm chooses, namely USD (the United States Dollar), EUR (the euro), GBP (sterling), JPY (the Japanese Yen), CHF (the Swiss Franc), CAD (the Canadian Dollar) or SEK (the Swedish Krona).

Note 27

Note 26 applies, except that paragraphs (3), (4), and (5) do not apply, meaning that material currencies must not be recorded separately.

Note 28

Any changes to reporting requirements caused by a firm receiving an intra-group liquidity modification (or a variation to one) do not take effect until the first day of the next reporting period applicable under the changed reporting requirements for the data item in question if the firm receives that intra-group liquidity modification or variation part of the way through such a period. If the change is that the firm does not have to report a particular data item or does not have to report it at a particular reporting level, the firm must nevertheless report that item or at that reporting level for any reporting period that has already begun. This paragraph is subject to anything that the intra-group liquidity modification says to the contrary.

Note 29

Only applicable to firms that hold securitisation positions in the trading book and/or are the originator or sponsor of securitisations held in the trading book.

Note 30

FSA047, FSA048, FSA050, FSA051, FSA052, FSA053 and FSA054 must be completed by an ILAS BIPRU firm. An ILAS BIPRU firm does not need to complete FSA055. A non-ILAS BIPRU firm must complete FSA055 and does not need to complete FSA047, FSA048, FSA050, FSA051, FSA052, FSA053 and FSA054.

Note 31

This data item must be reported only in the currencies named in FSA052, so that liabilities in GBP are reported in GBP in rows 1 to 4, those in USD are reported in USD in rows 5 to 8, and those in Euro are reported in Euro in rows 9 to 12. Liabilities in other currencies are not to be reported.

Note 32

Only applicable to firms that are collective portfolio management investment firms.

Note 33

Only applicable to firms that have a managing investmentspermission.

Note 34

Requirements under COREP and FINREP should be determined with reference to the EU CRR and applicable technical standards.

SUP 16.12.15A G RP

13The column45 in the table in SUP 16.12.15 R that deals45 with IFPRU firms45 cover some liquidity items that only have to be reported by an ILAS BIPRU firm(please see notes 25 and 30).45

45 45 45 45
SUP 16.12.16 R RP

The applicable reporting frequencies for data items referred to in SUP 16.12.15 R2 are set out in the table below according to firm type. Reporting frequencies are calculated from a firm'saccounting reference date, unless indicated otherwise.

45 Data item

Firms' prudential category

IFPRU 730K firm

IFPRU 125K firm and collective portfolio management investment firm

IFPRU 50K firm

BIPRU firm

UK consolidation group or defined liquidity group

Firm other than BIPRU firms or IFPRU investment firms

COREP/FINREP

Refer to EU CRR and applicable technical standards

Refer to EU CRR and applicable technical standards

Solvency statement

Annually

Annually

Annually

Annually

Annually

FSA001

Quarterly

Quarterly

Half yearly

Half yearly

Half yearly

FSA002

Quarterly

Quarterly

Half yearly

Half yearly

Half yearly

FSA003

Half yearly

Half yearly

FSA004

Half yearly

Half yearly

FSA005

Half yearly

Half yearly

FSA006

Quarterly

Quarterly

Quarterly

Quarterly

Quarterly

FSA007

Annual (note 4)

Annual (note 4)

FSA016

Half yearly

Half yearly

Half yearly

Half yearly

FSA018

Quarterly

Quarterly

Quarterly

FSA019

Annually

Annually

Annually

Annually

Annually

FSA028

Half yearly

FSA029

Quarterly

FSA030

Quarterly

FSA031

Quarterly

FSA032

Quarterly

FSA033

Quarterly

FSA034

Quarterly

FSA035

Quarterly38

FSA038

Half yearly

Half yearly

Half yearly

Half yearly

Half yearly

FSA039

Half yearly

Half yearly

Half yearly

Half yearly

Half yearly

72

72

72

FSA045

Quarterly

Quarterly

Half yearly

Half yearly

Half yearly

FSA046

Quarterly

Quarterly

FSA047

Daily, weekly, monthly or quarterly (Notes 5, 6 and 8)

Daily, weekly, monthly or quarterly (Notes 5, 7 and 8)

FSA048

Daily, weekly, monthly or quarterly (Notes 5, 6 and 8)

Daily, weekly, monthly or quarterly (Notes 5, 7 and 8)

FSA050

Monthly (Note 5)

Monthly (Note 5)

FSA051

Monthly (Note 5)

Monthly (Note 5)

FSA052

Weekly or monthly (Notes 5 and 9)

Weekly or monthly (Notes 5 and 10)

FSA053

Quarterly (Note 5)

Quarterly (Note 5)

FSA054

Quarterly (Note 5)

Quarterly (Note 5)

FSA055

Annually (Note 5)

Annually (Note 5)

Annually (Note 5)

FSA058

Quarterly

Quarterly

FIN066

Quarterly

FIN067

Quarterly (Note 5)

FIN068

Half yearly

48FIN069

48Quarterly

48FIN070

48Quarterly

52FIN071

Quarterly

Section A RMAR

Half yearly (note 2) Quarterly (note 3)

Section B RMAR

Half yearly (note 2) Quarterly (note 3)

Section C RMAR

Half yearly (note 2) Quarterly (note 3)

Section D1 62 RMAR

50 50

Half yearly (note 2) Quarterly (note 3)

Section F RMAR

Half yearly

Note 1

[deleted]

Note 2

Annual regulated business revenue up to and including £5 million.

Note 3

Annual regulated business revenue over £5 million.

Note 4

The reporting date for this data item is six months after a firm's most recent accounting reference date.

Note 5

Reporting frequencies and reporting periods for this data item are calculated on a calendar year basis and not from a firm'saccounting reference date. In particular:

(1) A week means the period beginning on Saturday and ending on Friday.

(2) A month begins on the first day of the calendar month and ends on the last day of that month.

(3) Quarters end on 31 March, 30 June, 30 September and 31 December.

(4) Daily means each business day.

All periods are calculated by reference to London time.

Any changes to reporting requirements caused by a firm receiving an intra-group liquidity modification (or a variation to one) do not take effect until the first day of the next reporting period applicable under the changed reporting requirements if the firm receives that intra-group liquidity modification or variation part of the way through such a period, unless the intra-group liquidity modification says otherwise.

Note 6

If the report is on a solo basis the reporting frequency is as follows:

(1) if the firm does not have an intra-group liquidity modification the frequency is:

(a) weekly if the firm is a standard frequency liquidity reporting firm; and

(b) monthly if the firm is a low frequency liquidity reporting firm;

(2) if the firm is a group liquidity reporting firm in a non-UK DLG by modification (firm level) the frequency is:

(a) weekly if the firm is a standard frequency liquidity reporting firm; and

(b) monthly if the firm is a low frequency liquidity reporting firm;

(3) the frequency is quarterly if the firm is a group liquidity reporting firm in a UK DLG by modification.

Note 7

(1) If the report is by reference to the firm'sDLG by default the reporting frequency is:

(a) weekly if the group liquidity standard frequency reporting conditions are met;

(b) monthly if the group liquidity low frequency reporting conditions are met.

(2) If the report is by reference to the firm'sUK DLG by modification the reporting frequency is:

(a) weekly if the group liquidity standard frequency reporting conditions are met;

(b) monthly if the group liquidity low frequency reporting conditions are met.

(3) If the report is by reference to the firm'snon-UK DLG by modification the reporting frequency is quarterly.

Note 8

(1) If the reporting frequency is otherwise weekly, the item is to be reported on every business day if (and for as long as) there is a firm-specific liquidity stress or market liquidity stress in relation to the firm or group in question.

(2) If the reporting frequency is otherwise monthly, the item is to be reported weekly if (and for as long as) there is a firm-specific liquidity stress or market liquidity stress in relation to the firm or group in question.

(3) A firm must ensure that it would be able at all times to meet the requirements for daily or weekly reporting under paragraph (1) or (2) even if there is no firm-specific liquidity stress or market liquidity stress and none is expected.

Note 9

If the report is on a solo basis the reporting frequency is as follows:

(1) weekly if the firm is a standard frequency liquidity reporting firm; and

(2) monthly if the firm is a low frequency liquidity reporting firm.

Note 10

If the report is by reference to the firm'sUK DLG by modification the reporting frequency is:

(1) weekly if the group liquidity standard frequency reporting conditions are met;

(2) monthly if the group liquidity low frequency reporting conditions are met.

SUP 16.12.17 R RP

The applicable due dates for submission referred to in SUP 16.12.4 R are set out in the table below. The due dates are the last day of the periods given in the table below following the relevant reporting frequency period set out in SUP 16.12.16 R, unless indicated otherwise.13

13 Data item 18

Daily

Weekly

Monthly

18

Quarterly

18

Half yearly

18

Annual

18

45COREP/FINREP

Refer to EU CRR and applicable technical standards

Solvency statement

3 months

FSA001

20 business days

30 business days (note 2); 45 business days (note 3 )

FSA002

20 business days

30 business days (note 2); 45 business days (note 3)

FSA003

15 business days

20 business days

30 business days (note 2); 45 business days (note 3)

FSA004

20 business days

30 business days (note 2); 45 business days (note 3)

FSA005

20 business days

30 business days (note 2); 45 business days (note 3)

FSA006

20 business days

FSA007

2 months

FSA016

30 business days

FSA018

45 business days

FSA019

2 months

FSA028

30 business days

FSA029

20 business days

FSA030

20 business days

FSA031

20 business days

FSA032

20 business days

FSA033

20 business days

FSA034

20 business days

FSA035

20 business days43

FSA038

30 business days

FSA039

30 business days38

72

72

FSA045

20 business days

30 business days (note 2); 45 business days (note 3)

FSA046

20 business days (Note 2), 45 business days (Note 3)15

15

FSA047

22.00 hours (London time) on the business day immediately following the last day of the reporting period for the item in question

22.00 hours (London time) on the business day immediately following the last day of the reporting period for the item in question

15 business days

15 business days or one Month (Note 4)

FSA048

22.00 hours (London time) on the business day immediately following the last day of the reporting period for the item in question

22.00 hours (London time) on the business day immediately following the last day of the reporting period for the item in question

15 business days

15 business days or one Month (Note 4)

FSA050

15 business days

FSA051

15 business days

FSA052

22.00 hours (London time) on the second business day immediately following the last day of the reporting period for the item in question

15 business days

FSA053

15 business days

FSA054

15 business days

FSA055

15 business days

15FSA058

20 business days (Note 2), 45 business days (Note 3)38

38FIN066

20 business days

38FIN067

30 days45

45

45FIN068

30 business days

48FIN069

20 business days

48FIN070

20 business days

52FIN071

20 business days

Section A RMAR

30 business days

30 business days

Section B RMAR

30 business days

30 business days

Section C RMAR

30 business days

30 business days

Section D1 62RMAR

50 50 50

30 business days

30 business days

Section F RMAR

30 business days

Note 1

[deleted]

Note 2

For unconsolidated and solo-consolidated reports.

Note 3

For UK consolidation group reports.

Note 4

It is one Month if the report relates to a non-UK DLG by modification.

Regulated Activity Group 5

SUP 16.12.18 R
SUP 16.12.18A R
46 46 46 46

[deleted]46

SUP 16.12.18AA R RP
  1. (1)

    SUP 16.12.18B R and SUP 16.12.18C R do58 not apply to:

    58
    1. (a)

      a lead regulated firm;

    2. (b)

      an OPS firm;

    3. (c)

      a local authority.

  2. (2)

    A lead regulated firm and an OPS firm must submit a copy of its annual report and audited accounts within 80 business days from its accounting reference date.

SUP 16.12.18B R RP

The applicable data items, reporting frequencies and submission deadlines referred to in SUP 16.12.4 R are set out in the table below. Reporting frequencies are calculated from a firm'saccounting reference date, unless indicated otherwise. The due dates are the last day of the periods given in the table below following the relevant reporting frequency period.

46Description of data item

Data item (note 1)

Frequency

Submission deadline

Balance Sheet

Sections A.1 and A.2 MLAR

Quarterly

20 business days

Income Statement

Sections B.0 and B.1 MLAR

Quarterly

20 business days

Capital Adequacy(notes 4 and 5)70

58

Section C MLAR

Quarterly

20 business days

Lending - Business flow and rates

Section D MLAR

Quarterly

20 business days

Residential Lending to individuals - New business profile

Section E MLAR

Quarterly

20 business days

Lending - arrears analysis

Section F MLAR

Quarterly

20 business days

Mortgage Administration - Business Profile

Section G MLAR

Quarterly

20 business days

Mortgage Administration - Arrears analysis

Section H MLAR

Quarterly

20 business days

Analysis of loans to customers

Section A3 MLAR

Quarterly

20 business days

Provisions analysis

Section B2 MLAR

Quarterly

20 business days

Fees and Levies

Section J MLAR

Annually

30 business days

Sale and rent back

Section K MLAR

Annually

30 business days

Credit Risk (notes 2 and 4)58

58

Section L MLAR

Quarterly

20 business days

Liquidity (notes 3 and 4)58

58

Section M MLAR

Quarterly

20 business days

Note 1

When submitting the completed data item required, a firm must use the format of the data item set out in SUP 16 Annex 19A. Guidance notes for the completion of the data items are set out in SUP 16 Annex 19B.

Note 2

Only applicable to a firm that has one or more exposures that satisfy the conditions set out in MIPRU 4.2A.4 R, and:

- has permission to carry on any home financing which is connected to regulated mortgage contracts; or

- has permission to carry on home financing and home finance administration which is connected to regulated mortgage contracts (and no other activity); or

- has permission to carry on home finance administration which is connected to regulated mortgage contracts and has all or part of the home finance transactions that it administers on its balance sheet.

Note 3

Only applicable to a firm that:64

– is subject to MIPRU 4.2D;64

64has no restriction to its Part 4A permission preventing it from undertaking new home financing or home finance administration connected to regulated mortgage contracts; and

- has permission to carry on any home financing or home finance administration connected to regulated mortgage contracts.

Note 4

Not applicable if the firm exclusively carries on home finance administration or home finance providing activities in relation to second charge regulated mortgage contracts or legacy CCA mortgage contracts (or both)66.

70Note 5

Only applicable to a firm that is subject to MIPRU 4.2 (Capital resources requirements).

SUP 16.12.18C R RP

58Additional applicable data items, reporting frequencies and submission deadlines referred to in SUP 16.12.4 R are set out in the table below for a firm carrying on home finance administration or home finance providing activities in relation to second charge regulated mortgage contracts. Reporting frequencies are calculated from a firm'saccounting reference date, unless indicated otherwise. The due dates are the last day of the periods given in the table below following the relevant reporting frequency period.

Description of data item

Data item (note 1)

Frequency

Submission deadline

Analysis of second charge loans to customers

Section A4 64MLAR

Quarterly

20 business days

Second charge business flow and rates

Section D1 64MLAR

Quarterly

20 business days

Second charge lending to individuals

Section E1 64MLAR

Quarterly

20 business days

Second charge lending - arrears analysis

Section F1 MLAR64

Quarterly

20 business days

Second charge mortgage administration - arrears analysis

Section H1 MLAR64

Quarterly

20 business days

Note 1

When submitting the completed data item required, a firm must use the format of the data item set out in SUP 16 Annex 19AA R. Guidance notes for the completion of the data items are set out in SUP 16 Annex 19B.

Regulated Activity Group 6

SUP 16.12.19 R RP
  1. (1)

    2SUP 16.12.19A R to SUP 16.12.21 R do not apply to:

    1. (a)

      a lead regulated firm;

    2. (b)

      an OPS firm;

    3. (c)

      a local authority.

  2. (2)

    [deleted]55

    55
SUP 16.12.19A R RP

2The applicable data items8referred to in SUP 16.12.4 R are set out according to type of firm8 in the table below:

8 8

Description of data item 11

Firms’ 76 prudential category and applicable data items 76 (note 1)

IPRU(INV) Chapter 3

IPRU(INV) Chapter 5

IPRU(INV) Chapter 9

IPRU(INV) Chapter 13

43

Solvency statement (note 6)5

No standard format5

43

Balance sheet

FSA029

11

FSA029

11

FSA029

FSA029 or Section A RMAR (note 7)

11
43 11

Income statement

FSA030

11

FSA030

11

FSA030

FSA030 or Section B RMAR (note 7)

11
43 11

Capital adequacy

FSA033

11

FSA034 or FSA035 or FIN07152or FIN072 69 (note 4)11

FSA031

FSA032 or Section D1 62RMAR (notes 5 and 7)20

50 50
43 11

5Threshold conditions

Section F RMAR (Note 7)24

Client money and client assets

FSA039

FSA039

FSA039

Section C RMAR (note 7) or 5FSA039

11

43

69Pillar 2 questionnaire

FSA019 (note 8)

Note 1

When submitting the completed data item required, a firm must use the format of the data item set out in SUP 16 Annex 24. Guidance notes for completion of the data items are contained in SUP 16 Annex 25.

Note 2

[deleted]24

24

Note 3

[deleted]11

11

Note 4

FSA034 must be completed by a firm not subject to the exemption in IPRU(INV) 5.4.2R74, unless it is a firm whose permitted business includes establishing, operating or winding up a personal pension scheme, in which case FIN071 must be completed76.

FSA035 must be completed by a firm subject to the exemption in IPRU(INV) 5.4.2R74, unless76 the firm is the depositary of a UCITS scheme in which case, FIN072 must be completed75.52

75 69 75 74 69

Note 5

FSA032 must be completed by a firm subject to IPRU(INV) Chapter 13 which is an exempt CAD firm.

5

50

Note 6

Only applicable to a firm that is a partnership, when the report must be submitted by each partner.

5Note 7

FSA029, FSA030, FSA032 and FSA03924 only apply to a firm subject to IPRU(INV) Chapter 13 which is an exempt CAD firm. Sections A, B, C, D1, 62and F24 RMAR only apply 11 to a firm subject to IPRU(INV) Chapter 13 which is not an exempt CAD firm.

11 24

69Note 8

Only applicable to a firm that is the depositary of a UCITS scheme.

SUP 16.12.20 R RP

2The applicable reporting frequencies for submission of data items referred to in SUP 16.12.4 R are set out in the table below. Reporting frequencies are calculated from a firm'saccounting reference date, unless indicated otherwise.

Solvency statement

Annually

69FSA019

Annually

FSA029

Quarterly

8

FSA030

Quarterly

8

FSA031

Quarterly

FSA032

Quarterly

FSA033

Quarterly

8

FSA034

Quarterly

8

FSA035

Quarterly

8 43

FSA039

Half yearly11

52FIN071

Quarterly

69FIN072

Quarterly

5Section A RMAR

Half yearly (note 2)

Quarterly (note 3)

5Section B RMAR

Half yearly (note 2)

Quarterly (note 3)

5Section C RMAR

Half yearly (note 2)

Quarterly (note 3)

Section D1 62RMAR

50 50 50

Half yearly (note 2)

Quarterly (note 3)

5Section F RMAR

Half yearly

Note 1

[deleted]8

8

5Note 2

Annual regulated business revenue up to and including £5 million.

5Note 3

5Annual regulated business revenue over £5 million.

SUP 16.12.21 R RP

2The applicable due dates for submission referred to in SUP 16.12.4 R are set out in the table below. The due dates are the last day of the periods given in the table below following the relevant reporting frequency period set out in SUP 16.12.20 R.

Data item

Quarterly18

Half yearly18

Annual18

Solvency statement

3 months

69FSA019

2 months

FSA029

20 business days

11

FSA030

20 business days

11

FSA031

20 business days

FSA032

20 business days

FSA033

20 business days

11

FSA034

20 business days

11

FSA035

20 business days

11 43

FSA039

30 business days

75

69

FSA040

15 business days 3

52FIN071

20 business days

75FIN072

20 business days

5Section A RMAR

30 business days

30 business days

5Section B RMAR

30 business days

30 business days

5Section C RMAR

30 business days

30 business days

Section D1 62RMAR

49 17 49 50

30 business days

30 business days

5Section F RMAR

30 business days

Regulated Activity Group 7

SUP 16.12.22 R RP
  1. (1)

    2SUP 16.12.22A R to SUP 16.12.24 R do not apply to:

    1. (a)

      a lead regulated firm (except in relation to data items 47 to 55 (inclusive));13

    2. (b)

      an OPS firm;

    3. (c)

      a local authority.

  2. (2)

    [deleted]55

    55
SUP 16.12.22A R RP

2The applicable data items referred to in SUP 16.12.4 R are set out according to type of firm in the table below:

45 Description of Data item

Firms' prudential category and applicable data item (note 1)

IFPRU

BIPRU firm

Exempt CAD firms subject to IPRU(INV) Chapter 13

Firms (other than exempt CAD firms) subject toIPRU(INV)Chapter 13

Firms that are also in one or more of RAGs 1 to 6 and not subject to IPRU(INV) Chapter 13

Solvency statement

No standard format (note 11)

Balance Sheet

FSA001/FINREP (Notes 2 and 29)

FSA001 (Note 2)

FSA029

Section A RMAR

Income Statement

FSA002/FINREP (Notes 2 and 29)

FSA002 (Note 2)

FSA030

Section B RMAR

Capital Adequacy

COREP (Note 29)

FSA003 (Note 2)

FSA032

Section D1 62 RMAR (Note 23)

50 50

Credit risk

COREP (Note 29)

FSA004 (Notes 2, 3)

Market risk

COREP (Note 29)

FSA005 (Notes 2, 4)

Market risk - supplementary

FSA006 (note 5)

FSA006 (Note 5)

Operational risk

COREP (Note 29)

Large exposures

COREP (Note 29)

Exposures between core UK group and non-core large exposures group

FSA018 (note 12)

Solo consolidation data

FSA016

FSA016

Pillar 2 questionnaire

FSA019 (note 8)

FSA019 (Note 8)

Non-EEA sub-group

COREP (Note 29)

FSA028 (Note 9)

Professional indemnity insurance (note 15)

Section E RMAR

Section E RMAR

Section E RMAR

Section E RMAR

Threshold Conditions

Section F RMAR

Section F RMAR

Training and Competence

Section G RMAR

Section G RMAR

Section G RMAR

Section G RMAR

Section G RMAR

COBS data

Section H RMAR

Section H RMAR

Section H RMAR

Section H RMAR

Section H RMAR

Client money and client assets

Section C RMAR

Section C RMAR

Section C RMAR

Section C RMAR

Fees and levies

Section J RMAR

Section J RMAR

Section J RMAR

Section J RMAR

Adviser charges

Section K RMAR (Note 26)

Section K RMAR (Note 26)

Section K RMAR (Note 26)

Section K RMAR (Note 26)

Section K RMAR (Note 26)

IRB portfolio risk

FSA045 (note 13)

FSA045 (Note 13)

Securitisation: non-trading book

COREP (note 29)

FSA046 (Note 14)

Daily Flows

FSA047/COREP (Notes 16, 19, 21, 24 and 29)

Enhanced Mismatch Report

FSA048/COREP (Notes 16, 19, 21, 24 and 29)

Liquidity Buffer Qualifying Securities

FSA050/COREP (Notes 17, 20, 21, 24 and 29)

Funding Concentration

FSA051/COREP (Notes 17, 20, 21, 24 and 29)

Pricing data

FSA052/COREP (Notes 17, 20, 21, 24 and 29)

Retail and corporate funding

FSA053/COREP (Notes 17, 20, 21, 24 and 29)

Currency Analysis

FSA054/COREP (Notes 17, 20, 21, 24 and 29)

Systems and Controls Questionnaire

FSA055/COREP (Notes 18, 24 and 29)

FSA055 (Notes 18 and 24)

Securitisation: trading book

COREP (Note 29)

FSA058 (Note 22)

Supplementary capital data for collective portfolio management investment firms

FIN067 (Note 28)

FIN068 (Note 28)

Note 1

When submitting the completed data item required, a firm must use the format of the data item set out in SUP 16 Annex 24 R, or SUP 16 Annex 18A R in the case of the RMAR. Guidance notes for completion of the data items are contained in SUP 16 Annex 25 G, or SUP 16 Annex 18B G in the case of the RMAR.

Note 2

Firms that are members of a UK consolidation group are also required to submit this report on a UK consolidation group basis.

Note 3

This applies to a firm that is required to submit data item FSA003 and, at any time55within the 12 months up to its latest accounting reference date ("the relevant period"), was reporting data item FSA004 ("Firm A") or not reporting this item ("Firm B").

In the case of Firm A it must report this data item if one or both of its last two submissions in the relevant period show that the threshold was exceeded.

In the case of Firm B it must report this item if both the last two submissions in the relevant period show that the threshold has been exceeded.

The threshold is exceeded where data element 77A in data item FSA003 is greater than £10 million, or its currency equivalent, at the relevant reporting date for the firm.

55

Note 4

This applies to a firm that is required to submit data item FSA003 and, at any time within the 12 months up to its latest accounting reference date ("the relevant period"), was reporting data item FSA005 ("Firm A") or not reporting this item ("Firm B").

In the case of Firm A it must report this data item if one or both of its last two submissions in the relevant period show that the threshold was exceeded.

In the case of Firm B it must report this item if both the last two submissions in the relevant period show that the threshold has been exceeded.

The threshold is exceeded where data element 93A in data item FSA003 is greater than £50 million, or its currency equivalent, at the relevant reporting date for the firm.

Note 5

Only applicable to firms with a VaR model permission.

Note 6

[deleted]

Note 7

[deleted]

Note 8

Only applicable to IFPRU investment firms and BIPRU firms that:

(a) are subject to consolidated supervision under BIPRU 8, except those that are either included within the consolidated supervision of a group that includes a UK credit institution, or that have been granted an investment firm consolidation waiver; or

(b) have been granted an investment firm consolidation waiver; or

(c) are not subject to consolidated supervision under BIPRU 8.

An IFPRU investment firm and a BIPRU firm under (a) must complete the report on the basis of its UK consolidation group. An IFPRU investment firm and a BIPRU firm under (b) or (c) must complete the report on the basis of its solo position.

Note 9

This will be applicable to firms that are members of a UK consolidation group on the reporting date.

Note 10

[deleted]55

55

Note 11

Only applicable to a firm that is a sole trader or a partnership, when the report must be submitted by each partner.

Note 12

Only applicable to a firm that has both a core UK group and a non-core large exposures group.

Note 13

Only applicable to firms that have an IRB permission.

Note 14

Only applicable to firms that hold securitisation positions, or are the originator or sponsor of securitisations of non-trading bookexposures.

Note 15

This item only applies to firms that are subject to an FCA requirement to hold professional indemnity insurance and are not exempt CAD firms.

Note 16

A firm must complete this item separately on each of the following bases (if applicable).

(1) It must complete it on a solo basis. Therefore even if it has a solo consolidation waiver it must complete the item on an unconsolidated basis by reference to the firm alone.

(2) If it is a group liquidity reporting firm in a DLG by default and is a UK lead regulated firm, it must complete the item on the basis of that group.

(3) If it is a group liquidity reporting firm in a UK DLG by modification, it must complete the item on the basis of that group.

(4) If it is a group liquidity reporting firm in a non-UK DLG by modification, it must complete the item on the basis of that group.

Note 17

A firm must complete this item separately on each of the following bases that are applicable.

(1) It must complete it on a solo basis unless it is a group liquidity reporting firm in a UK DLG by modification. Therefore even if it has a solo consolidation waiver it must complete the item on an unconsolidated basis by reference to the firm alone.

(2) If it is a group liquidity reporting firm in a UK DLG by modification, it must complete the item on the basis of that group.

Note 18

If it is a non-ILAS BIPRU firm, it must complete it on a solo basis. Therefore even if it has a solo consolidation waiver it must complete the item on an unconsolidated basis by reference to the firm alone.

Note 19

(1) This item must be reported in the reporting currency.

(2) If any data element is in a currency or currencies other than the reporting currency, all currencies (including the reporting currency) must be combined into a figure in the reporting currency.

(3) In addition, all material currencies (which may include the reporting currency) must each be recorded separately (translated into the reporting currency). However if:

(a) the reporting frequency is (whether under a rule or under a waiver) quarterly or less than quarterly; or

(b) the only material currency is the reporting currency;

(3) does not apply.

(4) If there are more than three material currencies for this data item, (3) only applies to the three largest in amount. A firm must identify the largest in amount in accordance with the following procedure.

(a) For each currency, take the largest of the asset or liability figure as referred to in the definition of material currency.

(b) Take the three largest figures from the resulting list of amounts.

(5) The date as at which the calculations for the purposes of the definition of material currency are carried out is the last day of the reporting period in question.

(6) The reporting currency for this data item is whichever of the following currencies the firm chooses, namely USD (the United States Dollar), EUR (the euro), GBP (sterling), JPY (the Japanese Yen), CHF (the Swiss Franc), CAD (the Canadian Dollar) or SEK (the Swedish Krona).

Note 20

Note 19 applies, except that paragraphs (3), (4) and (5) do not apply, meaning that material currencies must not be recorded separately.

Note 21

Any changes to reporting requirements caused by a firm receiving an intra-group liquidity modification (or a variation to one) do not take effect until the first day of the next reporting period applicable under the changed reporting requirements for the data item in question if the firm receives that intra-group liquidity modification or variation part of the way through such a period. If the change is that the firm does not have to report a particular data item or does not have to report it at a particular reporting level, the firm must nevertheless report that item or at that reporting level for any reporting period that has already begun. This paragraph is subject to anything that the intra-group liquidity modification says to the contrary.

Note 22

Only applicable to firms that hold securitisation positions in the trading book and/ or are the originator or sponsor of securitisations held in the trading book.

Note 23

Where a firm submits data items for both RAG 7 and RAG 9, the firm must complete Section D1.73

Note 24

FSA047, FSA048, FSA050, FSA051, FSA052, FSA053 and FSA054 must be completed by an ILAS BIPRU firm. An ILAS BIPRU firm does not need to complete FSA055. A non-ILAS BIPRU firm must complete FSA055 and does not need to complete FSA047, FSA048, FSA050, FSA051, FSA052, FSA053 and FSA054.

Note 25

This data item must be reported only in the currencies named in FSA052, so that liabilities in GBP are reported in GBP in rows 1 to 4, those in USD are reported in USD in rows 5 to 8, and those in Euro are reported in Euro in rows 9 to 12. Liabilities in other currencies are not to be reported.

Note 26

This item only applies to firms that provide advice on retail investment products and P2P agreements67.

Note 27

[deleted]51

Note 28

Only applicable to firms that are collective portfolio management investment firms.

Note 29

Requirements under COREP and FINREP should be determined with reference to the EU CRR and applicable technical standards.

SUP 16.12.22B G RP

13The column45 in the table in SUP 16.12.22A R that deals45 with IFPRU firms45 cover some liquidity items that only have to be reported by an ILAS BIPRU firm. (see notes 18 and 24).45

45 45 45 45
SUP 16.12.23A R RP

The applicable reporting frequencies for data items referred to in SUP 16.12.22A R are set out in the table below. Reporting frequencies are calculated from a firm'saccounting reference date, unless indicated otherwise.45

45 Data item

Frequency

Unconsolidated BIPRU investment firm and IFPRU investment firm

Solo consolidated BIPRU investment firm andIFPRU investment firm

UK Consolidation Group or defined liquidity group

Annual regulated business revenue up to and including £5 million

Annual regulated business revenue over £5 million

COREP/FINREP

Refer to EU CRR and applicable technical standards

Solvency statement

Annually

FSA001

Quarterly or half yearly (Note 1)

Quarterly or half yearly (Note 1)

Half yearly

FSA002

Quarterly or half yearly (Note 1)

Quarterly or half yearly (Note 1)

Half yearly

FSA003

Monthly, quarterly or half yearly (Notes 2 and 11)

Monthly, quarterly or half yearly (Notes 2 and 11)

Half yearly

FSA004

Quarterly or half yearly (Notes 1 and 11)

Quarterly or half yearly (Notes 1 and 11)

Half yearly

FSA005

Quarterly or half yearly (Notes 1 and 11)

Quarterly or half yearly (Notes 1 and 11)

Half yearly

FSA006

Quarterly

Quarterly

Quarterly

FSA007

Annually

FSA016

Half yearly

FSA018

Quarterly

Quarterly

Quarterly

FSA019

Annually

Annually

Annually

FSA028

Half yearly (Note 11)

Half yearly (Note 11)

FSA032

Quarterly

Quarterly

FSA045

Quarterly or half yearly (Note 1)

Quarterly or half yearly (Note 1)

Half yearly

FSA046

Quarterly

Quarterly

Quarterly

FSA047

Daily, weekly, monthly or quarterly (Notes 4, 5 and 7)

Daily, weekly, monthly or quarterly (Notes 4, 5, 7 and 10)

Daily, weekly, monthly or quarterly (Notes 4, 6 and 7)

FSA048

Daily, weekly, monthly or quarterly (Notes 4, 5 and 7)

Daily, weekly, monthly or quarterly (Notes 4, 5, 7 and 10)

Daily, weekly, monthly or quarterly (Notes 4, 6 and 7)

FSA050

Monthly (Note 4)

Monthly (Notes 4 and 10)

Monthly (Note 4)

FSA051

Monthly (Note 4)

Monthly (Notes 4 and 10)

Monthly (Note 4)

FSA052

Weekly or monthly (Notes 4 and 8)

Weekly or monthly (Notes 4, 8 and 10)

Weekly or monthly (Notes 4 and 9)

FSA053

Quarterly (Note 4)

Quarterly (Notes 4 and 10)

Quarterly (Note 4)

FSA054

Quarterly (Note 4)

Quarterly (Notes 4 and 10)

Quarterly (Note 4)

FSA055

Annually (Note 4)

Annually (Notes 4 and 10)

Annually (Note 4)

FSA058

Quarterly (Note 11)

Quarterly (Note 11)

Quarterly

FIN067

Quarterly (Note 4)

Quarterly (Note 4)

FIN068

Half yearly

Half yearly

Section A RMAR

Half yearly

Quarterly

Section B RMAR

Half yearly

Quarterly

Section C RMAR

Half yearly

Quarterly

Section D1 RMAR62

50 50

Half yearly

Quarterly

Section E RMAR

Half yearly

Half yearly

Half yearly

Half yearly

Quarterly

Section F RMAR

Half yearly

Half yearly

Half yearly

Half yearly

Half yearly

Section G RMAR

Half yearly

Half yearly

Half yearly

Half yearly

Half yearly

Section H RMAR

Half yearly

Half yearly

Half yearly

Half yearly

Half yearly

Section J RMAR

Annually

Annually

Annually

Annually

Annually

Section K RMAR

Annually54

54

Annually54

54

Annually54

54

Annually54

54

Annually54

54

Note 1

IFPRU 730K firms and IFPRU 125K firms - quarterly;

IFPRU 50K firms and BIPRU firms - half yearly.

Note 2

IFPRU 730K firms - monthly;

IFPRU 125K firms - quarterly

IFPRU 50K firms and BIPRU firms - half yearly.

Note 3

The reporting date for this data item is six months after a firm's most recent accounting reference date.

Note 4

Reporting frequencies and reporting periods for this data item are calculated on a calendar year basis and not from a firm'saccounting reference date. In particular:

(1) a week means the period beginning on Saturday and ending on Friday;

(2) a month begins on the first day of the calendar month and ends on the last day of that month;

(3) quarters end on 31 March, 30 June, 30 September and 31 December;

(4) daily means each business day.

All periods are calculated by reference to London time.

Any changes to reporting requirements caused by a firm receiving an intra-group liquidity modification (or a variation to one) do not take effect until the first day of the next reporting period applicable under the changed reporting requirements if the firm receives that intra-group liquidity modification or variation part of the way through such a period, unless the intra-group liquidity modification says otherwise.

Note 5

If the report is on a solo basis the reporting frequency is as follows:

(1) if the firm does not have an intra-group liquidity modification the frequency is:

(a) weekly if the firm is a standard frequency liquidity reporting firm; and

(b) monthly if the firm is a low frequency liquidity reporting firm;

(2) if the firm is a group liquidity reporting firm in a non-UK DLG by modification (firm level) the frequency is:

(a) weekly if the firm is a standard frequency liquidity reporting firm; and

(b) monthly if the firm is a low frequency liquidity reporting firm;

(3) the frequency is quarterly if the firm is a group liquidity reporting firm in a UK DLG by modification.

Note 6

(1) If the report is by reference to the firm'sDLG by default the reporting frequency is:

(a) weekly if the group liquidity standard frequency reporting conditions are met;

(b) monthly if the group liquidity low frequency reporting conditions are met.

(2) If the report is by reference to the firm'sUK DLG by modification the reporting frequency is:

(a) weekly if the group liquidity standard frequency reporting conditions are met;

(b) monthly if the group liquidity low frequency reporting conditions are met.

(3) If the report is by reference to the firm'snon-UK DLG by modification the reporting frequency is quarterly.

Note 7

(1) If the reporting frequency is otherwise weekly, the item is to be reported on every business day if (and for as long as) there is a firm-specific liquidity stress or market liquidity stress in relation to the firm or group in question.

(2) If the reporting frequency is otherwise monthly, the item is to be reported weekly if (and for as long as) there is a firm-specific liquidity stress or market liquidity stress in relation to the firm or group in question.

(3) A firm must ensure that it would be able at all times to meet the requirements for daily or weekly reporting under (1) or (2) even if there is no firm-specific liquidity stress or market liquidity stress and none is expected.

Note 8

If the report is on a solo basis the reporting frequency is as follows:

(1) weekly if the firm is a standard frequency liquidity reporting firm; and

(2) monthly if the firm is a low frequency liquidity reporting firm.

Note 9

If the report is by reference to the firm'sUK DLG by modification the reporting frequency is:

(1) weekly if the group liquidity standard frequency reporting conditions are met;

(2) monthly if the group liquidity low frequency reporting conditions are met.

Note 10

As specified in SUP 16.12.22A R, solo consolidation has no application to liquidity reporting. Therefore, it does not make any difference to the reporting of this item whether or not the firm is solo consolidated.

Note 11

Only applicable to firms that are not required to report a data item with a similar name and purpose under the EU CRR and applicable technical standards.

SUP 16.12.24A R RP

45The applicable due dates for submission referred to in SUP 16.12.4 R are set out in the table below. The due dates are the last day of the periods given in the table below following the relevant reporting frequency period set out in SUP 16.12.23A R, unless indicated otherwise.

Data Item

Daily

Weekly

Monthly

Quarterly

Half yearly

Annual

COREP/FINREP

Refer to EU CRR and applicable technical standards

Solvency statement

3 months

FSA001

20 business days

30 business days (note 1); 45 business days (note 2)

FSA002

20 business days

30 business days (note 1); 45 business days (note 2)

FSA003

15 business days

20 business days

FSA004

20 business days

30 business days (note 1); 45 business days (note 2)

FSA005

20 business days

30 business days (note 1); 45 business days (note 2)

FSA006

20 business days

FSA016

30 business days

FSA018

45 business days

FSA019

2 months

FSA028

FSA032

20 business days

FSA045

20 business days

30 business days (note 1), 45 business days (note 2)

FSA046

FSA047

22.00 hours (London time) on the business day immediately following the last day of the reporting period for the item in question

22.00 hours (London time) on the business day immediately following the last day of the reporting period for the item in question

15 business days

15 business days or one Month (Note 3)

FSA048

22.00 hours (London time) on the business day immediately following the last day of the reporting period for the item in question

22.00 hours (London time) on the business day immediately following the last day of the reporting period for the item in question

15 business days

15 business days or one Month (Note 3)

FSA050

15 business days

FSA051

15 business days

FSA052

22.00 hours (London time) on the second business day immediately following the last day of the reporting period for the item in question

15 business days

FSA053

15 business days

FSA054

15 business days

FSA055

15 business days

FSA058

20 business days (Note 1), 45 business days (Note 2)

FIN067

30 days

FIN068

30 days

Section A RMAR

30 business days

30 business days

Section B RMAR

30 business days

30 business days

Section C RMAR

30 business days

30 business days

Section D1 62 RMAR

50 50

30 business days

30 business days

Section E RMAR

30 business days

30 business days

Section F RMAR

30 business days

Section G RMAR

30 business days

Section H RMAR

30 business days

Section J RMAR

30 business days

Section K RMAR

30 business days

Note 1

For unconsolidated and solo consolidated reports

Note 2

For UK consolidation group reports

Note 3

It is one Month if the report relates to a non-UK DLG by modification.

Regulated Activity Group 8

SUP 16.12.25 R RP
  1. (1)

    2SUP 16.12.25A R does not apply to:

    1. (a)

      a lead regulated firm (except in relation to data items 47 to 55 (inclusive));13

    2. (b)

      an OPS firm;

    3. (c)

      a local authority;

    4. (d)

      a service company.

  2. (2)

    [deleted]55

    55
  3. (3)

    [deleted]55

    55
SUP 16.12.25A R RP

2The applicable data items referred to in SUP 16.12.4 R are set out according to type of firm in the table below:

45 Description of data item

Firms' prudential category and applicable data item (note 1)

IFPRU investment firms and BIPRU firms

Firms other than BIPRU firms or IFPRU investment firms

IFPRU

BIPRU

IPRU(INV) Chapter 3

IPRU(INV) Chapter 5

IPRU(INV) Chapter 9

IPRU(INV) Chapter 13

38

Solvency statement (note 11)

No standard format

38

Balance sheet

FSA001/FINREP (Notes 2 and 30)

FSA001 (Note 2)

FSA029

FSA029

FSA029

Section A RMAR (note 17) or FSA029

Income statement

FSA002/FINREP (Notes 2 and 30)

FSA002 (Note 2)

FSA030

FSA030

FSA030

Section B RMAR (note 17) or FSA030

Capital adequacy

COREP (Note 30)

FSA003 (Note 2)

FSA033

FSA034 or FSA035 or FIN07152 (note 14)

FSA031

Section D1 62 RMAR (note 17) or FSA 032 (note 15)

50
38

Credit risk

COREP (Note 30

FSA004 (Notes 2, 3)

Market risk

COREP (Note 30)

FSA005 (Notes 2, 4)

Market risk - supplementary

FSA006 (note 5)

FSA006 (Note 5)

Operational risk

COREP (Note 30)

Large exposures

COREP (Note 30)

UK Integrated group large exposures

FSA018 (note 12)

Exposures between core UK group and non-core large exposures group

FSA016 (note 20)

Solo consolidation data

FSA016 (note 20)

Pillar 2 questionnaire

FSA019 (note 8)

FSA019 (Note 8)

Non-EEA sub-group

COREP (Note 30)

FSA028 (Note 9)

Threshold conditions

Section F RMAR (note 17)

Client money and client assets

FSA039

FSA039

FSA039

FSA039

FSA039

Section C RMAR (Note 13) or FSA039

38

IRB portfolio risk

FSA045 (note 18)

FSA045 (Note 18)

Securitisation: non-trading book

COREP (Note 30)

FSA046 (Note 19)

Daily Flows

FSA047/COREP (Notes 21, 24, 26, 28 and 30)

Enhanced Mismatch Report

FSA048/COREP (Notes 21, 24, 26, 28 and 30)

Liquidity Buffer Qualifying Securities

FSA050/COREP (Notes 22, 25, 26, 28 and 30)

Funding Concentration

FSA051/COREP (Notes 22, 25, 26, 28 and 30)

Pricing data

FSA052/COREP (Notes 22, 26, 28, 29 and 30)

Retail and corporate funding

FSA053/COREP (Notes 22, 25, 26, 28 and 30)

Currency Analysis

FSA054/COREP (Notes 22, 25, 26, 28 and 30)

Systems and Controls Questionnaire

FSA055/COREP (Notes 23, 28 and 30)

FSA055 (notes 23 and 28)45

Securitisation: trading book

COREP (Note 30)

FSA058 (Note 27)

Note 1:

When submitting the completed data item required, a firm must use the format of the data item set out in SUP 16 Annex 24 R. Guidance notes for completion of the data items are contained in SUP 16 Annex 25 G.

Note 2

Firms that are members of a UK consolidation group are also required to submit this report on a UK consolidation group basis.

Note 3

This applies to a firm that is required to submit data item FSA003 and, at any time within the 12 months up to its latest accounting reference date ("the relevant period"), was reporting data item FSA004 ("Firm A") or not reporting this item ("Firm B").

In the case of Firm A it must report this data item if one or both of its last two submissions in the relevant period show that the threshold was exceeded.

In the case of Firm B it must report this item if both the last two submissions in the relevant period show that the threshold has been exceeded.

The threshold is exceeded where data element 77A in data item FSA003 is greater than £10 million, or its currency equivalent, at the relevant reporting date for the firm.

Note 4

This applies to a firm that is required to submit data item FSA003 and, at any time within the 12 months up to its latest accounting reference date ("the relevant period"), was reporting data item FSA005 ("Firm A") or not reporting this item ("Firm B").

In the case of Firm A it must report this data item if one or both of its last two submissions in the relevant period show that the threshold was exceeded.

In the case of Firm B it must report this item if both the last two submissions in the relevant period show that the threshold has been exceeded.

The threshold is exceeded where data element 93A in data item FSA003 is greater than £50 million, or its currency equivalent, at the relevant reporting date for the firm.

Note 5

Only applicable to firms with a VaR model permission.

Note 6

[deleted]

Note 7

[deleted]

Note 8

Only applicable to IFPRU investment firms and BIPRU firms that:

(a) are subject to consolidated supervision under BIPRU 8, except those that are either included within the consolidated supervision of a group that includes a UK credit institution, or that have been granted an investment firm consolidation waiver; or

(b) have been granted an investment firm consolidation waiver; or

(c) are not subject to consolidated supervision under BIPRU 8.

An IFPRU investment firm and BIPRU firm under (a) must complete the report on the basis of its UK consolidation group. An IFPRU investment firm and BIPRU firm under (b) or (c) must complete the report on the basis of its solo position.

Note 9

This will be applicable to firms that are members of a UK consolidation group on the reporting date.

Note 10

[deleted]55

55

Note 11

Only applicable to a firm that is a sole trader or a partnership, when the report must be submitted by each partner.

Note 12

Only applicable to a firm that has both a core UK group and a non-core large exposures group.

Note 13

FSA039 must only be completed by a firm subject to IPRU(INV) Chapter 13 which is an exempt CAD firm. Section C RMAR must only be completed by a firm subject to IPRU(INV) Chapter 13 which is not an exempt CAD firm.

Note 14

FSA034 must be completed by a firm not subject to the exemption in IPRU(INV) 5.4.2R74, unless it is a firm whose permitted business includes establishing, operating or winding up a personal pension scheme, in which case FIN071 must be completed76.

FSA035 must be completed by a firm subject to the exemption in IPRU(INV) 5.4.2R7476.

74 52

Note 15

FSA032 must be completed by a firm subject to IPRU(INV) Chapter 13 which is an exempt CAD firm.

Note 16

[deleted]

Note 17

This is only applicable to a firm subject to IPRU(INV) Chapter 13 that is not an exempt CAD firm.

Note 18

Only applicable to firms that have an IRB permission.

Note 19

Only applicable to firms that hold securitisation positions, or are the originator or sponsor of securitisations of non-trading bookexposures.

Note 20

Only applicable to a firm that has a solo consolidation waiver.

Note 21

A firm must complete this item separately on each of the following bases (if applicable).

(1) It must complete it on a solo basis. Therefore even if it has a solo consolidation waiver it must complete the item on an unconsolidated basis by reference to the firm alone.

(2) If it a group liquidity reporting firm in a DLG by default and is a UK lead regulated firm, it must complete the item on the basis of that group.

(3) If it is a group liquidity reporting firm in a UK DLG by modification, it must complete the item on the basis of that group.

(4) If it is a group liquidity reporting firm in a non-UK DLG by modification, it must complete the item on the basis of that group.

Note 22

A firm must complete this item separately on each of the following bases that are applicable.

(1) It must complete it on a solo basis unless it is a group liquidity reporting firm in a UK DLG by modification. Therefore even if it has a solo consolidation waiver it must complete the item on an unconsolidated basis by reference to the firm alone.

(2) If it is a group liquidity reporting firm in a UK DLG by modification, it must complete the item on the basis of that group.

Note 23

If it is a non-ILAS BIPRU firm, it must complete it on a solo basis. Therefore even if it has a solo consolidation waiver it must complete the item on an unconsolidated basis by reference to the firm alone.

Note 24

(1) This item must be reported in the reporting currency.

(2) If any data element is in a currency or currencies other than the reporting currency, all currencies (including the reporting currency) must be combined into a figure in the reporting currency.

(3) In addition, all material currencies (which may include the reporting currency) must each be recorded separately (translated into the reporting currency). However if:

(a) the reporting frequency is (whether under a rule or under a waiver) quarterly or less than quarterly; or

(b) the only material currency is the reporting currency;

(3) does not apply.

(4) If there are more than three material currencies for this data item, (3) only applies to the three largest in amount. A firm must identify the largest in amount in accordance with the following procedure.

(a) For each currency, take the largest of the asset or liability figure as referred to in the definition of material currency.

(b) Take the three largest figures from the resulting list of amounts.

(5) The date as at which the calculations for the purposes of the definition of material currency are carried out is the last day of the reporting period in question.

(6) The reporting currency for this data item is whichever of the following currencies the firm chooses, namely USD (the United States Dollar), EUR (the euro), GBP (sterling), JPY (the Japanese Yen), CHF (the Swiss Franc), CAD (the Canadian Dollar) or SEK (the Swedish Krona).

Note 25

Note 24 applies, except that paragraphs (3), (4) and (5) do not apply, meaning that material currencies must not be recorded separately.

Note 26

Any changes to reporting requirements caused by a firm receiving an intra-group liquidity modification (or a variation to one) do not take effect until the first day of the next reporting period applicable under the changed reporting requirements for the data item in question if the firm receives that intra-group liquidity modification or variation part of the way through such a period. If the change is that the firm does not have to report a particular data item or does not have to report it at a particular reporting level, the firm must nevertheless report that item or at that reporting level for any reporting period that has already begun. This paragraph is subject to anything that the intra-group liquidity modification says to the contrary.

Note 27

Only applicable to firms that hold securitisation positions in the trading book and/or are the originator or sponsor of securitisations held in the trading book.

Note 28

FSA047, FSA048, FSA050, FSA051, FSA052, FSA053 and FSA054 must be completed by an ILAS BIPRU firm. An ILAS BIPRU firm does not need to complete FSA055. A non-ILAS BIPRU firm must complete FSA055 and does not need to complete FSA047, FSA048, FSA050, FSA051, FSA052, FSA053 and FSA054.

Note 29

This data item must be reported only in the currencies named in FSA052, so that liabilities in GBP are reported in GBP in rows 1 to 4, those in USD are reported in USD in rows 5 to 8, and those in Euro are reported in Euro in rows 9 to 12. Liabilities in other currencies are not to be reported.

Note 30

Requirements under COREP and FINREP should be determined with reference to the EU CRR and applicable technical standards.

SUP 16.12.25B G RP

13The column45 in the table in SUP 16.12.25A R that deals45 with IFPRU firms45 cover some liquidity items that only have to be reported by an ILAS BIPRU firm (see notes 23 and 28).45

45 45 45 45
SUP 16.12.26 R RP

The applicable reporting frequencies for data items referred to in SUP 16.12.25A R are set out according to the type of firm2 in the table below. Reporting frequencies are calculated from a firm'saccounting reference date, unless indicated otherwise.

45 Data item

Firms' prudential category

IFPRU 730K firm

IFPRU 125K firm

IFPRU 50K firm

BIPRU firm

UK consolidation group or defined liquidity group

Firms other than BIPRU firms or IFPRU investment firms

COREP/FINREP

Refer to EU CRR and applicable technical standards

Refer to EU CRR and applicable technical standards

Solvency statement

Annually

Annually

Annually

Annually

Annually

FSA001

Quarterly

Quarterly

Half yearly

Half yearly

Half yearly

FSA002

Quarterly

Quarterly

Half yearly

Half yearly

Half yearly

FSA003

Half yearly

Half yearly

FSA004

Half yearly

Half yearly

FSA005

Half yearly

Half yearly

FSA006

Quarterly

Quarterly

Quarterly

Quarterly

FSA007

Annual (note 4)

Annually (note 4)

FSA016

Half yearly

Half yearly

Half yearly

Half yearly

FSA018

Quarterly

Quarterly

Quarterly

FSA019

Annually

Annually

Annually

Annually

Annually

FSA028

Half yearly

FSA029

Quarterly

FSA030

Quarterly

FSA031

Quarterly

FSA032

Quarterly

FSA033

Quarterly

FSA034

Quarterly

FSA035

Quarterly38

FSA039

Half yearly

Half yearly

Half yearly

Half yearly

Half yearly

FSA045

Quarterly

Quarterly

Half yearly

Half yearly

Half yearly

FSA046

Quarterly

FSA047

Daily, weekly, monthly or quarterly (Notes 5, 6 and 8)

Daily, weekly, monthly or quarterly (Notes 5, 7 and 8)

FSA048

Daily, weekly, monthly or quarterly (Notes 5, 6 and 8)

Daily, weekly, monthly or quarterly (Notes 5, 7 and 8)

FSA050

Monthly (Note 5)

Monthly (Note 5)

FSA051

Monthly (Note 5)

Monthly (Note 5)

FSA052

Weekly or monthly (Notes 5 and 9)

Weekly or monthly (Notes 5 and 10)

FSA053

Quarterly (Note 5)

Quarterly (Note 5)

FSA054

Quarterly (Note 5)

Quarterly (Note 5)

FSA055

Annually (Note 5)

Annually (Note 5)

Annually (Note 5)

FSA058

[deleted]

[deleted]

[deleted]

Quarterly

Quarterly

52FIN071

Quarterly

Section A RMAR

Half yearly (note 2) Quarterly (note 3)

Section B RMAR

Half yearly (note 2) Quarterly (note 3)

Section C RMAR

Half yearly (note 2) Quarterly (note 3)

Section D1 62 RMAR

50 50

Half yearly (note 2) Quarterly (note 3)

Section F RMAR

Half yearly

Note 1

[deleted]

Note 2

Annual regulated business revenue up to and including £5 million.

Note 3

Annual regulated business revenue over £5 million.

Note 4

The reporting date for this data item is six months after a firm's most recent accounting reference date.

Note 5

Reporting frequencies and reporting periods for this data item are calculated on a calendar year basis and not from a firm'saccounting reference date. In particular:

(1) A week means the period beginning on Saturday and ending on Friday.

(2) A month begins on the first day of the calendar month and ends on the last day of that month.

(3) Quarters end on 31 March, 30 June, 30 September and 31 December.

(4) Daily means each business day.

All periods are calculated by reference to London time.

Any changes to reporting requirements caused by a firm receiving an intra-group liquidity modification (or a variation to one) do not take effect until the first day of the next reporting period applicable under the changed reporting requirements if the firm receives that intra-group liquidity modification or variation part of the way through such a period, unless the intra-group liquidity modification says otherwise.

Note 6

If the report is on a solo basis the reporting frequency is as follows:

(1) if the firm does not have an intra-group liquidity modification the frequency is:

(a) weekly if the firm is a standard frequency liquidity reporting firm; and

(b) monthly if the firm is a low frequency liquidity reporting firm;

(2) if the firm is a group liquidity reporting firm in a non-UK DLG by modification (firm level) the frequency is:

(a) weekly if the firm is a standard frequency liquidity reporting firm; and

(b) monthly if the firm is a low frequency liquidity reporting firm;

(3) the frequency is quarterly if the firm is a group liquidity reporting firm in a UK DLG by modification.

Note 7

(1) If the report is by reference to the firm'sDLG by default the reporting frequency is:

(a) weekly if the group liquidity standard frequency reporting conditions are met;

(b) monthly if the group liquidity low frequency reporting conditions are met.

(2) If the report is by reference to the firm'sUK DLG by modification the reporting frequency is:

(a) weekly if the group liquidity standard frequency reporting conditions are met;

(b) monthly if the group liquidity low frequency reporting conditions are met.

(3) If the report is by reference to the firm'snon-UK DLG by modification the reporting frequency is quarterly.

Note 8

(1) If the reporting frequency is otherwise weekly, the item is to be reported on every business day if (and for as long as) there is a firm-specific liquidity stress or market liquidity stress in relation to the firm or group in question.

(2) If the reporting frequency is otherwise monthly, the item is to be reported weekly if (and for as long as) there is a firm-specific liquidity stress or market liquidity stress in relation to the firm or group in question.

(3) A firm must ensure that it would be able at all times to meet the requirements for daily or weekly reporting under paragraph (1) or (2) even if there is no firm-specific liquidity stress or market liquidity stress and none is expected.

Note 9

If the report is on a solo basis the reporting frequency is as follows:

(1) weekly if the firm is a standard frequency liquidity reporting firm; and

(2) monthly if the firm is a low frequency liquidity reporting firm.

Note 10

If the report is by reference to the firm'sUK DLG by modification the reporting frequency is:

(1) weekly if the group liquidity standard frequency reporting conditions are met;

(2) monthly if the group liquidity low frequency reporting conditions are met.

SUP 16.12.27 R RP

The applicable due dates for submission referred to in SUP 16.12.4 R are set out in the table below. The due dates are the last day of the periods given in the table below following the relevant reporting frequency period set out in SUP 16.12.26 R, unless indicated otherwise13.

Data item 18

Daily

Weekly

Monthly

18

Quarterly

18

Half yearly

18

Annual

18

45COREP/FINREP

Refer to EU CRR and applicable technical standards

Annual reconciliation

80 business days

Solvency statement

3 months

FSA001

20 business days

30 business days (note 1);45 business days (note 2)

FSA002

20 business days

30 business days (note 1);45 business days (note 2)

FSA003

20 business days

30 business days (note 1);45 business days (note 2)

FSA004

20 business days

30 business days note 1);45 business days (note 2)

FSA005

20 business days

30 business days (note 1);45 business days (note 2)

FSA006

20 business days

30 business days (note 1);45 business days (note 2)

FSA007

2 months

FSA016

30 business days

FSA018

45 business days

FSA019

2 months

FSA028

30 business days

FSA029

20 business days

FSA030

20 business days

FSA031

20 business days

FSA032

20 business days

FSA033

20 business days

FSA034

20 business days

FSA035

20 business days43

FSA039

30 business days

FSA040

15 business days

FSA045

20 business days

30 business days (note 1); 45 business days (note 2)

FSA046

20 business days (Note 1), 45 business days (Note 2)15

15

FSA04713

22.00 hours (London time) on the business day immediately following the last day of the reporting period for the item in question

22.00 hours (London time) on the business day immediately following the last day of the reporting period for the item in question

15 business days

15 business days or one Month (Note 3)24

24

FSA048

22.00 hours (London time) on the business day immediately following the last day of the reporting period for the item in question

22.00 hours (London time) on the business day immediately following the last day of the reporting period for the item in question

15 business days

15 business days or one Month (Note 3)24

24

FSA050

15 business days

FSA051

15 business days

FSA052

22.00 hours (London time) on the second business day immediately following the last day of the reporting period for the item in question

15 business days

FSA053

15 business days

FSA054

15 business days

FSA055

15 business days

15FSA058

20 business days (Note 1), 45 business days (Note 2)

52FIN071

20 business days

Section A RMAR

30 business days

30 business days

Section B RMAR

30 business days

30 business days

Section C RMAR

30 business days

30 business days

Section D1 62RMAR

50 17 50 50

30 business days

30 business days

Section F RMAR

30 business days

Note 1

For unconsolidated and solo consolidated reports.

Note 2

For UK consolidation group reports

Note 3

It is one Month if the report relates to a non-UK DLG by modification.

Regulated Activity Group 9

SUP 16.12.28 R RP
  1. (1)

    2SUP 16.12.28A R does not apply to:

    1. (a)

      a lead regulated firm;

    2. (b)

      an OPS firm;

    3. (c)

      a local authority;11

    4. (d)

      a third party processor in respect of any home finance activity.11

  2. (2)

    A lead regulated firm and an OPS firm must submit a copy of its annual report and audited accounts within 80 business days from its accounting reference date.

SUP 16.12.28A R RP

2The applicable data items, reporting frequencies and submission deadlines referred to in SUP 16.12.4 R are set out in the table below. Reporting frequencies are calculated from a firm'saccounting reference date, unless indicated otherwise. The due dates are the last day of the periods given in the table below following the relevant reporting frequency period.

Description of data item 11

Data item 11 (note 1)

Frequency

Submission deadline

Annual regulated business revenue up to and including £5 million

Annual regulated business revenue over £5 million

Balance Sheet

Section A RMAR

Half yearly

Quarterly

30 business days

Income Statement

Section B RMAR

Half yearly

Quarterly

30 business days

Capital Adequacy (note 3)58

Section D1 RMAR

Half yearly

Quarterly

30 business days

Professional indemnity insurance

(note 2)11

Section E RMAR

Half yearly

Quarterly 11

11

30 business days

Threshold Conditions

Section F RMAR

Half yearly

Half yearly

30 business days

Training and Competence

Section G RMAR

Half yearly

Half yearly

30 business days

COBS11 data

Section H RMAR

Half yearly

Half yearly

30 business days

Supplementary product sales data

Section I RMAR

Half yearly11

11

Annually

30 business days

Client money and client assets (note 3)58

Section C RMAR

Half yearly

Quarterly

30 business days

Fees and levies

Section J RMAR

Annually

Annually

30 business days

Note 1

When submitting the completed data item required, a firm must use the format of the data item set out in SUP 16 Annex 18A. Guidance notes for the completion of the data items is set out in SUP 16 Annex 18B.

11Note 2

This item only applies to firms that may be subject to an FCA68 requirement to hold professional indemnity insurance and are not exempt CAD firms.

58Note 3

This item does not apply to firms who only carry on home finance mediation activities exclusively in relation to second charge regulated mortgage contracts or legacy CCA mortgage contracts (or both)66 and who are not otherwise expected to complete it by virtue of carrying out other regulated activities.

Regulated Activity Group 10

SUP 16.12.29 G RP

2 RIEs have separate reporting as set out in REC.97

97

Regulated Activity Group 11

SUP 16.12.29A R RP

32A firm must submit the form contained in SUP 16 Annex 32 R (Bidding in emissions auctions return) annually within 30 business days from its accounting reference date unless the firm did not carry on any auction regulation bidding during the year to which that form relates.

Regulated Activity Group 1247

SUP 16.12.29B R RP

47 SUP 16.12.29C R does not apply:

  1. (1)

    to a credit firm if the only credit-related regulated activity it carries on is providing credit references;

  2. (2)

    [deleted]76

  3. (2A)

    to a firm if the only credit-related regulated activity it carries on is advising on regulated credit agreements for the acquisition of land;63

  4. (3)

    with respect to credit-related regulated activity to the extent that it relates to credit agreements secured by a legal or equitable mortgage on land.

SUP 16.12.29C R RP

47The applicable data items, reporting frequencies and submission deadlines referred to in SUP 16.12.4 R are set out in the table below. Reporting frequencies are calculated from a firm'saccounting reference date, unless indicated otherwise. The due dates are the last day of the periods given in the table below following the relevant reporting frequency period.

Description of data item

Data item (note 1)

Frequency

Submission deadline

Annual revenue from credit-related regulated activities up to and including £5 million (note 2)

Annual revenue from credit-related regulated activities over £5 million

Financial data (note 3)

CCR001

Annually

Half yearly

30 business days

Volumes (note 4)

CCR002

Annually

Half yearly

30 business days

Lenders (note 5)

CCR003

Annually

Half yearly

30 business days

Debt management (note 6)

CCR004

Annually

Half yearly

30 business days

Client Money & Assets (note 7)

CCR005

Annually

Half yearly

30 business days

Debt collection (note 8)

CCR006

Annually

Half yearly

30 business days

Key data (note 9)

CCR007

Annually

Annually

30 business days56

56Credit broking websites (note 10)

73

73

60

73

60

[deleted]73

Note 1

When submitting the required data item, a firm must use the format of the data item set out in SUP 16 Annex 38A50. Guidance notes for the completion of the data items is set out in SUP 16 Annex 38B50.

Note 2

References to revenue in SUP 16.12.29C R in relation to any firm do not include the amount of any repayment of any credit provided by that firm as lender.

Note 3

(a) Subject to (b) to (d) below, this data item applies to all credit firms.

(b) This data item does not apply to a firm if the only credit-related regulated activity for which it has permission is operating an electronic system in relation to lending.

(c) This data item does not apply to a firm required to submit a Balance Sheet, Income Statement or Capital Adequacy data item from a RAG other than RAG 12.

(d) This data item does not apply to a firm with limited permission unless it is a not-for-profit debt advice body and at any point in the last 12 months has held £1 million or more in client money or as the case may be, projects that it will hold £1million or more in client money in the next 12 months.

Note 4

(a) Subject to (b) below, this data item applies to all credit firms.

(b) This data item does not apply to a firm with limited permission unless it is a not-for-profit debt advice body and at any point in the last 12 months has held £1 million or more in client money or as the case may be, projects that it will hold £1million or more in client money in the next 12 months.

Note 5

This data item applies to all firms with permission for entering into a regulated credit agreement as lender or exercising, or having the right to exercise, the lender's rights and duties under a regulated credit agreement.

Note 6

(a) Subject to (b) to (d) below, this data item applies to a debt management firm and to a not-for-profit debt advice body that at any point in the last 12 months has held £1 million or more in client money or, as the case may be, projects that it will hold £1million or more in client money in the next 12 months.

(b) This data item does not apply to a firm with limited permission other than a not-for-profit debt advice body within (a).

(c) This data item does not apply to a firm required to submit a Capital Adequacy data item from a RAG other than RAG 12, or under SUP 16.13, unless (d) applies

(d) Where a firm is required to submit a Capital Adequacy data item from a RAG other than RAG 12 or under SUP 16.13 but the firm's highest capital requirement derives from its activity under RAG 12, the firm should submit both CCR004 and the Capital Adequacy data item required from the RAG other than RAG 12 or SUP 16.13.

Note 7

This data item applies to a CASS debt management firm, unless the firm is subject to a requirement imposed under section 55L of the Act stating that it must not hold client money, or such a requirement to the same effect76.

Note 8

This data item applies to a firm with permission to carry on debt collecting or operating an electronic system in relation to lending.

note 9

(a) Subject to (b) and (c) below, this data item applies to a firm that has limited permission.

(b) This data item does not apply to an authorised professional firm that is a CASS debt management firm. Such a firm is instead required to submit the other data items in SUP 16.12.29C R as appropriate.

(c) This data item does not apply to a not-for-profit debt advice body that at any point in the last 12 months has held £1 million or more in client money or, as the case may be, projects that it will hold £1million or more in client money in the next 12 months. Such a not-for-profit debt advice body is instead required to submit data items CCR001, CCR002, CCR004 and CCR005.56

56Note 10

[deleted]73

68 68

60Note 11

[deleted]73

Authorised professional firms

SUP 16.12.30 R RP
  1. (1)

    2An authorised professional firm, other than one that must comply with IPRU(INV) 3, 5 or 13 in accordance with IPRU(INV) 2.1.4R,3 or one that is a CASS debt management firm or one that carries on only credit-related regulated activity as a non-mainstream regulated activity,47 must submit an annual questionnaire, contained in SUP 16 Annex 9R, unless:

    11
    1. (a)

      its only regulated activities are one or more of:

      1. (i)

        insurance mediation;

      2. (ii)

        mortgage mediation;

      3. (iii)

        retail investment;

      4. (iv)

        mortgage lending;

      5. (v)

        mortgage administration; or

    2. (b)

      its "main business" as determined by IPRU(INV) 2.1.2R(3) is advising on, or arrangingdeals in, packaged products, or managing investments for private customers;

    in which case the authorised professional firm must complete the appropriate report specified in SUP 16.12.31 R.3

  2. (2)

    The due date for submission of the annual questionnaire is four months after the firm'saccounting reference date.

  3. (2A)

    Guidance on the completion of the annual questionnaire contained in SUP 16 Annex 9R is set out in SUP 16 Annex 9AG.51

  4. (3)

    An authorised professional firm must also, where applicable, submit the other3 report to the FCA97 in accordance with SUP 16.12.31 R in respect of the other regulated activities it undertakes under (1)(a)3.

    397
SUP 16.12.30A R RP

3An authorised professional firm that must comply with IPRU(INV) 3, 5, 10 or 13 in accordance with IPRU(INV) 2.1.4R must submit the relevant reports in SUP 16.12.4 R to SUP 16.12.29 G, according to the regulated activity groups that its business falls into.

SUP 16.12.30B R RP

47An authorised professional firm that is a CASS debt management firm and is not within SUP 16.12.1G (3A) must complete the appropriate reports specified in SUP 16.12.4 R and SUP 16.12.29C R.

SUP 16.12.31 R RP

2Table of data items from an authorised professional firm

Report

Return (note 1)

Frequency (Note 4) 24

Due date

Adequate information relating to the following activities:

RMAR (Note 3)

Half yearly (quarterly for sections A to E for larger firms, subject to Note 3 exemptions) (note 2)

For half yearly report: 30 business days after period end For quarterly report: 30 business days after quarter end

(1) insurance mediation activity;

(2) mortgage mediation activity;

(3) retail investment activity;

(4) advising on, or arranging deals in, packaged products, or managing investments for private customers where these activities are the authorised professional firm's "main business" as determined by IPRU(INV) 2.1.2 R (3)

Adequate information relating to mortgage lending and mortgage administration.

MLAR

Quarterly

20 business days after quarter end

Note 1

When giving the report required, a firm must use the return indicated. The RMAR and MLAR are located at SUP 16 Annex 18A and SUP 16 Annex 19A respectively. Guidance on the completion of the data items are located at SUP 16 Annex 18B and SUP 16 Annex 19B respectively.

Note 2

For the purposes of RMAR reporting, a larger firm is a firm whose annual regulated business revenue in its previous financial year was greater than £5m. Annual regulated business revenue for these purposes is a firm's total revenue relating to insurance mediation activity, mortgage mediation activity and retail investment activity.

Note 3

A firm which submits an MLAR is not required to submit sections A and B of the RMAR.

Note 4

Reporting dates are calculated from a firm'saccounting reference date.

Financial conglomerates

SUP 16.12.32 R RP
  1. (1)

    A firm that is a member of a financial conglomerate must submit financial reports to the FCA68 in accordance with the table in SUP 16.12.33 R if:

    9797
    1. (a)

      it is at the head of a UK-regulated EEA financial conglomerate97; or

      97
    2. (b)

      its Part 4A permission97 contains a relevant requirement.

      97
  2. (2)

    In (1)(b), a relevant requirement is one which:

    1. (a)

      applies SUP 16.12.33 R to the firm; or

    2. (b)

      applies SUP 16.12.33 R to the firm unless the mixed financial holding company of the financial conglomerate to which the firm belongs submits the report required under this rule (as if the rule applied to it).

SUP 16.12.33 R RP

Financial reports from a member of a financial conglomerate (see SUP 16.12.32 R)

Content of Report

Form (Note 1)

Frequency

Due Date

Calculation of supplementary capital adequacy requirements in accordance with one of the three42 technical calculation methods

42

Note 2

Note 5

Yearly42

Note 5

Identification of significant risk concentration levels

Note 3

Yearly

4 months after year end

Identification of significant intra-group transactions

Note 4

Yearly

4 months after year end

Report on compliance with GENPRU 3.1.35 R where it applies

11

Note 6

Note 5

Note 5

Note 1

When giving the report required, a firm must use the form indicated, if any.

Note 2

In respect of FCA-authorised persons, if39 Part 1 of GENPRU 3 Annex 1 (method68 1), or42 Part 2 of GENPRU 3 Annex 1 (method 2), or Part 3 of GENPRU 3 Annex 1 (method 3) applies, there is no specific form. Adequate information must be provided, specifying the calculation method used42 and each financial conglomerate for which the FCA68 is the co-ordinator must discuss with the FCA68 the form which this reporting will take and the extent to which verification by an auditor will be required.42

11 97 97 97 97 42
42
42

For the purposes of the above, where relevant to the agreed reporting arrangements,42rules 9.40(1), 9.40(1A), 9.40(3) and 9.40(4) of IPRU(INS) apply as they would if the financial conglomerate42 were an insurance group.

42 42

Note 3

Rather than specifying a standard format for each financial conglomerate to use, each financial conglomerate for which the FCA68 is the co-ordinator must discuss with the FCA68 the form of the information to be reported. This should mean that usual information management systems of the financial conglomerate can be used to the extent possible to generate and analyse the information required.

When reviewing the risk concentration levels, the FCA68 will in particular monitor the possible risk of contagion in the financial conglomerate, the risk of a conflict of interests, the risk of circumvention of sectoral rules68, and the level or volume of risks.

97 97 97 97 97 97

Note 4

For the purposes of this reporting requirement, an intra-group transaction will be presumed to be significant if its amount exceeds 5% of the total amount of capital adequacy requirements at the level of the financial conglomerate.

Rather than specifying a standard format for each financial conglomerate to use, each financial conglomerate for which the FCA68 is the co-ordinator must11 discuss with the FCA68 the form of the information to be reported. This should mean that the68 usual information management systems of the financial conglomerate can be used to the extent possible to generate and analyse the information required.

When reviewing the intra-group transactions, the FCA68 will in particular monitor the possible risk of contagion in the financial conglomerate, the risk of a conflict of interest11, the risk of circumvention of sectoral rules, and the level or volume of risks.

97 97 11 97 97 97 97

Note 5

The frequency and due date will be as follows:

(1) banking and investment services conglomerate68:11 frequency is yearly68 with due date 45 business days after period end;42 and68

(2) insurance conglomerate: frequency is yearly with due date four months after period end for the capital adequacy return and three months after period end for the report on compliance with GENPRU 3.1.35 R where it applies.

11 42 42

Note 6

Adequate information must be added as a separate item to the relevant form for sectoral reporting.

SUP 16.13 Reporting under the Payment Services Regulations

Application

SUP 16.13.1 G RP

Purpose

SUP 16.13.2 G RP

The purpose of this section is to give directions to authorised payment institutions and small payment institutions under regulation 82 (Reporting requirements) of the Payment Services Regulations in relation to:

  1. (1)

    the information in respect of their provision of payment services and their compliance with requirements imposed by or under Parts 2 to 6 of the Payment Services Regulations that they must provide to the FCA12; and

    12
  2. (2)

    the time at which and the form in which they must provide that information.

SUP 16.13.2A G RP

2The purpose of this section is also to set out the rules applicable to authorised payment institutions and small payment institutions in relation to complete and timely reporting and failure to submit reports.

Reporting requirement

SUP 16.13.3 D RP
  1. (1)

    An authorised payment institution or a small payment institution must submit to the FCA12 the duly completed return applicable to it as set out in column (2) of the table in SUP 16.13.4D.

    2212
  2. (2)

    An authorised payment institution or a small payment institution must submit the return referred to in (1):

    1. (a)

      in the format specified as applicable in column (3) of the table in SUP 16.13.4D;

    2. (b)

      at the frequency and in respect of the periods specified in column (4) of that table;

    3. (c)

      by the due date specified in column (5) of that table; and

    4. (d)

      by electronic means made available by the FCA12.

      12
SUP 16.13.3A D RP

2 SUP 16.3.11 R (Complete reporting) and SUP 16.3.13 R (Timely reporting) also apply to authorised payment institutions and small payment institutions as if a reference to firm in these rules were a reference to authorised payments institutions and small payment institutions.

SUP 16.13.3B R RP

2 SUP 16.3.14 R (Failure to submit reports) also applies to authorised payment institutions and small payment institutions as if a reference to firm in this rule were a reference to authorised payments institutions and small payment institutions.

SUP 16.13.4 D RP

The table below sets out the format, reporting frequency and due date for submission in relation to regulatory returns that apply to authorised payment institutions and small payment institutions.

(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

(5)

Type of firm

Return

Format

Reporting Frequency

Due date

Authorised Payment Institution

Authorised Payment Institution Capital Adequacy Return

FSA056 (Note 1)

Annual (Note 2)

30 business days (Note 3)

Small Payment Institution

Payment Services Directive Transactions

FSA057 (Note 4)

Annual (Note 5)

1 month (Note 3)

Note 1

When submitting the completed return required, the authorised payment institution must use the format of the return set out in SUP 16 Annex 27A D. Guidance notes for the completion of the return are set out in SUP 16 Annex 27B G.

Note 2

This reporting frequency is calculated from an authorised payment institution'saccounting reference date.

Note 3

The due dates are the last day of the periods given in column (5) of the table above following the relevant reporting frequency period set out in column (4) of the table above.

Note 4

When submitting the completed return required, the small payment institution must use the format of the return set out in SUP 16 Annex 28A D. Guidance notes for the completion of the return are set out in SUP 16 Annex 28B G.

Note 5

This reporting frequency is calculated from 31 December each calendar year.

SUP 16.14 Client money and asset return

Application

SUP 16.14.1 R RP

2 1 3This section applies to a CASS large firm and a CASS medium firm.

Purpose

SUP 16.14.2 G RP

The purpose of the rules and guidance in this section is to ensure that the FCA10 receives regular and comprehensive information from a firm which is able to hold client money and safe custody assets on behalf of its clients.

10

Report

SUP 16.14.3 R RP
  1. (1)

    Subject to (3), a4firm must submit a completed CMAR to the FCA10 within 15 business days of the end of each month.

    410
  2. (2)

    In this rule month means a calendar month and SUP 16.3.13 R (4) does not apply.

  3. (3)

    4A firm which changes its 'CASS firm type' and notifies the FCA10 that it is a CASS medium firm or a CASS large firm in accordance with CASS 1A.2.9 R is not required to submit a CMAR in respect of the month in which the change to its 'CASS firm type' takes effect in accordance with CASS 1A.2.12 R, unless it was a firm to which the requirement in (1) applied immediately prior to that change taking effect.

    10
SUP 16.14.4 R RP

For the purposes of the CMAR:

  1. (1)

    client money is that to which the client money rules in CASS 7 apply; and

  2. (2)

    safe custody assets are those to which the custody rules in CASS 6 apply4 but only in relation to:7

    6
    1. (a)

      the holding of financial instruments (in the course of MiFID business);6

    2. (b)

      the safeguarding and administration of assets (without arranging) (in the course of business that is not MiFID business);6

    3. (c)

      acting as trustee or depositary of an AIF, and in this case also include any safe custody investments to which the firm, when acting for an authorised AIF, is required by CASS 6.1.16IAR (2) to apply the custody rules under CASS 6.1.1BR (2);6

    4. (d)

      acting as trustee or depositary of a UCITS and in this case also include any safe custody investments to which the firm is required by CASS 6.1.16IDR to apply the custody rules under CASS 6.1.1BR(3)7; and

      6
    5. (e)

      those excluded custody activities carried on by a firm acting as a small AIFM, that would amount to the safeguarding and administration of assets (without arranging) but for the exclusion in article 72AA of the RAO.6

SUP 16.14.5 G RP

For the avoidance of doubt, the effect of SUP 16.14.4 R is that the following are4 to be excluded from any calculations which the CMAR requires:4

4 4
  1. (1)

    any client money held by the firm in accordance with CASS 5;4

  2. (2)

    any safe custody assets in respect of which the firm is merely arranging safeguarding and administration of assets in accordance with CASS 6;4

    6
  3. (2A)

    any safe custody assets for which a small AIFM is: 6

    1. (a)

      carrying on those excluded custody activities that would merely amount to arranging safeguarding and administration of assets but for the exclusion in article 72AA of the RAO; and

    2. (b)

      is doing so in accordance with CASS 6; and

  4. (3)

    any client money or safe custody assets in respect of which the firm merely has a mandate in accordance with CASS 8.4

Method of submission

SUP 16.14.6 R RP

3A CMAR must be submitted by electronic means made available by the FCA10.

10

SUP 16.15 Reporting under the Electronic Money Regulations

Application

SUP 16.15.1 G RP

1This section applies to electronic money issuers that are not credit institutions (see SUP 16.1.1B D).

Purpose

SUP 16.15.2 G RP

The purpose of this section is to give directions to the electronic money issuers referred to in SUP 16.1.1B D under regulation 49 (Reporting requirements) of the Electronic Money Regulations in relation to:

  1. (1)

    the information in respect of their issuance of electronic money and provision of payment services and their compliance with requirements imposed by or under Parts 2 to 5 of the Electronic Money Regulations that they must provide to the FCA6; and

    6
  2. (2)

    the time at which and the form in which they must provide that information.

SUP 16.15.3 G RP

The purpose of this section is also to set out the rules applicable to these types of electronic money issuers in relation to complete and timely reporting and, where relevant, the failure to submit reports.

Reporting requirement

SUP 16.15.4 D RP

An electronic money issuer that is not a credit institution must submit to the FCA:6

6
  1. (1)

    the duly completed return applicable to it as set out in column (2) of the table in SUP 16.15.8 D; and

  2. (2)

    the return referred to in (1):

    1. (a)

      in the format specified as applicable in column (3) of the table in SUP 16.15.8 D;

    2. (b)

      at the frequency and in respect of the periods specified in column (4) of that table;

    3. (c)

      by the due date specified in column (5) of that table; and

    4. (d)

      by electronic means made available by the FCA6 where necessary.

      6
SUP 16.15.5 D RP

SUP 16.4.5 R (Annual Controllers Report) and SUP 16.5.4 R (Annual Close Links Reports) apply to an authorised electronic money institution as if a reference to firm in these rules were a reference to an authorised electronic money institution.

SUP 16.15.5A D RP

2 SUP 16.23.4R to SUP 16.23.7R (Annual Financial Crime Report) apply to an electronic money institution that has reported total revenue of £5 million or more as at its last accounting reference date as if a reference to firm in these rules and guidance were a reference to an electronic money institution and the reference to group is read accordingly.

SUP 16.15.6 D RP

SUP 16.3.11 R (Complete reporting) and SUP 16.3.13 R (Timely reporting) apply to an authorised electronic money institution and a small electronic money institution as if a reference to firm in these rules were a reference to an authorised electronic money institution and a small electronic money institution.

SUP 16.15.7 R RP

SUP 16.3.14 R (Failure to submit reports) also applies to an authorised electronic money institution and a small electronic money institution as if a reference to firm in these rules were a reference to an authorised electronic money institution and a small electronic money institution.

SUP 16.15.8 D RP

The table below sets out the format, reporting frequency and due date for submission in relation to regulatory returns that apply to electronic money issuers that are not credit institutions.

(1)

Type of electronic money issuer

(2)

Return

(3)

Format

(4)

Reporting Frequency

(5)

Due date (Note 4)

Authorised electronic money institution (Note 1)

Balance sheet

FSA059

Half yearly (Note 3)

30 business days

Income statement

FSA060

Half yearly (Note 3)

30 business days

Capital requirements

FSA061

Half yearly (Note 3)

30 business days

Safeguarding

FSA062

Half yearly (Note 3)

30 business days

Supplementary information

FSA063

Half yearly (Note 3)

30 business days

Annual report and accounts

No standard format

Annual (Note 3)

80 business days

Small electronic money institutions (Note 2)

Return

FSA064

Half yearly (note 5)

30 business days

Total electronic money outstanding @ 31st December

FSA065

Annual (Note 5)

1 month

Annual report and accounts

No standard format

Annual (Note 5)

80 business days

(a) the Post Office Limited

(b) the Bank of England, the ECB and the national central banks of EEA States other than the United Kingdom

(c) Government departments and local authorities

(d) credit unions

(e) municipal banks

(f) the National Savings Bank

Average outstanding electronic money

No standard format

Half yearly (Note 6)

30 business days

Note 1

When submitting the completed returns required, the authorised electronic money institution must use the format of the returns set out in SUP 16 Annex 30A to SUP 16 Annex 30E.

Note 2

When submitting the completed returns required, the small electronic money institution must use the format of the returns set out in SUP 16 Annex 30F to SUP 16 Annex 30G.

Note 3

Where the authorised electronic money institution's reporting frequency is half yearly or annual, this field is calculated from the authorised electronic money institution'saccounting reference date.

Note 4

The due dates for returns are the last day of the periods given in column (5) of the table above following the relevant reporting frequency period set out in column (4) of the table above.

Note 5

The reporting frequency in relation to FSA065 is calculated from 31 December each calendar year. Otherwise, where the small electronic money institution's reporting frequency is half yearly or annual, this field is calculated from the small electronic money institution'saccounting reference date.

Note 6

This is calculated from 31 December each calendar year.

SUP 16.16 Prudent valuation reporting

Application

SUP 16.16.1 R RP

This section applies to4 a full-scope IFPRU investment firm which meets the condition in SUP 16.16.2 R.2

2
SUP 16.16.2 R RP

The condition referred to in SUP 16.16.1 R is that, on its last accounting reference date, the firm had balance sheet positions measured at fair value which, on a gross basis (the sum of the absolute value of each of the assets and liabilities), exceeded £3 billion.

Purpose

SUP 16.16.3 G RP
  1. (1)

    The purpose of this section is to set out the requirements for a firm specified in SUP 16.16.1 R to report the outcomes of its prudent valuation assessments to the FCA4 and to do so in a standard format.

    277
  2. (2)

    The purpose of collecting this data on the prudent valuation assessments made by a firm is to assist the FCA4 in assessing the capital resources of firms, to enable the FCA4 to gain a wider understanding of the nature and sources of measurement uncertainty in fair-valued financial instruments, and to enable comparison of the nature and level of that measurement uncertainty across firms and over time.

    27777

2[Note: articles 24 and 105 of the

EU CRR]

Reporting requirement

SUP 16.16.4 R RP
  1. (1)

    7A firm to which this section applies must submit to the FCA4 quarterly (on a calendar year basis and not from a firm'saccounting reference date), within six weeks of each quarter end, a Prudent Valuation Return in respect of its fair-value assessments in the format set out in SUP 16 Annex 31A.

    2
  2. (2)

    [deleted]4

    7
7 7 7
SUP 16.16.5 R
3 3

[deleted]

SUP 16.16.5A R RP

Where a firm to which SUP 16.16.4 R applies is a member of a FCA consolidation group, the firm must comply with SUP 16.16.4 R:

  1. (1)

    on a solo-consolidation basis if the firm has an individual consolidation/solo consolidation permission, or on an unconsolidated basis if the firm does not have an individual consolidation/solo consolidation permission; and

  2. (2)

    separately, on the basis of the consolidated financial position of the FCA consolidation group. (Firms' attention is drawn to SUP 16.3.25 G regarding a single submission for all firms in the group.)

SUP 16.17 Remuneration reporting

Purpose

SUP 16.17.1 G RP

1The purpose of this section is to ensure that the FCA4 receives regular and comprehensive information about remuneration in a standard format to assist it to benchmark remuneration trends and practices and to collect remuneration information on high earners. It also takes account of the Capital Requirements Regulations 2013 (SI 2013/3115) together with the European Banking Authority's Guidelines to article 75(1) and (3) of the CRD4.

10 4 4

Interpretation

SUP 16.17.2 R RP

In this section "UK lead regulated group" means an FCA consolidation group4that is headed by an EEA parent institution , 4 an EEA parent financial holding company or an EEA parent mixed financial holding company4.

4 4 4

Method for submitting remuneration reporting5

SUP 16.17.2A R RP

5 Firms must submit the reports required by SUP 16.17.3 R and SUP 16.17.4 R online through the appropriate systems accessible from the FCA’s website.

4
SUP 16.17.3 R RP
  1. (1)

    4A firm to which this rule applies must submit a Remuneration Benchmarking Information Report to the FCA annually.

  2. (2)

    The firm must complete the Remuneration Benchmarking Information Report in the format set out in SUP 16 Annex 33A.

  3. (3)

    The firm must submit the Remuneration Benchmarking Information Report to the FCA within four months of the firm'saccounting reference date.

  4. (4)

    A firm that:

    1. (a)

      is not part of a UK lead regulated group must complete that report on an unconsolidated basis in respect of remuneration awarded to employees of the firm in the last completed financial year;

    2. (b)

      is part of a UK lead regulated group must not complete that report on either a solo consolidation basis or an unconsolidated basis. It must complete that report on a consolidated basis in respect of remuneration awarded to all employees in the UK lead regulated group in the last completed financial year.

  5. (5)

    The firm must complete the Remuneration Benchmarking Information Report using accounting year-end amounts in euros determined, if necessary, by reference to the exchange rate used by the European Commission for financial programming and the budget for December of the reported year.

  6. (6)

    This rule applies to:

    1. (a)

      an IFPRU investment firm; and

    2. (b)

      an overseas firm that:

      1. (i)

        is not an EEA firm;

      2. (ii)

        has its head office outside the EEA; and

      3. (iii)

        would be an IFPRU investment firm, if it had been a UK domestic firm, had carried on all of its business in the United Kingdom and had obtained whatever authorisations for doing so as are required under the Act;

    that:

    1. (c)

      is not, and does not have, an EEA parent institution, an EEA parent financial holding company or an EEA parent mixed financial holding company, and that had total assets equal to or greater than £50 billion on an unconsolidated basis on the accounting reference date immediately prior to the firm's last complete financial year.

  7. (7)

    This rule also applies to:

    1. (a)

      an IFPRU investment firm; and

    2. (b)

      an overseas firm that

      1. (i)

        is not an EEA firm;

      2. (ii)

        has its head office outside the EEA; and

      3. (iii)

        would be an IFPRU investment firm, if it had been a UK domestic firm, had carried on all of its business in the United Kingdom and had obtained whatever authorisations for doing so as are required under the Act;

    that:

    1. (c)

      is part of a UK lead regulated group, and that had total assets equal to or greater than £50 billion on an unconsolidated basis on the accounting reference date immediately prior to the firm's last complete financial year.

  8. (8)

    In this rule “total assets” means:

    1. (a)

      in relation to an IFPRU investment firm, its total assets as set out in its balance sheet on the relevant accounting reference date; and

    2. (b)

      in relation to an overseas firm in (7)(b) and (8)(b), the total assets of the overseas firm as set out in its balance sheet on the relevant accounting reference date that cover the activities of the branch operation in the United Kingdom.

High Earners Reporting Requirements

SUP 16.17.4 R RP
  1. (1)

    A firm to which this rule applies must submit a High Earners Report to the FCA4 annually.

    104
  2. (2)

    The firm must submit that report to the FCA4 within four months of the end of the firm'saccounting reference date.

    104
  3. (3)

    A firm that is not part of a UK lead regulated group must complete that report on an unconsolidated basis in respect of remuneration awarded in the last completed financial year to all high earners of the firm who mainly undertook their professional activities within the EEA.

  4. (4)

    A firm that is part of a UK lead regulated group must not complete that report on either a solo consolidation basis or an unconsolidated basis. The firm must complete that report on a consolidated basis in respect of remuneration awarded in the last completed financial year to all high earners who mainly undertook their professional activities within the EEA at:

    1. (a)

      the EEA parent institution,4EEA parent financial holding company or EEA parent mixed financial holding company4of the UK lead regulated group; and

    2. (b)

      each subsidiary of the UK lead regulated group that has its registered office (or, if it has no registered office, its head office) in an EEA State; and

    3. (c)

      each branch of the UK lead regulated group that is established or operating in an EEA State.

  5. (5) 4
    1. (a)

      The firm must complete a separate template, in the format set out in SUP 16 Annex 34A, for each EEA State in which there is a high earner, and for each payment bracket of EUR 1 million. Those templates together form the High Earners Report.4

    2. (b)

      The number of high earners must be reported as the number of natural persons, independent of the number of working hours on which their contract is based.4

  6. (6)

    [deleted]

    44
  7. (7)

    [deleted]

    44
  8. (8)

    [deleted]2

    2
  9. (9)

    The information in the High Earners Report4must be denominated in euros determined, if necessary, by reference to the exchange rate used by the European Commission for financial programming and the budget for December of the reported year4.

    44
  10. (10)

    This rule applies to an IFPRU investment firm4 that is not, and does not have, an EEA parent institution, an EEA parent financial holding company or an EEA parent mixed financial holding company.4

    24
  11. (11)

    This rule also applies to an IFPRU investment firm4that part of a UK lead regulated group.4

    24
  12. (12)

    This rule also applies to a BIPRU firm, an exempt CAD firm, a local, or any other firm that is not a bank, a building society or an IFPRU investment firm:4

    4244244
    1. (a)

      that is part of a UK lead regulated group; and

    2. (b)

      where that UK lead regulated group contains either:2

      2
      1. (i)

        a bank, building society or an IFPRU investment firm4; or2

        44
      2. (ii)

        an overseas firm that;2

        1. (A)

          is not an EEA firm;2

        2. (B)

          has its head office outside the EEA; and2

        3. (C)

          would be a bank, building society or an IFPRU investment firm4, if it had been a UK domestic firm, had carried on all of its business in the UK and had obtained whatever authorisations for doing so as are required under the Act.2

          4
  13. (13)

    This rule also applies to an overseas firm that:2

    1. (a)

      is not an EEA firm;2

    2. (b)

      has its head office outside the EEA;2

    3. (c)

      would bean IFPRU investment firm,4 if it had been a UK domestic firm, had carried on all of its business in the UK and had obtained whatever authorisations for doing so as are required under the Act;42

      4

    and either:

    1. (d)

      is not, and does not have, an EEA parent institution ,4an EEA parent financial holding company or an EEA parent mixed financial holding company4; or2

      4
    2. (e)

      is part of a UK lead regulated group.2

SUP 16.17.5 G RP

Firms' attention is drawn to SUP 16.3.25 G regarding a single submission for all firms in a group.

SUP 16.18 AIFMD reporting

Application

SUP 16.18.1 G RP

1This section applies to the following types of AIFM in line with SUP 16.18.2 G:

  1. (1)

    a full-scope UK AIFM;

  2. (2)

    a small authorised UK AIFM;

  3. (3)

    a small registered UK AIFM;

  4. (4)

    an above-threshold non-EEA AIFMmarketing in the UK; and

  5. (5)

    a small non-EEA AIFMmarketing in the UK.

SUP 16.18.2 G RP

Type of AIFM

Rules

Directions

Guidance

AIFMD level 2 regulation

full-scope UK AIFM

FUND 3.4 (Reporting obligation to the FCA) and SUP 16.18.5 R

Article 110 (Reporting to competent authorities) (as replicated in SUP 16.18.4 EU)

small authorised UK AIFM

SUP 16.18.6 R

Article 110 (Reporting to competent authorities) (as replicated in SUP 16.18.4 EU)

small registered UK AIFM

SUP 16.18.7 D

Article 110 (Reporting to competent authorities) (as replicated in SUP 16.18.4 EU)

above-threshold non-EEA AIFM marketing in the UK

SUP 16.18.8 G

Article 110 (Reporting to competent authorities) (as replicated in SUP 16.18.4 EU)

small non-EEA AIFM marketing in the UK

SUP 16.18.9 D

Article 110 (Reporting to competent authorities) (as replicated in SUP 16.18.4 EU)

Purpose

SUP 16.18.3 G RP

This section specifies the end dates for reporting periods for AIFMs and the reporting period for small AIFMs for the types of AIFM to whom this section applies. Although article 110 of the AIFMD level 2 regulations (Reporting to competent authorities) (as replicated in SUP 16.18.4 EU) applies certain reporting requirements directly to AIFMs, it does not specify the end dates for reporting periods for an AIFM and, for small AIFMs, it does not specify the reporting period. Therefore, competent authorities are required to specify these requirements.

Article 110 of the AIFMD level 2 regulation

SUP 16.18.4 EU RP

Reporting to competent authorities

1.

In order to comply with the requirements of the second subparagraph of Article 24(1) and of point (d) of Article 3(3) of Directive 2011/61/EU, an AIFM shall provide the following information when reporting to competent authorities:

(a)

the main instruments in which it is trading, including a break-down of financial instruments and other assets, including the AIF's investment strategies and their geographical and sectoral investment focus;

(b)

the markets of which it is a member or where it actively trades;

(c)

the diversification of the AIF's portfolio, including, but not limited to, its principal exposures and most important concentrations.

The information shall be provided as soon as possible and not later than one month after the end of the period referred to in paragraph 3. Where the AIF is a fund of funds this period may be extended by the AIFM by 15 days.

2.

For each of the EU AIFs they manage and for each of the AIFs they market in the Union, AIFMs shall provide to the competent authorities of their home Member State the following information in accordance with Article 24(2) of Directive 2011/61/EU:

(a)

the percentage of the AIF's assets which are subject to special arrangements as defined in Article 1(5) of this Regulation arising from their illiquid nature as referred to in point (a) of Article 23(4) of Directive 2011/61/EU;

(b)

any new arrangements for managing the liquidity of the AIF;

(c)

the risk management systems employed by the AIFM to manage the market risk, liquidity risk, counterparty risk and other risks including operational risk;

(d)

the current risk profile of the AIF, including:

(i)

the market risk profile of the investments of the AIF, including the expected return and volatility of the AIF in normal market conditions;

(ii)

the liquidity profile of the investments of the AIF, including the liquidity profile of the AIF's assets, the profile of redemption terms and the terms of financing provided by counterparties to the AIF;

(e)

information on the main categories of assets in which the AIF invested including the corresponding short market value and long market value, the turnover and performance during the reporting period; and

(f)

the results of periodic stress tests, under normal and exceptional circumstances, performed in accordance with point (b) of Article 15(3) and the second subparagraph of Article 16(1) of Directive 2011/61/EU.

3.

The information referred to in paragraphs 1 and 2 shall be reported as follows:

(a)

on a half-yearly basis by AIFMs managing portfolios of AIFs whose assets under management calculated in accordance with Article 2 in total exceed the threshold of either EUR 100 million or EUR 500 million laid down in points (a) and (b) respectively of Article 3(2) of Directive 2011/61/EU but do not exceed EUR 1 billion, for each of the EU AIFs they manage and for each of the AIFs they market in the Union;

(b)

on a quarterly basis by AIFMs managing portfolios of AIFs whose assets under management calculated in accordance with Article 2 in total exceed EUR 1 billion, for each of the EU AIFs they manage, and for each of the AIFs they market in the Union;

(c)

on a quarterly basis by AIFMs which are subject to the requirements referred to in point (a) of this paragraph, for each AIF whose assets under management, including any assets acquired through use of leverage, in total exceed EUR 500 million, in respect of that AIF;

(d)

on an annual basis by AIFMs in respect of each unleveraged AIF under their management which, in accordance with its core investment policy, invests in non-listed companies and issuers in order to acquire control.

4.

By way of derogation from paragraph 3, the competent authority of the home Member State of the AIFM may deem it appropriate and necessary for the exercise of its function to require all or part of the information to be reported on a more frequent basis.

5.

AIFMs managing one or more AIFs which they have assessed to be employing leverage on a substantial basis in accordance with Article 111 of this Regulation shall provide the information required under Article 24(4) of Directive 2011/61/EU at the same time as that required under paragraph 2 of this Article.

6.

AIFMs shall provide the information specified under paragraphs 1, 2 and 5 in accordance with the pro-forma reporting template set out in the Annex IV.

7.

In accordance with point (a) of Article 42(1) of Directive 2011/61/EU, for non-EU AIFMs, any reference to the competent authorities of the home Member State shall mean the competent authority of the Member State of reference.

[Note: Article 110 of the AIFMD level 2 regulation]

Reporting periods and end dates

SUP 16.18.5 R RP

The reporting period of a full-scope UK AIFM must end on the following dates:

  1. (1)

    for AIFMs that are required to report annually, on 31 December each calendar year;

  2. (2)

    for AIFMs that are required to report half-yearly, on 30 June and 31 December in each calendar year; and

  3. (3)

    for AIFMs that are required to report quarterly, on 31 March, 30 June, 30 September and 31 December in each calendar year.

SUP 16.18.6 R RP

A small authorised UK AIFM must report annually and its reporting period must end on 31 December in each calendar year.

SUP 16.18.7 D RP

2A small registered UK AIFM must report annually and its reporting period must end on 31 December in each calendar year.

SUP 16.18.8 G RP

In accordance with regulation 59(3)(a) of the AIFMD UK regulation, an above-threshold non-EEA AIFM that is marketing in the UK is required to comply with the implementing provisions of the AIFMD UK regulation that apply to a full-scope UK AIFM and relate to articles 22 to 24 AIFMD in so far as such provisions are relevant to the AIFM and the AIF. Therefore, such an AIFM should comply with the provisions in SUP 16.18.5 R that are applicable to a full-scope UK AIFM.

SUP 16.18.9 D RP

2A small non-EEA AIFMmarketing in the UK must report annually and its reporting period must end on 31 December in each calendar year.

SUP 16.18.10 G RP

All periods in this section should be calculated by reference to London time.

Guidelines3

SUP 16.18.11 G RP

3 ESMA's guidelines on reporting obligations under articles 3(3)(d) and 24(1), (2) and (4) of the AIFMD (http://www.esma.europa.eu/system/files/2013-1339_final_report_on_esma_guidelines_on_aifmd_reporting_for_publication_revised.pdf) provide further details in relation to the requirements in this section.

SUP 16.19 1Immigration Act compliance reporting

Application

SUP 16.19.1 D RP
  1. (1)

    This section applies to a firm which is subject to the prohibition on opening a current account for a disqualified person in section 40 of the Immigration Act 2014.

  2. (2)

    This section does not apply to a branch of a firm where the branch is established outside the United Kingdom.

[Note: A firm is subject to the prohibition in section 40 of the Immigration Act 2014 if it is a “bank” or “building society” for the purposes of section 42 of the Immigration Act 2014.]

Annual compliance reporting

SUP 16.19.2 D RP

A firm must report its compliance with section 40 of the Immigration Act 2014 to the FCA annually.

Method for submitting compliance reports

SUP 16.19.3 D RP

A firm must report its compliance in the form specified in SUP 16 Annex 1AR using the appropriate online systems accessible from the FCA's website.

Time period for submitting compliance reports

SUP 16.19.4 D RP

A firm which is subject to SUP 16.7A (Annual reports and accounts) must report its compliance at the same time that it submits its annual reports and accounts to the FCA.

SUP 16.19.5 D RP

A firm which is not subject to SUP 16.7A (Annual reports and accounts) must report its compliance within four months after its accounting reference date.

SUP 16.20 Submission of recovery plans and information for resolution plans

Application

SUP 16.20.1 R RP

1This section applies to a firm or qualifying parent undertaking who is required to send any of the following types of information to the FCA:

  1. (1)

    recovery plans in line with IFPRU 11.2 (Individual recovery plans); or

  2. (2)

    group recovery plans in line with IFPRU 11.3 (Group recovery plans); or

  3. (3)

    information required for resolution plans in line with IFPRU 11.4 (Information for resolution plans).

Submission of recovery plans and group recovery plans

SUP 16.20.2 R RP

A firm or qualifying parent undertaking must send its recovery plan or group recovery plan to the FCA within three months of the reporting reference dates specified in the table below:

Type of firm or qualifying parent undertaking

Type of plan

Total balance sheet assets (see SUP 16.20.3 G)

First reporting reference date

Ongoing reporting reference date

firm or qualifying parent undertaking in an RRD group that includes an IFPRU 730k firm that is a significant IFPRU firm or does not include an IFPRU 730k firm

group recovery plan

More than £2.5 billion

30 June 2015

Every year on the same date as the first reporting reference date.

More than £1 billion and less than £2.5 billion

30 September 2015

More than £500 million and less than £1 billion

31 December 2015

Less than £500 million

31 March 2016

significant IFPRU firm

recovery plan

More than £2.5 billion

30 June 2015

Every year on the same date as the first reporting reference date.

More than £1 billion and less than £2.5 billion

30 September 2015

More than £500 million and less than £1 billion

31 December 2015

Less than £500 million

31 March 2016

firm or qualifying parent undertaking in an RRD group that includes an IFPRU 730k firm that is not a significant IFPRU firm (but does not include an IFPRU 730k firm that is a significant IFPRU firm)

group recovery plan

More than £50 million and less than £500 million

30 September 2015

Every two years on the same date as the first reporting reference date.

More than £15 million and less than £50 million

31 December 2015

More than £5 million and less than £15 million

31 March 2016

Less than £5 million

30 June 2016

non-significant IFPRU firm

recovery plan

More than £50 million and less than £500 million

30 September 2015

Every two years on the same date as the first reporting reference date.

More than £15 million and less than £50 million

31 December 2015

More than £5 million and less than £15 million

31 March 2016

Less than £5 million

30 June 2016

[Note: articles 4(1)(b) and 6(1) of RRD]

SUP 16.20.3 G RP
  1. (1)

    The calculation of total balance sheet assets for SUP 16.20.2 R should be consistent with the way this figure is calculated for determining whether a firm is a significant IFPRU firm.

  2. (2)

    For group recovery plans, the calculation of total balance sheet assets should be based on the assets of the largest RRD institution in the group.

Submission of information for resolution plans

SUP 16.20.4 R RP

A firm or qualifying parent undertaking must send the information required for a resolution plan to the FCA within three months of the reporting reference dates specified in the table below:

Type of firm or qualifying parent undertaking

First reporting reference date

Ongoing reporting reference date

firm or qualifying parent undertaking in an RRD group that includes an IFPRU 730k firm that is a significant IFPRU firm or does not include an IFPRU 730k firm

30 June 2015

Every two years on the same date as the first reporting reference date.

significant IFPRU firm

30 June 2015

Every two years on the same date as the first reporting reference date.

firm or qualifying parent undertaking in an RRD group that includes an IFPRU 730k firm that is not a significant IFPRU firm (but does not include an IFPRU 730k firm that is a significant IFPRU firm)

31 December 2015

Every three years on the same date as the first reporting reference date.

non-significant IFPRU firm

31 December 2015

Every three years on the same date as the first reporting reference date.

[Note:articles 4(1)(b), 11(1) and 13(1) of RRD]

Submission of information for RRD institutions and RRD groups authorised or created after the first reporting date

SUP 16.20.5 R RP

Where an RRD institution is authorised or an RRD group is created after the first reporting reference date that would have applied to that firm or qualifying parent undertaking in line with SUP 16.20.2 R and SUP 16.20.4 R, the firm or qualifying parent undertaking must:

  1. (1)

    send its first recovery plan or group recovery plan and resolution plan information within three months of the first quarter end date which falls after six months of the date of the authorisation of the RRD institution or creation of the RRD group; and

  2. (2)

    send its ongoing recovery plan or group recovery plan:

    1. (a)

      every year within three months of the same date as the first reporting reference date for a significant IFPRU firm or a group that includes a significant IFPRU firm; or

    2. (b)

      every two years within three months of the same date as the first reporting reference date for a firm that is not a significant IFPRU firm or a group that does not include3 a significant IFPRU firm.

Method for submitting recovery plans and information for resolution plans

SUP 16.20.6 R RP

2A firm must submit its recovery plan and the information required for its resolution plan to the FCA online through the appropriate systems accessible from the FCA’s website, using the forms specified in SUP 16 Annex 40R.

SUP 16.21 1Reporting under the MCD Order for CBTL firms

Application

SUP 16.21.1 D RP

This section applies to a CBTL firm that enters into or promises to enter into a CBTL credit agreement as lender, or a CBTL firm in which the rights and obligations of the lender under a CBTL credit agreement are vested.

Purpose

SUP 16.21.2 G RP

The purpose of this section is to direct CBTL firms in relation to:

  1. the information that they must provide to the FCA on their CBTL business and their compliance with requirements imposed by Schedule 2 to the MCD Order; and

  2. the time at which, and the manner and form in which, they must provide that information.

[Note: article 18(1)(c) of the MCD Order]

SUP 16.21.3 G RP

The purpose of this section is also to make provision for CBTL firms in relation to the failure to submit reports.

Reporting requirement

SUP 16.21.4 D RP
  1. (1)

    A CBTL firm must submit a duly completed consumer buy-to-let return to the FCA.

  2. (2)

    The return referred to in (1) must be submitted:

    1. (a)

      in the format set out in SUP 16 Annex 39AD; guidance notes for the completion of the return are set out in SUP 16 Annex 39BG;

    2. (b)

      online through the appropriate systems accessible from the FCA’s website; and

    3. (c)

      within 30 business days following the end of the reporting period.

  3. (3)

    The reporting period is the four calendar quarters beginning on 1 April.

SUP 16.21.5 D RP

SUP 16.3.11R (Complete reporting) and SUP 16.3.13R (Timely reporting) apply as directions to a CBTL firm in relation to CBTL business as if a reference to firm in these provisions were a reference to a CBTL firm.

SUP 16.21.6 R RP

SUP 16.3.14R (Failure to submit reports) applies to a CBTL firm in relation to CBTL business as if a reference to firm in that rule were a reference to a CBTL firm.

SUP 16.21.7 D RP
  1. (1)

    A CBTL firm may appoint another person to provide a report on the CBTL firm’s behalf if the CBTL firm has informed the FCA of that appointment in writing.

  2. (2)

    Where (1) applies, the CBTL firm must ensure that the report complies with the requirements of SUP 16.21.

SUP 16.22 Reporting under the Payment Accounts Regulations

Application

SUP 16.22.1 G RP

1This section applies to a payment service provider located in the UK other than:

  1. (1)

    a credit union;

  2. (2)

    National Savings and Investment; and

  3. (3)

    the Bank of England.

[Note: see SUP 16.1.1ED]

Purpose

SUP 16.22.2 G RP

The purpose of this section is to give directions to payment service providers under regulation 29 (Reporting requirements) of the Payment Accounts Regulations about:

  1. (1)

    the information concerning their compliance with the requirements imposed on them under Part 3 (Switching) and Part 4 (Access to payment accounts) of the Payment Accounts Regulations; and

  2. (2)

    the time at which and the form in which they must provide that information.

Reporting requirement

SUP 16.22.3 D RP

A payment service provider that offers a payment account within the meaning of the Payment Accounts Regulations must submit a duly completed report (referred to in this section as a “payment accounts report”) to the FCA.

SUP 16.22.4 R RP

A payment service provider to which SUP 16.22.3D applies and which is a credit institution is required to complete every row in the payment accounts report, including rows 4 and 5, in accordance with SUP 16.22.5D to SUP 16.22.10R, even if it has not been designated under regulation 21 of the Payment Accounts Regulations.

Frequency and timing of report

SUP 16.22.5 D RP

The payment accounts report required by SUP 16.22.3D and SUP 16.22.4R must be submitted:

  1. (1)

    online using the appropriate system accessible from the FCA’s website;

  2. (2)

    in the format set out in SUP 16 Annex 41AD; notes for the completion of the report are set out in SUP 16 Annex 41BG; and

  3. (3)

    within two months of the end of the relevant reporting period.

SUP 16.22.6 D RP

The first reporting period is the period commencing on 18 September 2016 and ending on 28 February 2018.

SUP 16.22.7 D RP

Subsequent reporting periods are consecutive periods of two years commencing on 1 March 2018 and on 1 March every other year thereafter.

SUP 16.22.8 G RP

For example, the second reporting period commences on 1 March 2018 and ends on 29 February 2020 and the third reporting period commences on 1 March 2020 and ends on 28 February 2022.

SUP 16.22.9 D RP

SUP 16.3.11R (Complete reporting) and SUP 16.3.13R (Timely reporting) apply to the submission of payment accounts reports under this section as if a reference to firm in those rules were a reference to payment service provider.

SUP 16.22.10 R RP

SUP 16.3.14R (Failure to submit reports) applies to the submission of payment accounts reports under this section as if a reference to firm in that rule were a reference to payment service provider.

SUP 16.23 Annual Financial Crime Report

Application

SUP 16.23.1 R RP

1This section applies to all firms subject to the Money Laundering Regulations, other than:

  1. (1)

    a credit union;

  2. (2)

    a P2P platform operator;

  3. (3)

    an authorised professional firm;

  4. (4)

    a firm with limited permissions only; or

  5. (5)

    a firm excluded under SUP 16.23.2R.

SUP 16.23.2 R RP

Unless a firm is listed in the table below, this section does not apply to it where both of the following conditions are satisfied:

  1. (1)

    the firm has reported total revenue of less than £5 million as at its last accounting reference date; and

  2. (2)

    the firm only has permission to carry on one or more of the following activities:

    1. (a)

      advising on investments;

    2. (b)

      dealing in investments as agent;

    3. (c)

      dealing in investments as principal;

    4. (d)

      arranging (bringing about deals) in investments;

    5. (e)

      making arrangements with a view to transactions in investments;

    6. (f)

      assisting in the administration and performance of a contract of insurance in relation to non-investment insurance contracts;

    7. (g)

      agreeing to carry on a regulated activity;

    8. (h)

      advising on pension transfers and pension opt-outs;

    9. (i)

      credit-related regulated activity;

    10. (j)

      home finance mediation activity;

    11. (k)

      managing investments;

    12. (l)

      establishing, operating or winding up a collective investment scheme;

    13. (m)

      establishing, operating or winding up a personal pension scheme;

    14. (n)

      establishing, operating or winding up a stakeholder pension scheme;

    15. (o)

      managing a UCITS;

    16. (p)

      managing an AIF;

    17. (q)

      safeguarding and administering investments;

    18. (r)

      acting as trustee or depositary of a UCITS;

    19. (s)

      acting as trustee or depositary of an AIF; and/or

    20. (t)

      operating a multilateral trading facility.

Table: Firms to which the exclusion in SUP 16.23.2R does not apply

a UK bank;

a building society;

a EEA bank;

a non-EEA bank;

a mortgage lender;

a mortgage administrator; or

a firm offering life and annuity insurance products.

Purpose

SUP 16.23.3 G RP
  1. (1)

    The purpose of this section is to ensure that the FCA receives regular and comprehensive information about the firm’s systems and controls in preventing financial crime.

  2. (2)

    The purpose of collecting the data in the Annual Financial Crime Report is to assist the FCA in assessing the nature of financial crime risks within the financial services industry.

Requirement to submit the Annual Financial Crime Report

SUP 16.23.4 R RP
  1. (1)

    A firm must submit the Annual Financial Crime Report to the FCA annually in respect of its financial year ending on its latest accounting reference date.

  2. (2)

    A firm is only required to submit data that relates to the parts of its business subject to the Money Laundering Regulations.

SUP 16.23.5 G RP
  1. (1)

    If a group includes more than one firm, a single Annual Financial Crime Report may be submitted, and so satisfy the requirements of all firms in the group.

  2. (2)

    Such a report should contain the information required from all the relevant firms, meet all relevant due dates, indicate all the firms on whose behalf it is submitted and give their firm reference numbers (FRNs). The obligation to report under SUP 16.23.4R remains with the individual firm.

Method for submitting the Annual Financial Crime Report

SUP 16.23.6 R RP

A firm must submit the Annual Financial Crime Report in the form specified in SUP 16 Annex 42AR using the appropriate online systems accessible from the FCA’s website.

Time period for firms submitting their Annual Financial Crime Report

SUP 16.23.7 R RP

A firm must submit the Annual Financial Crime Report within 60 business days of the firm’saccounting reference date.

SUP 16 Annex 1 [deleted]67

R

6 5 4 3 2 1

SUP 16 Annex 1A FIN-A Annual Report and Accounts

R

1 Annual Accounts

A

1

On what basis have the firm's accounts been prepared?

IFRS/UK GAAP/Other

[Upload functionality]

Immigration Act 2014

2

Has the firm complied with the prohibition in section 40 of the Immigration Act 2014 and any requirements imposed by or under the Immigration Act 2014 (Bank Accounts2) Regulations 2014?

2

Yes / No / N/A

SUP 16 Annex 1B Guidance notes for the completion of FIN-A

G

1The form in SUP 16 Annex 1A should only be completed by firms subject to the reporting requirements in SUP 16.7A or who are required to provide attestations of compliance with requirements under the Immigration Act under SUP 16.19.

General Notes

The FIN-A form in SUP 16 Annex 1A is designed to allow firms to upload the annual report and accounts documentation required by SUP 16.7A and where applicable to attest to compliance with requirements under the Immigration Act. Firms not subject to the Immigration Act 2014 should answer ‘N/A’ to question 2A.

UK branches of EEA banks are not required to submit copies of their annual report and accounts to the FCA, and should therefore answer ‘N/A’ to question 1A.

Data elements

These are referred to by row first, then by column, so data element 2A will be row 2 and column A.

Main Details

1A

On what basis have the firm’s accounts been prepared?

Firms who are subject to the reporting requirements in SUP 16.7A should select one of ‘IFRS’, ‘UK GAAP’ or ‘Other’. Once selected, the submitter can upload the annual report and accounts using FIN-A.

Firms who are not subject to the reporting requirements in SUP 16.7A should select ‘N/A’.

2A

Has the firm complied with the prohibition in section 40 of the Immigration Act 2014 and any requirements imposed by or under the Immigration Act 2014 (Financial Services) Regulations 2014?

Firms should indicate whether they are in compliance with their obligations under the Immigration Act as at the end of the reporting period by selecting one of ‘Yes’, ‘No’ or ‘N/A’.

Firms should only select ‘N/A’ if they are not subject to obligations under the Immigration Act 2014.

SUP 16 Annex 3 [deleted]56

R

4 5 3 2 1

SUP 16 Annex 5 [deleted]67

R

1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9

SUP 16 Annex 6R Persistency report

R

This annex consists only of one or more forms. Forms are to be found through the following address:321

Persistency Report - SUP 16 Annex 6 R5

5 5

SUP 16 Annex 6A Guidance notes for completion of the FCA Persistency Report

G

1This annex consists of guidance notes, which are available here: SUP 16 Annex 6A G

SUP 16 Annex 9R Annual questionnaire for authorised professional firms

R

This annex consists only of one or more forms. Forms are to be found through the following address:321

Annual Questionnaire for Authorised Professional Firms - Forms/sup/sup_chapter16_annex9_20141001.pdf456789

SUP 16 Annex 9AG Guidance notes for completion of annual questionnaire for authorised professional firms in SUP 16 Annex 9R

G

1This annex consists only of one or more forms. Forms are to be found through the following address:

SUP Chapter 16 Annex 9A G

SUP 16 Annex 12A Reports from depositaries of authorised funds

R

SUP 16 Annex 12B Guidance notes on reports from depositaries of authorised funds

G

1 Monthly Return of Breaches – Authorised Funds

Breach Type

The specific rule in COLL or FUND that has been breached.

New Breaches

Breaches identified for the first time during the most recent reporting period.

Existing Breaches

Mark as an existing breach if reporting a change in the reported details of an existing breach or if reporting the closure of an existing breach.

Maximum Percentage

The percentage figure will depend on the breach type. For example, a breach of an investment limit should show the greatest percentage amount by which the value of the asset(s) exceeded the relevant limit during the period of the breach.

Breach Start Date

The date when the breach first occurred.

Breach Identification Date

The date when the breach was identified (this may be the same day as or later than the breach start date).

Breach Closure Date

The date when a breach was closed following the implementation of any corrective actions and if applicable, payment of compensation to the scheme and/or Unitholders.

Breach Description

A brief statement describing the nature of the breach, and why and how it occurred.

Action Taken or Planned

The corrective action implemented or planned to close a new or existing breach, and the final outcome when a breach has been closed. If resolution will require a long-term (>6 months) project, timelines should be included.

Quarterly Return of Oversight Visits – Authorised Funds

Findings

A brief description of findings and conclusions, including examples.

Recommendations

Actions requested of the authorised fund manager by the depositary to remedy any findings. If resolution will require a long-term (>6 months) project, timelines should be included.

AFM’s response and comments

Any statement from the authorised fund manager in response to the depositary’s findings and recommendations.

SUP 16 Annex 16 [deleted]89

4 5 6 7 8

3 1 2

SUP 16 Annex 16A 2 1Standing data (See SUP 16.10.4 R)

SUP 16 Annex 16A.1 R

A: Communications with a firm

1. Name of the firm

2. Trading name(s) of the firm

3.

4. Registered office

5. Principal place of business

6. Website address

7. Complaints contact and complaints officer3

8. The name and email address of the primary3 compliance contact

B: Information about a firm3 on the Financial Services Register9

9.

10.

11.

C: Other information about a firm

12.

13.

14. Name and address of firm's auditor

15.

16. Accounting reference date

17. Locum3

18. The name and email address of the firm’s principal user of the appropriate systems accessible from the FCA’s website4

3 3 3 9 3 3 3

SUP 16 Annex 17 [deleted]432156

5

SUP 16 Annex 18 [deleted]

R

SUP 16 Annex 18B Notes for Completion of the Retail Mediation Activities Return ('RMAR')

SUP 16 Annex 18B G

Introduction: General notes on the RMAR

431. These notes aim to assist firms in completing and submitting the relevant sections of the Retail Mediation Activities Return (‘RMAR’).

2. The purpose of the RMAR is to provide a framework for the collection of information required by the FCA as a basis for its supervision activities. It also has the purpose set out in paragraph 16.12.2G of the Supervision Manual, i.e. to help the FCA to monitor firms’ capital adequacy and financial soundness.

Defined terms

3. Handbook terms are italicised in these notes.

4. Terms referred to in the RMAR and these notes, where defined by the Companies Acts 1985 or 2006, as appropriate, or other relevant accounting provisions, bear that meaning for these purposes. The descriptions indicated in these notes are designed simply to repeat, summarise or amplify the relevant statutory or other definitions and terminology without departing from their full meaning or effect.

Key abbreviations

5. The following table summarises the key abbreviations that are used in these notes:

APF

Authorised professional firm

AR

Appointed representative

CAD

The Capital Adequacy Directive

CASS

The Client Assets sourcebook, part of the Handbook

COBS

The Conduct of Business sourcebook, part of the Handbook

CREDS

The Credit unions sourcebook, part of the Handbook

DISP

Dispute resolution: Complaints sourcebook, part of the Handbook

EEA

The European Economic Area

ICOB

The Insurance: Conduct of Business sourcebook, part of the Handbook

IMD

The Insurance Mediation Directive

IPRU(INV)

The Interim Prudential sourcebook for investment businesses, part of the Handbook

ISD

The Investment Services Directive

LTCI

Long term care insurance

MCOB

The Mortgages and Home Finance: Conduct of Business sourcebook, part of the Handbook

MiFID

The Markets in Financial Instruments Directive

MIPRU

The Prudential sourcebook for Mortgage and Home Finance Firms, and Insurance Intermediaries

PII

Professional indemnity insurance

RMAR

Retail Mediation Activities Return, i.e. the information requirements to which these notes refer.

SUP

The Supervision manual, part of the Handbook

TC

Training and Competence, part of the Handbook

Scope

6. The following firms are required to complete the sections of the RMAR applicable to the activities they undertake as set out in SUP 16.12:

  1. (a) firms with permission to carry on insurance mediation activity in relation to non-investment insurance contracts.

By way of example, this would include a broker advising on private motor insurance, household insurance or critical illness cover. It would not though include advice on a life policy;

  1. (b) firms with permission to carry on home finance mediation activity;

  2. (d) firms (defined as retail investment firms) that have retail clients, and have permission to carry on the following activities in relation to retail investment products:

    1. (i) advising on investments;

    2. (ii) arranging (bringing about) deals in investments;

    3. (iii) making arrangements with a view to transactions in investments;

    Retail investment products are defined as:

    1. (i) a life policy; or

    2. (ii) a unit; or

    3. (iii) a stakeholder pensions scheme; or

    4. (iv) a personal pension scheme; or

    5. (v) an interest in an investment trust savings scheme; or

    6. (vi) a security in an investment trust; or

    7. (vii) any other designated investment which offers exposure to underlying financial assets, in a packaged form which modifies that exposure when compared with a direct holding in the financial asset; or

    8. (viii) a structured capital-at-risk product;

    whether or not any of (i) to (vii) are held within an ISA or a CTF; and

  3. (c) personal investment firms;

  4. (e) other investment firms that have permission to advise on P2P agreements and do not carry on that activity exclusively with or for professional clients.

For the purposes of completing the RMAR in relation to the activity of advising on P2P agreements only, ‘retail investments’ and ‘retail investment products’ should be understood as including P2P agreements, and references to retail investment advising and retail investment activity should be understood as including advice on P2P agreements.

The practical effect of the retail client limitation in the definition of retail investment firms is to exclude from the requirements firms that carry on retail investment activities exclusively with or for professional clients or eligible counterparties.

[Note: all long-term care insurance contracts are defined as life policies, and as such are included as retail investment products]

7. [deleted]

8. [deleted]

EEA firms

9. In accordance with the relevant directives, incoming EEA firms are not subject to all reporting requirements. In broad terms, this means that incoming EEA firms carrying on regulated activities by way of cross border services only are not required to complete the RMAR.

10. In broad terms, incoming EEA firms carrying on regulated activities through a branch in the United Kingdom are not required to complete the sections of the RMAR in the following table.

Prudential reporting requirements

Section A (balance sheet)

Section B (profit & loss)

Section C (client money)

Section D (capital requirements)

Threshold conditions

Section E (professional indemnity insurance)

Section F (save in relation to questions about approved persons)

Training and Competence

Section G

Adviser charges

Section K

11. Firms that only carry on reinsurance mediation are not required to complete sections C or K.

Authorised professional firms

12.Authorised professional firms (‘APFs’) that are subject to IPRU-INV 2.1.3R (for their investment activity) or MIPRU 4.1.10R (for insurance mediation activity or home finance mediation activity) are not required to complete sections A, B2 or D. APFs that are members of the Law Society of England and Wales, the Law Society of Scotland or the Law Society of Northern Ireland are also not required to complete section C (see below).

13. The application of the capital requirements to APFs is set out in IPRU-INV 2.1.2R (for retail investment activity) and MIPRU 4.1.10R (for home finance mediation activity and insurance mediation activity).

14. Where APFs are required to submit financial information (i.e. sections A to E), they should do so in relation to all of their regulated activities. Sections F and K should also be completed in relation to all regulated activities. Other sections (G to I) need not include information in relation to non-mainstream regulated activities. However, APFs may complete all sections on the basis of all of their regulated activities if this approach is more cost effective.

Accounting principles

15. Subject to paragraph 15A below, which is in respect of section K only, the following principles should be adhered to by firms in the submission of financial information (sections A to E and section K).

  1. (a) Unless a rule requires otherwise, amounts to be reported within the firm’s balance sheet and profit and loss account should be determined in accordance with:

    1. (i) the requirements of all relevant statutory provisions (e.g. Companies Act 2006, and secondary legislation made under this Act) as appropriate;

    2. (ii) UK generally accepted accounting practice (UK GAAP) or, where applicable, international accounting standards;

    3. (iii) the provisions of (c) and (d) below.

  2. (b) If the firm is a body corporate with one or more subsidiaries, its financial statements should be unconsolidated.

  3. (c)

    1. (i) With the exception of section J, and sections K from 31 December 2012, all amounts should be shown in one of the reporting currencies accepted by the GABRIEL system, unless otherwise specified in the Handbook (e.g. in MIPRU 3.2.7R). Section J, and sections K from 31 December 2012, must be completed in pounds sterling.

    2. (ii) A firm should translate assets and liabilities denominated in other currencies into the chosen reporting currency using the closing mid-market rate of exchange.

    3. (iii) Taxation, when reported at a quarter or half year end, should be based on an estimate of the likely effective tax rate for the year applied to the interim.

    4. (iv) Balances on client bank accounts and related client accounts must not form part of the firm’s own balance sheet.

  4. (d) No netting is permitted (that is, amounts in respect of items representing assets or income may not be offset against amounts in respect of items representing liabilities or expenditure, as the case may be, or vice versa).

15A. For the completion of section K, all figures should be provided on an accruals basis in line with UK Generally Accepted Accounting Practice (UK GAAP) or International Accounting Standards (IAS), unless a firm elects to complete section K on a cash basis. A firm may elect to complete section K, and only section K, on a cash basis by selecting this as the accounting basis for section K on GABRIEL.

Other

16. You will note that some questions in the RMAR refer to the “last reporting date”. If the RMAR is being completed for the first time, you should treat the date the firm became authorised to carry on any of the relevant regulated activities as the “last reporting date”, except where otherwise indicated (e.g. in sections E & H).

Where questions in the RMAR refer to “as at the end of the reporting period”, you should treat the last day of the reporting period specified on GABRIEL as “as at the end of the reporting period”.

17. Unless otherwise indicated, the information submitted should cover all of the firm’s transactions in the relevant products, and all of its customers and market counterparties (where relevant).

NOTES FOR COMPLETION OF THE RMAR

Section A: Balance sheet

The balance sheet data should be compiled in accordance with generally accepted accounting practice. Incorporated firms will already be submitting this information to Companies House under Companies Act requirements, and it would normally be expected that non-incorporated firms would compile this data for management purposes.

Insurance intermediaries subject to MIPRU should, where debtors include amounts owed by their directors, group undertakings or undertakings in which the firm has a participating interest, enter the total amount falling due to the firm within one year in the data entry field entitled:

  1. “Memo (1):

    Total amount falling due within one year from directors, fellow group undertakings or undertakings in which the firm has a participating interest where included in Debtors.”

Insurance intermediaries subject to MIPRU should, where they include shares in group undertakings as part of their investments, where such investments are held as current assets, enter the total value to the firm in the data entry field entitled:

  1. “Memo (2):

    Value of shares in group undertakings where such investments are held as current assets.”

If further assistance is required in completing the balance sheet, professional guidance should be sought.

This information will be used by the FCA to monitor the firm’s financial position and satisfy itself as to the firm’s ongoing solvency. Aggregated data may also be used to inform our supervision activities.

The frequency of reporting for this section is determined by SUP 16.12.

Firms that have appointed representatives (‘ARs’) should note that balance sheet data should be submitted for the firm only, not its ARs.

Section B: Profit & loss account

Profit & loss (‘P&L’) should be reported on a cumulative basis throughout the firm’s financial year.

B1 – regulated business revenue: covers the data required on the firm’s revenue from its regulated activities within the scope of the RMAR.

B2 – other P&L: incorporates the remainder of the profit & loss data requirements.

Firms that receive combined income in relation to both regulated and non-regulated activities may have difficulties in separately identifying their regulated income from their non-regulated income. If this is the case, firms should, (a) in the first instance, ask the provider of the income for an indication of the regulated/non-regulated split; and (b) if this is not available, make an estimate of the income derived from each activity.

In sub-section B1, a firm that has appointed representatives (‘ARs’), including a network, should ensure that the figures submitted for income are calculated before deducting any commissions shared with its ARs in respect of the regulated activities for which the firm has accepted responsibility as principal.

[Note: Home purchase, reversion and regulated sale and rent back activity should be included under the existing mortgage headings in this section of the RMAR]

Guide for completion of individual fields

Commissions (gross)

This should include all commission income in respect of the relevant regulated business:

• for home finance transactions, this includes commissions received for advising on home finance transactions and arranging, but not, providing and administration;

• for non-investment insurance contracts, it should include commissions received for advising, arranging and dealing activities;

• for retail investments, only commission received in relation to the relevant activities should be recorded here.

Gross commissions will include commission that is received and passed on to another person.

Where commission is shared between two or more firms, the gross commission should not be double counted, i.e. each firm should report only the commission it has received.

Commissions (net)

This should be the amount of the gross commission figure that is retained by the firm and, where applicable, its appointed representatives, (i.e. not passed on to another person) in respect of each type of business.

Fees/ Adviser charges / Consultancy charges

You should record here adviser charges and consultancy charges, and net income received from customers or other sources on a fixed fee rather than commission basis, but only in respect of the relevant regulated activities.

Other income from regulated activities

You should record here any income that has derived from the relevant regulated activities during the reporting period, which has not been recorded under commissions or fees, adviser charges or consultancy charges.

Such income may include interest on client money, where the firm is permitted to retain this, or payments made by product providers on a basis other than fees or commissions.

Regulated business revenue

This is the total of the firm’s income during the reporting period in relation to its relevant regulated activities.

For an insurance intermediary or a home finance intermediary, this should be calculated in the same way as ‘annual income’, as specified in MIPRU 4.3.3R (although in this context the period is not generally annual).

This rule states: “For a firm which carries on insurance mediation activity or home finance mediation activity, annual income… is the amount of all brokerage, fees, commissions and other related income (for example, administration charges, overriders, profit shares) due to the firm in respect of or in relation to those activities”.

Income from other regulated activities

You should record here any income from other regulated activities outside the scope of the RMAR.

Other revenue (income from non-regulated activities)

You should record here any income from other regulated activities outside the scope of the RMAR.

Section C Client money and assets

‘Client money’ is defined in the Glossary. In broad terms, client money includes money that belongs to a client, and is held by a firm in the course of carrying on regulated activities, for which the firm has responsibility for its protection. It does not include deposits (where the firm acts as deposit-taker).

The client money rules define further what is and is not client money, and set out requirements on firms for the proper handling of and accounting for client money. If a firm holding client money fails there is a greater direct risk to consumers and a greater adverse impact on market confidence compared (for example) to a firm that only holds money under risk transfer arrangements.

Note 1: a firm should complete section C of the RMAR for the money it receives or holds in the course of, or in connection with, its insurance mediation activity (see CASS 5).

Note 2: firms that only carry on insurance mediation activity in respect of reinsurance contracts are exempt from the client money rules, and are not therefore required to complete section C of the RMAR. However, a firm may make an election under CASS 5.1.1R(3) to comply with CASS 5.1 to CASS 5.6 in respect of client money it receives in the course of carrying on insurance mediation activity in relation to reinsurance contracts. Where a firm has made such an election it should also complete section C of the RMAR.

Note 3: a firm that receives or holds money for its MiFID business or designated investment business that is not MiFID business and holds money to which CASS 5 applies, may make an election under CASS 7.10.3R(1) or (2) to comply with CASS 7 for money it receives in the course of, or in connection with, its insurance mediation activity. Where a firm has made such an election, it should not complete section C of the RMAR, except to confirm that it holds money in connection with insurance mediation activities and has elected to comply with CASS 7.

Note 4: a firm (e.g., a property management firm) that complies with the Royal Institute of Chartered Surveyors (RICS) Members’ Accounts rules or, in relation to a service charge, the requirement to segregate such money in accordance with section 42 of the Landlord and Tenant Act (LTA) 1987 is deemed to comply with CASS 5.3 to CASS 5.6, provided that it satisfies the requirements of CASS 5.5.49R to the extent that the firm will hold money as trustee or otherwise on behalf of its clients. Such a firm should only complete the questions in section C of the RMAR indicated in the guide for completion of individual fields below.

Note 5: an authorised professional firm regulated by The Law Society (of England and Wales), The Law Society of Scotland or The Law Society of Northern Ireland must comply with the rules of its designated professional body as specified in CASS 5.1.4R, and if it does so, it will be deemed to comply with CASS 5.2 to CASS 5.6. These firms are not therefore required to complete section C of the RMAR.

Note 6: this data item does not apply to firms who only carry on home finance mediation activities exclusively in relation to second charge regulated mortgage contracts or legacy CCA mortgage contracts (or both) and who are not otherwise expected to complete it by virtue of carrying out other regulated activities: see SUP 16.12.28AR, Note 3.

Note 7: firms should complete all applicable fields.

Guide for completion of individual fields

Question

Guidance notes

Does your firm receive or hold money in the course of, or in connection with, its insurance mediation activity?

Firms should answer ‘yes’ here if they hold money such that CASS 5.1 to CASS 5.6 applies (see CASS 5.1.1R).

Firms to which note 4 applies should also answer ‘yes’.

Has your firm elected under CASS 7.10.3R(1) or (2) to comply with CASS 7?

See note 3.

How does your firm hold money received in the course of, or in connection with, its insurance mediation activity?

You should answer ‘yes’ or ‘no’ under each of the headings, as appropriate.

CASS 5 Client money:

see CASS 5.1

As agent of insurer:

see CASS 5.1.5R and CASS 5.2 – holding money as agent of insurance undertaking under a written risk transfer agreement and not as client money.

Firms to which note 4 applies should select ‘no’ under each heading, unless they hold money when acting both in the capacity of an insurance broker and of a property management company.

A firm may answer ‘yes’ under both headings.

Is your firm'sCASS 5client money held under the CASS 5.3 statutory trust or under one or more CASS 5.4 non-statutory trusts?

You should indicate here the type of trust under which client money is held:

Statutory trust – see CASS 5.3

Non-statutory trust – see CASS 5.4

A firm may answer ‘yes’ under both headings.

If non-statutory, has an auditor’s confirmation of systems and controls been obtained?

This refers to the requirement in CASS 5.4.4R(2) that the firm must obtain and keep current, written confirmation from its auditor that the firm has adequate systems and controls in place to meet the requirements under CASS 5.4.4R(1).

This requirement is separate to the annual audit requirement in SUP 3.10.

Is client money invested or placed in anything other than a client bank account?

You should indicate ‘yes’ here if the firm has invested any client money other than in a client bank account.

See CASS 5.5.14R which states that a firm may satisfy the requirement to segregate client money by segregating or arranging for the segregation of designated investments with a value at least equivalent to such money as would otherwise be segregated.

This means of segregation is only permitted for client money held under a non-statutory trust.

Highest client money requirement (for money held as client money, taken from the firm'sclient money calculations)

See CASS 5.5.63R and CASS 5.5.66R to CASS 5.5.67R

A firm should enter the highest client money requirement calculated during the period. This would be taken from the firm’sclient money calculations performed during the period.

Only the single highest client money requirement figure should be entered, not the aggregate of the client money requirements calculated during the period.

Highest account balance (for money held as client money, taken from the firm's records)

This refers to money held as CASS 5client money under a statutory trust or non-statutory trust(s). The amount should be taken from the firm’s own records and should include client money held as agent of insurer which is co-mingled with other client money in a client money account (see CASS 5.1.5AR).

If your firm segregates designated investments under a non-statutory trust (see CASS 5.5.14R), you should also include the value of these investments.

If your firm operates both statutory and non-statutory trust accounts, you should enter two balances: one for the highest balance in statutory trust accounts and one for the highest balance in non-statutory trust accounts.

Highest account balance for money held purely as agent of insurer (and not co-mingled with client money)

This refers to money held purely as agent of insurer under risk transfer agreements (see CASS 5.2) and held separate to any CASS 5client money. The amount should be taken from the firm’s own records.

If money held as agent of insurer is co-mingled with CASS 5client money in a client bank account (see CASS 5.1.5AR), it should be reported in the previous field and therefore should not be reported in this field.

The data reported in questions 20 to 23 should be taken from the firm’sclient money calculation performed closest, and prior, to the end of the reporting period.

Client money requirement as at end of the reporting period

See CASS 5.5.63R and CASS 5.5.66R to CASS 5.5.68R

Client money resource as at end of the reporting period

See CASS 5.5.63R and CASS 5.5.65R

Surplus (+) or deficit (-) of client money resource against client money requirement

See CASS 5.5.63R This should be the difference between the client money requirement and the client money resource.

Adjustments made to withdraw an excess or rectify a deficit

See CASS 5.5.63R

This should be the amount of money paid into or withdrawn from the client bank account following the client money calculation performed closest, and prior, to the end of the reporting period.

Is your firm exempt from the client asset audit requirement?

See SUP 3.1.2R note 4

If the firm does not hold client money or other client assets in relation to insurance intermediation activities or only holds up to, but not exceeding, £30,000 of client money under a statutory trust arising under CASS 5.3 state ‘yes’ here.

Firms to which note 4 applies should answer this question.

If not exempt, have you obtained a client assets audit in the last 12 months?

See SUP 3.1 to SUP 3.7 and SUP 3.11.

If the firm has obtained a client assets audit in the last 12 months enter ‘yes’. If it has not, enter ‘no’.

Firms to which note 4 applies should answer this question.

What is the name of your firm's client assets auditor?

Enter the name of the firm’s auditor as it appears on the Financial Reporting Council’s register of statutory auditors.

Firms to which note 4 applies should answer this question.

According to your last client assets audit report, what was the auditor's opinion on your firm's compliance with the client money rules as at the period end date?

This refers to the opinion at the end of the audit period.

The firm should select from ‘clean’, ‘qualified’ or ‘adverse’, as appropriate.

In this question, the period end date refers to the period covered by the audit report and will therefore refer to a different period to the reporting period for this return.

Firms to which note 4 applies should answer this question.

Have any notifiable client money issues been raised, either in the firm's last client assets audit report or elsewhere, that have not been notified to the FCA since the last reporting period for this return?

Answer yes if the firm has not, since the last reporting period for this return, notified the FCA of any breaches in relation to the following notification requirements:

CASS 5.5.61R : failure of a bank, broker or settlement agent.

CASS 5.5.76R : failure to perform calculations or reconciliation.

CASS 5.5.77R : failure to make good a shortfall by the close of business on the day the calculation is performed.

Does your firm hold any client documents or other assets (other than client money) in accordance with CASS 5.8?

If the firm is subject to the requirements of CASS 5.8, state ‘yes’ here.

Section D Regulatory Capital

[Note: Home purchase, reversion and regulated sale and rent back activity should be included under the heading of home finance in this section of the RMAR]

‘Higher of’ requirements

In this section there are separate calculations of regulatory capital and capital resources requirements for the different types of business covered by the data requirements. The calculations are the same, however, for both home finance mediation activity and insurance mediation activity relating to non-investment insurance contracts.

  1. (i) The left column of the form covers the appropriate capital resources and connected requirements in MIPRU 4 for firms carrying on home finance mediation activity (save for firms carrying on home finance mediation activities exclusively in relation to second charge regulated mortgage contracts or legacy CCA mortgage contracts, or both) or insurance mediation activity relating to non-investment insurance contracts (the requirements have to be completed for all applicable categories), or both.

  2. (ii) For such a firm that is also subject to IFPRU or GENPRU and BIPRU, the requirement is the higher of the two capital resources requirements that apply (see MIPRU 4.2.5R) and is compared with the higher of the two capital resources calculations (see MIPRU 4.4.1R).

  3. (iii) For such a firm that is also subject to IPRU(INV), the requirement is as computed in IPRU-INV 13.13.3R and is compared with the higher of the two capital resources calculations (see MIPRU 4.4.1R).

  4. (iv) Firms that carry on designated investment business and are subject to the RMAR, but do not meet the definition of personal investment firm are not subject to the requirements of IPRU-INV 13. Such firms, e.g., stockbrokers that advise on retail investments as an incidental part of their business, remain subject to the financial resources requirements associated with their principal regulated activities.

Guide for completion of individual fields

Is the firm exempt from these capital resources requirements in relation to any of its retail mediation activities?

The firm should indicate here if any Handbook exemptions apply in relation to the capital resources requirements in MIPRU or IPRU-INV 13. Examples of firms that may be subject to exemptions include:

• Lloyd’s managing agents (MIPRU 4.1.11R);

• solo consolidated subsidiaries of banks or building societies;

• small credit unions (as defined in MIPRU 4.1.8R); and

investment firms not subject to IPRU-INV 13 (unless they additionally carry on home finance mediation activity or insurance mediation activity relating to non-investment insurance contracts).

Home finance and non-investment insurance mediation

Base requirement

The minimum capital requirements for firms carrying on home finance mediation activity and for insurance mediation activity relating to non-investment insurance contracts are set out in MIPRU 4.2.11R.

5% of annual income (firms holding client money)

For firms that hold client money or other client assets in relation to insurance mediation activity or home finance mediation activity, this should be calculated as 5% of the annual income (see MIPRU 4.2.11R(2)) from the firm’sinsurance mediation activity, home finance mediation activity, or both.

2.5% of annual income (firms not holding client money)

For firms that do not hold client money or other client assets in relation to insurance mediation activity or home finance mediation activity, this should be calculated as 2.5% of the annual income (see MIPRU 4.2.11R(1)) from the firm’sinsurance mediation activity, home finance mediation activity, or both.

Capital requirements (higher of above)

The higher of the base requirement and 5% of annual income (firms that hold client money or other client assets), or the higher of the base requirement and 2.5% of annual income (firms that do not hold client money or other client assets)

Other FCA capital resources requirements (if applicable)

The FCA may from time to time impose additional requirements on individual firms. If this is the case for your firm, you should enter the relevant amount here. This excludes capital resources requirements in relation to PII, which are recorded below.

If the firm carries on designated investment business as well as home finance mediation activity,

insurance mediation activity or both, requirements under IPRU(INV), IFPRU, GENPRU or BIPRU and MIPRU must be considered to determine the appropriate requirement (see general notes (i) to (iii) above). If the resulting requirement for a firm is higher than the base MIPRU requirement then you should include the difference here.

Additional capital resources requirements for PII (if applicable)

If the firm has any increased excesses on its PII policies, the total of the additional capital requirements required by the table44 in 44MIPRU 3.2.14R should be recorded here. See also section E of the RMAR.

Total capital resources requirement

Totals of lines 5, 6 and 7

Capital resources

This should be the capital resources calculated in accordance with MIPRU 4 for incorporated or unincorporated firms as applicable.

For firms that are additionally subject to IPRU(INV)

, IFPRU, GENPRU or CREDS, this should be the higher of the capital resources per MIPRU 4 and the financial resources determined by IPRU(INV) , IFPRU, GENPRU or CREDS. See MIPRU 4.4.1R.

Capital resources excess/deficit

This should show the difference between the capital resources that the firm has and its capital resources requirement.

Personal investment firm (retail investment activities only) – IPRU(INV) 13

Note: Firms that carry on retail investment activities, but no other designated investment business, are subject to this section.

Category of personal investment firm

If the firm is subject to IPRU-INV 13, it should enter here its category as defined in the Glossary, i.e., category B1 firm etc.

Capital resources requirement

The capital resources requirement should be calculated in accordance with IPRU-INV 13.13.2R to IPRU-INV 13.13.4G44.

Additional capital resources requirement for PII (if applicable)

If the firm has increased excesses or exclusions on its PII policies, the total of the additional capital resources requirements required by IPRU-INV 13.1 should be recorded here. See also Section E of the RMAR.

Other FCA capital resources requirements (if applicable)

The FCA may from time to time impose additional requirements on individual firms. If this is the case for your firm, you should enter the relevant amount here. This excludes capital resources requirements in relation to PII, which are recorded above.

A firm that has a permission to operate a personal pension will be subject to an additional capital requirement under IPRU-INV 5; this should be included here.

Total capital resources requirement

The total of lines 12, 13 and 14.

Capital resources

Capital resources should be calculated in accordance with IPRU-INV 13.15.3R.

Surplus/deficit of capital resources

This is the difference between the capital resources (line 16) and the total capital resources requirement (line 15).

Capital resources per MIPRU 4 (home finance and non-investment insurance intermediation)

Incorporated firms

Share capital

Share capital in section A which is eligible for inclusion as regulatory capital.

Reserves

These are the audited accumulated profits retained by the firm (after deduction of tax and dividends) and other reserves created by appropriations of share premiums and similar realised appropriations. Reserves also include gifts of capital, for example, from a parent undertaking.

Any reserves that have not been audited should not be included in this field unless the firm is eligible to do so under MIPRU 4.4.2R(3).

Interim net profits

Interim net profits should be verified by the firm's external auditor, net of tax or anticipated dividends and other appropriations.

Any interim net profits that have not been verified should not be included in this field unless the firm is eligible to do so under MIPRU 4.4.2R(3).

Revaluation reserves

Revaluation reserves (unrealised reserves arising from revaluation of fixed assets) can only be included here if audited.

Eligible subordinated loans

Subordinated loans should be included in capital resources on the basis of the provisions in MIPRU 4.4.7R and MIPRU 4.4.8R.

Less investments in own shares

Amounts recorded in the balance sheet as investments which are invested in the firm’s own shares should be entered here for deduction.

Less intangible assets

Any amounts recorded as intangible assets in section A above should be entered here for deduction.

Unincorporated firms and limited liability partnerships

Capital of a sole trader or partnership or LLP members' capital

See MIPRU 4.4.2R

Eligible subordinated loans

Subordinated loans should be included in capital resources on the basis of the provisions in MIPRU 4.4.7R and MIPRU 4.4.8R.

Personal assets not needed to meet non-business liabilities

MIPRU 4.4.5R and 4.4.6G allow a sole trader or partner to use personal assets to cover liabilities incurred in the firm's business unless:

(1) those assets are needed to meet other liabilities arising from:

(a) personal activities; or

(b) another business activity not regulated by the FCA; or

(2) the firm holds client money or other client assets.

This field may be left blank if the firm satisfies the capital resources requirements without relying on personal assets.

Less intangible assets

Any amounts recorded as intangible assets in Section A above should be entered here for deduction.

Less interim net losses

Interim net losses should be reported where they have not already been incorporated. The figures do not have to be audited to be included.

Less excess of drawings over profits for a sole trader or partnership or LLP

Any excess of drawings over profits should be calculated in relation to the period following the date as at which the capital resources are being calculated. The figures do not have to be audited to be included.

Capital resources per IPRU(INV) 13.15.3R

IPRU(INV) requires that all personal investment firms have financial resources of at least £20,000 at all times. This section is designed to evaluate firms’ adherence to this requirement.

The amounts entered here should be in accordance with IPRU-INV 13.15.3R.

Section E Professional indemnity insurance

[Note: Home purchase, reversion and sale and rent back activity should be included under the existing mortgage headings in this section of the RMAR]

This section requires firms to confirm that they are in compliance with the prudential requirements in relation to professional indemnity insurance (PII).

Data is required in relation to all PII policies that a firm has in place, up to a limit of ten (the system will prompt you to submit data on all applicable policies). If a firm has more than ten policies, it should report only on the ten largest policies by premium.

Note on the scope of Section E: retail investment firms that fall within the scope of these data requirements, but do not meet the definition of personal investment firm, i.e. are not subject to IPRU-INV 13, will not be subject to this section.

The PII requirements for authorised professional firms (‘APFs’) that carry on retail investment activities are set out in IPRU-INV 2.3. APFs that carry on home finance mediation activity or insurance mediation activity are subject to the full requirements of MIPRU 3.

Firms which are subject to the requirements in both IPRU(INV) and MIPRU must apply the PII rules outlined in IPRU-INV 13, not MIPRU 3.

Guide for completion of individual fields

Part 1

Does your firm hold a comparable guarantee or equivalent cover in lieu of PII, or is it otherwise exempt from holding PII in respect of any regulated activities (tick as appropriate)?

This question will establish whether a firm is exempt from the requirements and so is not required to hold PII.

The conditions for comparable guarantees and exemptions from the PII requirements for firms carrying on insurance or home finance mediation are set out in MIPRU 3.1.1R paragraphs (3) to (6).

Personal investment firms can only be exempted by individual waiver granted by the FCA (unless IPRU-INV 13.1.7R applies in respect of comparable guarantees).

If the firm is required to hold PII – i.e. is not exempt from holding PII – you should enter 'no' in the data field.

A firm is NOT exempt from holding PII if:

▪ the firm has a group policy with an insurer; or

▪ the firm has permission for the regulated business that requires PII, but does not currently carry it out; or

▪ it is a personal investment firm meeting the exemption requirements for mortgage intermediaries and insurance intermediaries in MIPRU 3.

Retail investment firms that do not meet the definition of personal investment firm are not required to complete this section of the RMAR.

If the firm does not hold a comparable guarantee or equivalent cover and is not exempt, does the firm currently hold PII?

Firms are required to take out and maintain PII at all times.

You should only enter ‘n/a’ if the firm is exempt from the PII requirements for all the regulated activities forming part of the RMAR.

Has the firm renewed its PII cover since the last reporting date?

This question will ensure that a firm does not fill in Part 2 of the PII section of the RMAR each time it reports, if the information only changes annually.

If the firm is reporting for the first time, you should enter 'yes' here and complete the data fields.

You should only enter 'n/a' if the firm is exempt from the PII requirements for all the regulated activities forming part of the RMAR.

Part 2

What activities are covered by the policy(ies)?

You should indicate which regulated activities are covered by the firm’s PII policy or policies.

If your policy excludes all business activities carried on prior to a particular date (i.e. a retroactive start date), then insert the date here, if not please insert ‘n/a’

Required terms of PII are set out for personal investment firms in IPRU-INV 13.1.5R and for home finance intermediaries and insurance intermediaries in MIPRU 3.2.4R.

Examples of a retroactive start date:

(1) A firm has a retroactive start date of 01/01/2005 on its policy if:

• A client is advised by the firm to purchase an XYZ policy on 01/03/2004 (i.e. before the retroactive start date).

• The client makes a formal complaint about the sale of XYZ policy to the firm on 01/04/2006 (i.e. while this PII cover is still in place).

• The complaint is upheld, but the firm's current PII Insurer will not pay out any redress for this claim as the transaction took place before 01/01/2005, the retroactive start date in the policy.

Insert '01/01/05' for this question on the RMAR.

(2) A firm does not have a retroactive start date if:

▪ A client is advised by the firm to purchase an XYZ policy on 01/03/2006.

▪ The client makes a formal complaint about the sale of XYZ policy to the firm on 01/04/2006 (i.e. while this PII cover is still in place).

▪ The complaint is upheld, but the firm's current PII Insurer will pay out any redress owed by the firm to the client over any prescribed excess, and to the limit of indemnity provided for. There is no date in the policy before which any business transacted may not give rise to a valid claim.

Insert 'n/a' for this question on the RMAR.

Annual premium

This should be the annual premium that is paid by the firm, net of tax and any other add-ons.

Limit of indemnity

You should record here the indemnity limits on the firm's PII policy or policies, both in relation to single claims and in aggregate.

Those firms subject to the Mortgage Credit Directive (MCD) (see MIPRU 3.2.9AR) or the Insurance Mediation Directive (IMD) requirements should state their limit in Euros; those that are not subject to the MCD or IMD should select 'Sterling' from the drop- down list.

Insurance intermediaries, see MIPRU 3.2.7R and select either 'Euros' or 'Sterling' as applicable. Home finance intermediaries that are not MCD credit intermediaries should state their limit in Sterling (see MIPRU 3.2.9R).

For personal investment firms, see IPRU-INV 13.1.9R and 13.1.13R and select either 'Euros' or 'Sterling' as applicable.

If the firm is subject to more than one of the above limits (because of the scope of its regulated activities) and has one PII policy for all of its regulated activities, the different limits should be reflected in the policy documentation. If there is more than one limit, only the highest needs to be recorded in this field.

Policy excess

For insurance intermediaries and home finance intermediaries, see MIPRU 3.2.10-14R

For personal investment firms, see IPRU-INV 13.1.25R.

Increased excess(es) for specific business types (only in relation to business you have undertaken in the past or will undertake during the period covered by the policy)

If the prescribed excess limit is exceeded for a type or types of business, the type(s) of business to which the increased excess applies and the amount(s) of the increased excess should be stated here.

(Some typical business types include pensions, endowments, FCAVCs, splits/zeroes, precipice bonds, income drawdown, lifetime mortgages, discretionary management.)

Policy exclusion(s) (only in relation to exclusions you have had in the or will have during the period covered by the policy)

If there are any exclusions in the firm's PII policy which relate to any types of businesses or activities that the firm has carried out either in the past or during the lifetime of the policy, enter the business type(s) to which the exclusions relate here.

(Some typical business types include pensions, endowments, FCAVCs, splits/zeroes, precipice bonds, income drawdown, lifetime mortgages, discretionary management.)

Start Date

The date the current cover began.

End Date

The date the current cover expires.

Insurer name (please select from the drop-down list)

The firm should select the name of the insurance undertaking or Lloyd's syndicate providing cover. If the PII provider is not listed you should select ‘other’ and enter the name of the insurance undertaking or Lloyd’s syndicate providing cover in the free-text box.

If a policy is underwritten by more than one insurance undertaking or Lloyd's syndicate, you should select

'multiple’ and state the names of all the insurance undertakings or Lloyd's syndicates in the free-text box.

Annual income as stated on the most recent proposal form

This should be the income as stated on the firm's most recent PII proposal form. For a personal investment firm, this is relevant income arising from all of the firm's activities for the last accounting year before the policy began or was renewed (IPRU-INV 13.1.8R). For insurance intermediaries and home finance intermediaries this is the annual income given in the firm's most recent annual financial statement from the relevant regulated activity or activities (MIPRU 4.3.1R to MIPRU 4.3.3R).

Amount of additional capital required for increased excess(es) (where applicable, total amount for all PII policies)

This should be calculated using the tables in IPRU-INV 13.1.19R44 or MIPRU 3.2.14R44 as applicable. The total of additional capital (i.e. in relation to all of the firm's PII policies) should have been reported under 'additional capital requirements for PII' and/or 'additional own funds for PII' in Section D.

Amount of additional own funds required for policy exclusion(s)

Personal investment firms only – this should be calculated in line with IPRU-INV 13.1.23R. The total of additional capital resources (i.e. in relation to all of the firm's PII policies) should have been reported under 'additional capital requirements for PII' and/or 'additional capital resources for PII' in section D.

Total of additional own funds required

Personal investment firms only – this is the same figure as in section D, representing the total of additional capital resources required under IPRU-INV 13.1.23R to 13.1.27R for all of the firm's PII policies.

Section F Threshold conditions

Close links

This section relates to threshold condition 3. Firms should consult COND 2.3, as well as Chapter 11 of the Supervision Manual (‘SUP’).

Sole traders, firms which have permission to carry on retail investment activities only, firms with permission only to advise on P2P agreements (unless that activity is carried on exclusively with or for professional clients) or firms which have permission to carry on only one, or only both of:

  1. (a) insurance mediation activity: or

  2. (b) home finance activity;

and are not subject to the requirements of SUP 16.4 or SUP 16.5 (requirement to submit annual controllers report; or annual close links reports), will submit these reports in RMAR section F instead.

Controllers

In very broad terms, so far as those required to fill in this part of the return are concerned, the Handbook requires notification of changes in a firm’scontrollers as follows.

A UK domestic firm other than a UK insurance intermediary must notify the FCA of any of the following events concerning the firm:

  1. (1) a person acquiring control or ceasing to have control;

  2. (2) an existing controller acquiring an additional kind of control or ceasing to have a kind of control;

  3. (3) an existing controller increasing or decreasing a kind of control which he already has so that the percentage of shares or voting power concerned becomes or ceases to be equal to or greater than 20%, 30% or 50%;

  4. (4) an existing controller becoming or ceasing to be a parent undertaking.

An overseas firm must notify the FCA of any of the following events concerning the firm:

  1. (1) a person acquiring control or ceasing to have control;

  2. (2) an existing controller becoming or ceasing to be a parent undertaking.

A UK insurance intermediary must notify the FCA of any of the following events concerning the firm:

  1. (1) a person acquiring control;

  2. (2) a controller:

    1. (a) decreasing the percentage of shares held in the firm from 20% or more to less than 20%; or

    2. (b) decreasing the percentage of shares held in a parent undertaking of the firm from 20% or more to less than 20%; or

    3. (c) decreasing the percentage of voting power which it is entitled to exercise, or control the exercise of, in the firm from 20% or more to less than 20%; or

    4. (d) decreasing the percentage of voting power which it is entitled to exercise, or control the exercise of, in a parent undertaking of the firm from 20% or more to less than 20%;

  3. (3) an existing controller becoming or ceasing to be a parent undertaking.

A summary of these notification requirements is provided in Annex 1G of SUP 11.

This section of the return replaces the annual controllers reporting requirement in SUP 16.4.5R, which does not now apply to those firms subject only to the RMAR for the purposes of regulatory reporting. Moreover, the exemptions for certain other firms from the existing reporting requirement in SUP 16.4.1G are retained.

Guide for completion of individual fields

Close links

Has there been a notifiable change to the firm's close links?

See SUP 11.9. All firms should have notified the FCA immediately if they have become aware that they have become or ceased to be closely linked with another person. If there have been any changes in close links that have not been notified to the FCA, you should do this now. For detailed guidance on what constitutes a close link, see COND 2.3.

If yes, has the FCA been notified of it?

See SUP 11.9. All firms should have notified the FCA immediately if they have become aware that they have become or ceased to be closely linked with another person. If there have been any changes in close links that have not been notified to the FCA, you should do this now. For detailed guidance on what constitutes a close link, see COND 2.3.

Controllers

Has there been a notifiable change to the firm's controllers including changes to the percentage of shares or voting power they hold in your firm?

See SUP 11.4. If there have been any changes in controllers that have not been notified to the FCA, you should do this by means of your usual supervisory channels.

If yes, has the FCA been notified of it?

See SUP 11.4. If there have been any changes in controllers that have not been notified to the FCA, you should do this by means of your usual supervisory channels.

Section G Training and competence

[Note: Home purchase, reversion and regulated sale and rent back activity should be included under the ‘advising on mortgages’ heading39 in this section of the RMAR]

Principle 3 of the Principles for Businesses requires firms to take reasonable care to organise and control their affairs responsibly and effectively, with adequate risk management systems. This includes making proper arrangements for individuals associated with a regulated activity carried on by a firm to achieve and maintain competence.

We will use the data we collect in this section to assess the nature of firms’ compliance with training and competence requirements. It will also establish the extent and nature of firms' business, and thereby assess the potential risks posed by firms' business activities.

Firms that have appointed representatives (‘ARs’) should note that the information submitted in this section should include its ARs as well as the firm itself.

Section G: guide for completion of individual fields 39

39

General information 39

3917

Did the firm do any of the following activities during the reporting period?

Indicate whether the firm undertook any of the stated activities by selecting “Y” or “N” for each of the columns.

391

Total number of employees at the firm as at the end of the reporting period

This should be the total number of employees that worked for the firm as at the end of the reporting period.

Therefore, employees that may have worked for the firm during the period but were not employed as at the end date should not be included.

Of which:

392

Number of employees that give advice in each area

‘Advice’ is given where the sale of a product is based on a recommendation given to the customer on the merits of a particular product.

If employees advise in relation to more than one business type advising on mortgages, advising on non-investment insurance, advising on retail investment products or advising on second (and subsequent) charge mortgages), they should be counted in each applicable field.

Note: in relation to advising on non-investment insurance, this total should not include employees that do not advise retail customers.

Each area should be considered to refer to the four business types in the form.

39 26

Number of individual advisers employed by the firm

The total should be the actual number of individual advisers employed by the firm, regardless of whether they advise in one or more areas.

393

Number of employees that give advice (FTE)

This should be the same data as above, but expressed in ‘full time equivalent’ terms.

E.g. if the firm has 20 part time employees that work 50% of normal hours, the figure would be 10.

39 4

Number of employees that supervise others to give advice in each area

Note the requirements in the Training & Competence Sourcebook (TC 2.1.2R, TC 2.1.3G, TC 2.1.4G and TC 2.1.5R) for employees to be appropriately supervised, and also the competencies that are required for those who supervise others.

If any of these employees carries out supervisory activities in relation to more than one business type, they should be counted in each applicable field.

Each area should be considered to refer to the four business types in the form.

39 27

Number of individual employees with supervisory responsibilities

The total should be the actual number of individual supervisors at the firm, regardless of whether they supervise in one or more areas.

39 5

Number of advisers assessed as competent by the firm in each area

This is a subset of the ‘number of employees that give advice in each area’ above.

See TC Appendix 1.1R for the detailed training & competence requirements relating to individual activities.

If employees are competent in relation to more than one business type, they should be counted in each applicable field.

Each area should be considered to refer to the four business types in the form.

39 30

Number of advisers assessed as competent in one or more areas

The total should be the actual number of individuals assessed by the firm as competent in one or more of the four business types specified in columns A-C and E.

39 18

Number of fully qualified advisers

The total number of advisers holding appropriate qualifications to carry on activities 2, 3, 4, 6, 12 and 13 in TC Appendix 1.1.1 R (other than in relation to a Holloway sickness policy where the Holloway policy special application conditions are met).

39 19

Number of advisers holding a valid Statement of Professional Standing (SPS)

The total number of retail investment advisers holding a valid SPS from an accredited body.

39 6

Number of advisers that hold an appropriate qualification in each area

This is a subset of the ‘number of employees that give advice in each area’ above.

In the case of certain activities, TC 2 imposes requirements on firms in relation to their employees and passing examinations.

The relevant activities to which TC applies and require employees to obtain appropriate qualifications can be found in TC Appendix 1. Then appropriate qualifications for these activities can be found in TC Appendix 4E.

If advisers have appropriate qualifications in relation to more than one business type, they should be counted in each applicable field.

Each area should be considered to refer to the four business types in the form.

39 29

Number of individual advisers holding at least one appropriate qualification

The total should be the actual number of individuals holding at least one appropriate qualification for advising on mortgages, acting as a retail investment adviser, or advising on second (and subsequent) charge mortgages.

39 25

Number of employees that left the firm during the reporting period

The total should be the actual number of employees whose last day of employment fell within the reporting period.

39 7

Number of advisers that left the firm during the reporting period

This is the total number of advisory employees whose last day of employment fell within the reporting period.

If any of these advisers used to carry out advisory activities in relation to more than one business type, they should be counted in each applicable field.

39 28

Number of individual advisers that left the firm during the reporting period.

The total should be the actual number of individual advisers whose last day of employment fell within the reporting period.

Non-investment insurance (retail customers) 39

39 20

Which types of non-investment insurance advice were provided by the firm in the reporting period?

For each type of advice, the firm should indicate whether or not advice has been provided on that basis / business type.

Fair Analysis of the Market

If an insurance intermediary informs a customer that it gives advice on the basis of a fair analysis of the market, it must give that advice on the basis of an analysis of a sufficiently large number of contracts of insurance available on the market to enable it to make a recommendation, in accordance with professional criteria, regarding which contract of insurance would be adequate to meet the customer's needs. (See ICOBS 5.3.3R, ICOBS 4.1.6R and ICOBS 4.1.8G).

Restricted – Multi-tie

A firm provides advice on products selected from a limited number of provider firms.

Restricted – Single-tie

A firm provides advice on products selected from one provider firm only.

Mortgages (and second and subsequent charge mortgages) 39

39 21 and 22

Which types of mortgage advice were provided by the firm in the reporting period?

What types of second (and subsequent) charge mortgage advice were provided by the firm in the reporting period?

For each type of advice, the firm should indicate whether or not advice has been provided on that basis / business type.

42

Firms should refer to MCOB 4.4A when answering these questions. 42

Retail Investment Advice39

39 23

Which types of retail investment advice were provided by the firm in the reporting period?

Independent

For a retail investment firm to provide independent advice

its personal recommendations must be based on a comprehensive and fair analysis of the relevant market, and be unbiased and unrestricted (COBS 6.2A.3R).

Restricted

A retail investment firm provides restricted advice if:

(a) it makes personal recommendations to retail clients in relation to retail investment products which are not independent advice; or

(b) it provides basic advice.

39

39

39

Clawed back commission (retail investment firms only)

Commission is typically paid to advisers in two main ways:

  1. (1) non-indemnity commission – this is where payments from providers/lenders to advisers are non-refundable should the policy lapse, cancel or be surrendered.

  2. (2) indemnity commission – this is colloquially known as 'up-front' commission and describes the situation where a provider would pay an adviser an amount of money based on a percentage of the first year's premiums for a regular premium contract. This sum is paid immediately on commencement, on the assumption that the policy will stay in force for a number of months/years ('the earnings period'). Should the customer stop paying premiums within the 'earnings period' (generally between 24 and 48 months), then the provider would ask the adviser to repay the 'unearned' commission. This is known as 'clawback'.

  3. Clawed back commission (retail investment firms only)

    39 13

    Clawed back commission by number:

    Number of policies where cancellations have led to commissions being clawed back during the reporting period.

    39 14

    Clawed back commission by value:

    Total value of clawed back commission during the period.

Sub heading: Professional standards data39

39 Professional Standards Data

24

Please provide the following information for each of the retail investment advisers employed by the firm as at the end of the reporting period:

Adviser ID

Surname

Forename

Individual Reference Number (IRN)

Please enter the adviser’s IRN if they have one.

If the adviser has an IRN, no further ID details are required and the firm should move on to complete the ‘adviser qualification’ questions.

NI Number, Date of Birth, Passport Number, Nationality

If an adviser does not have an IRN, the firm should enter both a National Insurance (NI) number and Date of Birth for unique identification or, if they do not have an NI number, Date of Birth, current Passport Number and Nationality. Nationality refers to the country issuing the passport from which the number is provided. For example, the nationality of a person in possession of a British passport issued by HM Passport Office is “British”.

This information should only be provided in the appropriate combinations; completing only NI number and Nationality, for instance, would not be acceptable.

Adviser Qualification

Part Qualified, Fully Qualified

For each retail investment adviser, the firm should indicate whether the adviser is part or fully qualified by selecting “Y” or “N” from the dropdown menu46.

Accredited Body

The firm should, in respect of each competent retail investment adviser, indicate the accredited body from which the Statement of Professional Standing (SPS) was obtained. Where the retail investment adviser has attained each module of an appropriate qualification (fully qualified for reporting purposes), but has not yet been assessed as competent to carry on the activities of a retail investment adviser, then ‘No SPS’ should be selected from the dropdown menu.46

Activity Start Date

For each retail investment adviser, other than those who have attained each module of an appropriate qualification,46 the firm should provide the date at which the employee first began to carry on the activity of a retail investment adviser, even if this was for a different firm.46

SPS Start Date

For each competent46retail investment adviser, provide the date of issue for their46 current SPS. Where the retail investment adviser has attained each module of an appropriate qualification but has not yet been assessed competent to carry on the activities of a retail investment adviser,46 this field is not required.

Section H Conduct of business (‘COBS’) Data

In this section we are seeking data from firms in relation to general conduct of business and monitoring of appointed representatives.

We will use the data collected in this section to establish the extent and nature of firms’ business, and thereby assess the potential risks posed by firms’ business activities.

Firms that have appointed representatives (‘ARs’) should note that the information submitted in this section should take account of the business generated by its ARs as well as the firm itself.

General COBS data

In this sub-section we are requesting general information on the firm’s conduct of business.

Monitoring of appointed representatives

An appointed representative (‘AR’) is a person (other than an authorised person) who:

  1. (1) is a party to a contract with an authorised person who:

    1. (a) permits or requires him to carry on business of a description prescribed in the Appointed Representatives Regulations; and

    2. (b) complies with such requirements as are prescribed in those Regulations; and

  2. (2) is someone for whose activities in carrying on the whole or part of that business his principal has accepted responsibility in writing; and who is therefore an exempt person in relation to any regulated activity comprised in the carrying on of that business for which his principal has accepted responsibility.

A firm has significant responsibilities in relation to an AR that it has appointed, which are set out in detail in SUP 12. In summary, the firm is responsible, to the same extent as if it had expressly permitted it, for anything the appointed representative does or omits to do, in carrying on the business for which the firm has accepted responsibility.

Before a firm appoints a person as an appointed representative, and afterwards on a continuing basis, it should take reasonable care to ensure that:

  1. (1) the appointment does not prevent the firm from satisfying and continuing to satisfy the threshold conditions;

  2. (2) the person:

    1. (a) is solvent;

    2. (b) is suitable to act for the firm in that capacity; and

    3. (c) has no close links which would be likely to prevent the effective supervision of the person by the firm; and

  3. (3) the firm has adequate:

    1. (a) controls over the person’sregulated activities for which the firm has responsibility (see SYSC 3.1); and

    2. (b) resources to monitor and enforce compliance by the person with the relevant requirements applying to the regulated activities for which the firm is responsible and with which the person is required to comply under its contract with the firm. Accordingly, firms are required to monitor and oversee the activities of their ARs. It is the firm’s responsibility to be able to demonstrate that it has adequate procedures and resources in place to monitor these activities.

By collecting the high level data required in this sub-section, we will be able to gain an understanding of the methods that firms are employing to remain in compliance with the monitoring requirements. This will be used to inform thematic and/or firm- specific work in this area.

Guide for completion of individual fields

General COBS data

Do regulated activities form the core business of the firm?

‘Core business’ for these purposes is the activity from which the largest percentage of the firm’s gross income is derived.

Note for an authorised professional firm (‘APF’) specifying that its core business is ‘professional services’: if the firm’s income from regulated activities is 50% or more of its total income (disregarding a temporary variation of not more than 5% over the preceding year’s figure), then it should have regard to IPRU-INV 2.1.2R (4) and give notification to the FCA.

If not, specify type of core business

The firm should specify its core business from the drop-down list.

You should select Other if none of the categories is applicable to the firm’s business, e.g. loss assessor, professional services provided by an APF.

Monitoring of Appointed Representatives (‘ARs’)

Number of ARs registered with the firm as at the end of the reporting period

Total number of ARs for which the firm has regulatory responsibility, as at the end of the reporting period.

Of which, number of ‘secondary’ ARs as at the end of the reporting period

An AR is a secondary AR if:

• the activities for which it is exempt are limited to insurance mediation activities only; and

• its principal purpose is to carry on activities other than insurance mediation activities.

Of which, number of introducer ARs as at the end of the reporting period

See Glossary definition

Number of advisers within ARs as at the end of the reporting period

This should be the total of advisory staff across all of the firm’sappointed representatives. Advisory staff are those that advise customers on the merits of purchasing a particular product.

By definition this total will not include staff at introducer ARs.

Does the firm have appropriate systems and procedures in place to ensure that the activities of its ARs are effectively monitored and controlled?

A summary of the firm’s responsibilities under SUP 12 is set out under the sub-heading “monitoring of appointed representatives” above.

The firm should be able to demonstrate that it has been in compliance with the requirements in SUP 12 throughout the reporting period.

Number of ARs that have been subject to monitoring visits by the firm during the reporting period.

This is one of the ways in which firms with ARs may fulfil their responsibilities under SUP 12.

Number of ARs that have been subject to file reviews by the firm during the reporting period.

This is one of the ways in which firms with ARs may fulfil their responsibilities under SUP 12.

Number of ARs that have been subject to financial checks by the firm during the reporting period.

This is one of the ways in which firms with ARs may fulfil their responsibilities under SUP 12.

Has any other monitoring of ARs by the firm taken place?

If the firm uses other methods to fulfil its monitoring responsibilities under SUP 12, you should state ‘yes’ here.

Section I Supplementary product sales data

Most of the product sales data (‘PSD’) required by the FCA is collected quarterly from product providers. However, this process does not include all types of non-investment insurance contract, and also leaves other gaps in data on sales, which we aim to fill by means of the data collected in this section.

We use this data in conjunction with PSD to identify market trends and thus inform our thematic supervision work. In addition to this, we may use the combined sales data to form a view about the state of affairs of individual firms, which may inform supervisory or other action.

Firms that have appointed representatives (‘ARs’) should note that the information submitted in this section should also take account of the business of its ARs as well as the firm itself.

(i) Non-investment insurance product information

In this section firms are asked for aggregate data on their advising and arranging activities (for non-investment insurance contracts with retail customers). The information required is an indication of the product types in which the firm has been active during the reporting period, and a further indication of how significant this activity is (i.e. whether it forms more than 40% by premium of all of the firm’s retail non-investment insurance activities).

This information enables us to ascertain the importance of each product type to the firm and to target thematic work in this area.

Total non-investment insurance premium derived from retail customers (annualised)

Regular policy premiums received for a policy should be reported only once as an annualised figure in the return for the period that covers the date of the sale. There is then no need to report in subsequent returns. An annualised figure is also required if a policy premium is paid in one single payment.

(ii) non-investment insurance chains

It is common practice in the non-investment insurance market for some firms to pass their business to another intermediary rather than directly to the product provider, forming a ‘chain’. Product Sales Data only identifies the firm that has submitted the business to the product provider, although this may not necessarily be the intermediary that originated the sale. This section captures data on sales that form part of chains. Collecting information on gross and net brokerage (as outlined in Sub-section B1 above) gives us some information about the extent to which a firm is part of a chain, and to supplement this, we are requesting the following data in this section:

  1. (1) whether transactions in the listed product types have been passed up a chain;

  2. (2) whether this business is significant. ‘Significant’, in this context, is where the premium collected in relation to business forming part of a chain amounts to (a) more than 40% of premium collected for all non-investment insurance business, or (b) more than 40% of premium collected for all retail business in a particular product; and

  3. (3) whether, in relation to this business, the firm has dealt directly with the customer during the reporting period (i.e. has been the first intermediary in the chain).

[Note: Lloyd’s brokers are exempt from the reporting requirement in this section]

Guide for completion of individual fields

(i) non-investment insurance contracts – product information

Please indicate in column A each product type where the firm has advised or arranged transactions for retail customers during the reporting period

You should indicate in column A for each relevant product.

Please indicate in column B where the firm’s business for retail customers in the product type formed more than 40% by premium of all of its non-investment insurance activities.

You should indicate in column B for each relevant product, based on an estimate of the percentage of business. If you think the product might account for more than 40% of business but are not sure, you should indicate that it does.

(ii) non-investment insurance chains

Total non-investment insurance premium derived from retail customers

You should state here the total of premiums payable by Retail customers during the reporting period in relation to non- investment insurance products.

Of this business, please indicate in column D where this business is significant (see notes above)

If this business is significant (see definition above) for one or more product types, this should be indicated in column D.

Product types:

The product types in this table are defined in the Interim Prudential sourcebook for insurers (‘IPRU(INS)’).

Section J Data required for calculation of fees

[Note: Home purchase, reversion and regulated sale and rent back activity should be included under the home finance headings in this section of the RMAR]

This information is required so that we can calculate the fees payable by firms in respect of the FCA, FOS and the FSCS.

Data for fees calculations

Firms will need to report data for the purpose of calculating FCA, FOS and FSCS levies.

FCA

The relevant information required is the tariff data set out in FEES 4 Annex 1AR Part 3 under fee-blocks A.13, A.18 and A.19. Note that firms are required to report tariff data information relating to all business falling within fee blocks A.13/A.18/A.19 and not simply that relating to retail investments.

FOS

The relevant information required is the tariff data set out in FEES 5 Annex 1R industry blocks 8, 9, 16 and 17. Note that firms are required to report tariff data information relating to all business falling within industry blocks 8/9, 16 and 17.

FSCS

The relevant information required is the tariff data set out in classes B2, C2, D2, and E2, FEES 6 Annex 3R. Note that firms are required to report tariff data information relating to all business falling within classes B2, C2, D2 and E2, FEES 6 Annex 3R.

Personal investment firms and firms whose regulated activities are limited to one or more of: insurance mediation activity, home finance mediation activity, or retail investment activity, are required to complete section J of the RMAR.

Firms which do not yet have data for a full 12 months ending on their accounting reference date (for example if they have not traded for a complete financial year by the time of the accounting reference date) should complete Section J with an 'annualised' figure based on the actual income up to their accounting reference date. That is, such firms should pro-rate the actual figure as if the firm had been trading for 12 months up to the accounting reference date. So for a firm with 2 months of actual income of £5000 as at its accounting reference date, the 'annualised' figure that the firm should report is £30,000.

The guidance in the following table sets out the rules which related to the data required in Section J of SUP 16 Annex 18AR.

FCA Annual Regulated Income (£s)

FOS Relevant Annual Income (£s)

Home finance Mediation

FEES 4 Annex 11AR , 13G

FEES 5 Annex 1R industry block 16

Non-investment insurance mediation

FEES 4 Annex 11AR , 13G

FEES 5 Annex 1R industry block 17

Life and pensions mediation

FEES 4 Annex 11AR , 13G

FEES 5 Annex 1R industry block 8, 9

Investment mediation

FEES 4 Annex 11AR , 13G

FEES 5 Annex 1R industry block 8, 9

Section K Adviser charges

In this section we are seeking data from firms about adviser charges in respect of a firm providing a personal recommendation to a retail client on a retail investment product (COBS 6.1A and COBS 6.1B). We will use the data we collect to monitor and analyse the way these firms comply with the rules on adviser charges.

For the purposes of this guidance on section K and the field labels used on the data collection form, it has been assumed that the form will be completed on the default accruals basis set out in paragraph 15 in the accounting principles section of this Annex. Where a firm elects to report on a cash basis, in accordance with paragraph 15A in the accounting principles section of this Annex, references to the amount due within the reporting period should be read to mean the amount received within the reporting period.

The data in this section should only relate to the provision of a personal recommendation by the firm to a retail client for a retail investment product (or any related service provided by the firm).

Firms that have appointed representatives (‘ARs’) should include data from their ARs in the information submitted in this section.

Where firms are required to report data to two decimal places, firms should round the data to two decimal places (using a 5 in the third decimal place to round up) rather than report the data on a truncated basis. For example, two-thirds (2/3) should be reported as 0.67.

If a firm exclusively provides independent advice or restricted advice, the sections of the form not relevant to the firm should be left blank. This is illustrated in example 1.

Example 1 – Completing the form where the firm only provides either independent advice or restricted advice

A firm that exclusively provides independent advice would need to complete sections 1, 3 and 4 (columns A, B and E), leaving section 2 and columns C and D of section 4 blank.

A firm that exclusively provides restricted advice would need to complete sections 2, 3 and 4 (columns C, D and E), leaving section 1 and columns A and B of section 4 blank.

A firm providing both independent and restricted advice would need to complete sections 1 to 4 as appropriate.

Any revenue reported should be exclusive of VAT levied on the retail client (if applicable).

The way retail clients pay an adviser charge (columns A and B for rows 2 to 5 and 7 to 10)

Firms are required to provide a breakdown of the data provided in rows 2 to 5 and 7 to 10 based on the way in which a retail client pays their adviser charge.

Column A should include data on the adviser charges that are paid directly by the retail client. This would include, for example, where the retail client paid the firm directly through a cheque or bank transfer or where a payment was made on behalf of the retail client by the retail client’s lawyer.

Where the adviser charge is facilitated by a retail investment product provider or platform service provider, this should be reported in column B.

Guide for completion of individual fields

In row 1, firms should select one of ‘Independent/Restricted/Both/Did not provide advice42’ to indicate the type(s) of advice provided by the firm. Firms providing independent advice only should then complete sections 1, 3 and 4. Firms providing restricted advice only should then complete sections 2, 3 and 4. Firms providing both independent advice and restricted advice should complete all four sections. Firms that did not provide advice during the reporting period should select ‘Did not provide advice’ and complete the accounting basis question. Other sections should be left blank.42

Retail investment product revenue from adviser charges (rows 2, 3, 7 and 8)

Revenue from all initial adviser charges including initial, one-off and ad hoc adviser charges (rows 2 and 7)

Firms should report the total revenue from distinct one-off advice services, being those services that are not covered by an ongoing adviser charge, as at the end of the reporting period. This would include, for example, revenue from initial, one-off and ad hoc adviser charges, irrespective of whether the charge is paid as a single payment or through regular instalments.

Where an initial adviser charge is paid through regular instalments, which is only permitted in limited cases (as set out in COBS 6.1A.22R), only the amounts due within the reporting period should be reported. This is illustrated in example 2.

Example 2 - Reporting revenue from initial adviser charges payable in instalments

A firm giving independent advice provides advice to a retail client about a retail investment product where regular contributions are being made and there is a £600 initial adviser charge payable in two equal amounts – now and in 12 months’ time. Firms should report £300 in row 2, as this is the amount due from that retail client within the reporting period. The remaining £300 of the total adviser charge payable would be reported for a future reporting period when it is due from the retail client.

Revenue from ongoing adviser charges (rows 3 and 8)

Firms should report the total revenue due within the reporting period for adviser charges for ongoing services which are not initial charges.

Where a firm has an agreement to provide both initial and ongoing advice, the revenue for the initial and ongoing advice services should be reported separately in rows 2 and 3 respectively for independent advice, and 7 and 8 for restricted advice.

Where a firm charges a retail client a fee for advice on a retail investment product and a pure protection contract or mortgage, firms should only report the adviser charge that relates to the retail investment product. This is illustrated in example 3.

Example 3 – Advice in relation to a retail investment product and non-investment product

A firm giving independent advice charges a retail client £1,000 for initial advice in relation to both a retail investment product and a pure protection contract. Firms should only report the adviser charge for the investment advice. In this case, the firm’s charging structure quotes the cost of this investment advice as £600; therefore, £600 should be reported in row 2.

If a firm makes a management charge which covers adviser charges and charges for services that do not relate to a personal recommendation on retail investment products, then it should report the full amount of the management charge received. Firms should not differentiate between the amounts relevant to the different services. For example, if a firm makes a management charge for a non-discretionary management service that predominantly relates to advice on stocks and shares, but provides personal recommendations on retail investment products as part of this service, then it should report the whole of this charge.

If the adviser charge is partially paid directly by the retail client and partially facilitated by a retail investment product provider, the proportion of the adviser charge paid through each method should be reported separately on the form in the relevant columns. This is illustrated in example 4.

Example 4 – Reporting adviser charges that are paid by retail clients from more than one source

A retail client agrees to pay £1,000 for initial advice provided by a firm giving independent advice for a single contribution investment. The retail client pays £600 directly from their bank account, with £400 facilitated by a platform service provider. The form would be completed as follows:

Types of advice provided

A

1

Indicate the type(s) of advice provided by the firm

Independent

Section 1 – Independent advice

A

B

Adviser charges paid direct by retail clients

Adviser charges facilitated by product providers or platform service providers

Retail investment products revenue from adviser charges (monetary amount)

2

Revenue from all initial adviser charges including initial, one-off and ad hoc adviser charges

£600

£400

3

Revenue from ongoing adviser charges

Payments of initial adviser charges (number)

4

Aggregate number of initial adviser charges payable as lump-sum payments due from retail clients within the reporting period

0.60

0.40

5

Aggregate sum of the proportion of initial adviser charges, payable through regular instalments, due from retail clients within the reporting period

Please note: for the purpose of this example, rows 4 to 5 are also completed.

If a firm offsets the adviser charge due from the retail client with trail commission received from an investment product provider for investments held by that retail client before 31 December 2012, firms should report the total adviser charge that is agreed with the retail client. This is illustrated in example 5. The conditions under which a firm may receive such commission are set out in COBS 6.1A.4AR and there is further guidance at COBS 6.1A.4AAG.

Example 5 – Commission offset against an adviser charge

A firm giving independent advice enters into an agreement to provide a retail client with ongoing advice. The firm charges the retail client £500 for this ongoing advice, but receives £200 in trail commission for existing investments held by the retail client. This trail commission is used to reduce the actual amount due from the retail client to £300. Firms should report the full £500 adviser charge in row 3, as this is the total adviser charge agreed with the retail client.

Payments of initial adviser charges (rows 4, 5, 9 and 10)

The data reported in this section of the form relates to the number of initial advice services provided within the reporting period, as at the end of the reporting period. This would include the number of services for which there are initial, one-off and ad hoc adviser charges. The data provided should be reported to two decimal places.

Aggregate number of initial adviser charges payable as lump sum payments due from retail clients within the reporting period (rows 4 and 9)

Firms should report the total number of initial adviser services provided where the adviser charge is payable as a single payment and due from retail clients in the reporting period, i.e. the retail client pays the entire initial adviser charge in one payment. Data reported in this section should be broken down by the way the adviser charge is paid. Where an individual retail client pays the initial adviser charge through more than one source, the proportion of the total payment made by that individual retail client should be identified and reported as a fraction to two decimal places in the applicable columns, as in example 4 above.

If an initial adviser charge is not paid in full, it should be recorded under row 5 where independent advice is provided or row 10 where restricted advice is given.

Aggregate sum of the proportion of initial adviser charges, payable through regular instalments, due from retail clients within the reporting period (rows 5 and 10)

An initial adviser charge may be structured to be payable over a period of time when it relates to a retail investment product for which an instruction from the retail client for regular payments is in place and the firm has disclosed that no ongoing personal recommendations or service will be provided (COBS 6.1A.22R(2)).

Firms should calculate the proportion of initial adviser charges, payable through regular instalments, that were due from each retail client within the reporting period. Each instalment due within the reporting period should be captured by the firm as a fraction expressed as a decimal, to two decimal places, representing the amount paid off as a proportion of the amount owed. The sum of these proportions should be reported in the appropriate data field (row 5 for independent advice and row 10 for restricted advice) to two decimal places.

Data reported in this section should be broken down by the way the adviser charge is paid. Where the retail client pays an initial adviser charge through more than one source, the proportion of the charge paid through each source should be identified and reported in the applicable column.

Data for rows 5 and 10 can be calculated either using (1) the length of the repayment period, if these instalments are of equal value or (2) the amount paid. These two methods are outlined below (both methods should arrive at the same answer).

(1) For each retail client calculate the number of months in the reporting period in which equal instalments are made divided by the total number of months in which payments are due to be made. Report the sum of the proportions based on payment mechanism and type of advice in the appropriate field.

(2) For each instalment calculate the amount paid divided by the total amount due. Report the sum of the proportions based on payment mechanism and type of advice in the appropriate field.

This is illustrated in examples 6 and 7.

Example 6 – Reporting the number of initial adviser charges invoiced as regular payments

An firm giving independent advice provides advice to retail client A about an investment where regular contributions are being made and a £600 initial adviser charge is payable in two equal amounts – now and in 12 months’ time. Firms should report 0.50 in row 5 for retail client A, as half the total initial adviser charge was payable within the reporting period. 0.50 would also be reported in a future reporting period, when the remaining adviser charge is due from retail client A.

The same firm provides advice to another retail client B about an investment where regular contributions are being made. A £900 initial adviser charge, payable in three equal instalments over the next three reporting periods, is agreed. 0.33 would be reported in row 5 for retail client B, as one-third of the total initial adviser charge is payable as at the end of the reporting period.

Reflecting the agreements with retail clients A and B, the form would be completed as follows:

SUP_16_ann_18B_01.pdf

SUP_16_ann_18B_02.pdf

Number of one-off advice services (rows 6 and 11)

Total number of initial advice services, including initial, one-off and ad hoc advice services, provided within the reporting period (rows 6 and 11)

Firms should report the total number of distinct, chargeable one-off advice services provided to retail clients during the reporting period. This includes any advice given that was not funded through an ongoing adviser charge, which could include, for example, initial, one-off and ad hoc advice services for which there is a corresponding initial adviser charge.

Rows 6 and 11 measure the number of one-off advice services provided to retail clients in the reporting period. Where the same retail client received more than one such advice service, such as an initial advice service and a separate ad hoc advice service that was funded through a separate adviser charge, this should be reported as two one-off advice services.

Any advice agreements that were cancelled, with no initial adviser charge being paid, or where any initial charge paid was returned to the retail client, should not be reported. However, any initial advice services where the retail client paid an adviser charge to the adviser, even if the retail client did not act on the recommendations of that adviser, should be reported.

To illustrate the difference between data reported by an independent advice firm in row 6 and that previously provided in rows 4 and 5 (or where restricted advice has been provided, the difference between the data reported in row 11 and that previously provided in rows 9 and 10) please see example 8.

SUP_16_ann_18B_03.pdf

To extend this example into the next reporting period (rp2):

• Assume the same firm provided an initial advice service to four retail clients in the reporting period rp2 but did not provide any ad hoc services to any other retail clients.

• Each retail client paid the adviser charges for the initial advice services by a lump sum within the reporting period.

• The retail client that received an initial advice service on an investment where regular contributions were being made in the previous reporting period (rp1), and was paying their adviser charge in two equal instalments across two reporting periods, was due to pay the final instalment within the reporting period rp2.

Again assuming all retail clients paid the adviser charge directly from their bank account and independent advice was given by the firm, the form for reporting period rp2 would be completed as follows:

SUP_16_ann_18B_04.pdf

Retail clients paying for ongoing advice services (rows 12 – 14)

Number of retail clients paying for ongoing advice services at the end of the reporting period (row 12)

Firms should report the number of retail clients paying for ongoing advice services (i.e. paying ongoing adviser charges) at the end of the reporting period.

This would include any retail clients who have an ongoing adviser charging agreement, even if the adviser charges due are, fully or partially, offset with trail commission received from a retail investment product provider in respective of an investment held by that retail client before 31 December 2012. Any retail clients on a contract entered into before 31 December 2012, whereby the retail client has not entered into an ongoing adviser charging agreement and any ongoing advice received is fully funded through provider commission, should be excluded. Any such commission payments would need to meet the rules in COBS 6.1A.4AR and COBS 6.1A.4AAG.

Number of retail clients who start paying for ongoing advice services during the reporting period (row 13)

Firms should report the number of retail clients that started paying for an ongoing advice service (i.e. paying ongoing adviser charges) within the reporting period. This could include:

• new retail clients to the firm that agreed to start paying for an ongoing advice service;

• existing retail clients of the firm that may, for example, have previously received an initial advice service but had started paying for ongoing advice in the reporting period;

existing retail clients of the firm that were previously on a commission-based agreement established before 31 December 2012, but moved to an adviser charging agreement and started paying ongoing adviser charges in the reporting period.

Number of retail clients who stop paying for ongoing advice services during the reporting period (row 14)

Firms should report the number of retail clients that were paying an adviser charge for ongoing advice during the reporting period, but stopped paying for ongoing advice by the end of the reporting period.

In completing rows 12 to 14, some firms may find it easier to report the number of ongoing advice agreements with retail clients rather than the number of retail clients receiving ongoing advice. For example, if a firm has a single advice agreement with a couple, this agreement can be reported as ‘1’ on the return even though, in effect, two retail clients are receiving advice. In contrast, if a firm has separate advice agreements for each individual member of the couple, this should be reported as ‘2’ on the return.

Types of adviser charging structures (rows 15 – 22)

Firms should provide data for all charging structures which are relevant to their firm, with those that are not relevant left blank. The minimum and maximum adviser charge reported should be reported to two decimal places.

Some firms may operate a range of different adviser charges relating to different advice services they offer or the amount invested by a retail client, such as 0.25% for a basic ongoing advice service and 0.75% for a premium ongoing service. In this example, 0.25% should be reported as the minimum adviser charge in row 20 and 0.75% as the maximum. Likewise, if 0.75% was charged for the first £50,000 under advice and 0.50% for amounts exceeding £50,000 – 0.50% should be reported as the minimum and 0.75% as the maximum.

Where a firm charges different hourly rates dependent on which individual in the firm undertakes work on behalf of the retail client, firms should ensure that their typical charging structure reflects, as closely as practicable, the total adviser charge the retail client will pay. So, for example, where it is unlikely that a retail client could simply pay for one hour of a paraplanner’s time, as an adviser would always need to be involved to provide a personal recommendation, it would be misleading to quote the paraplanner’s hourly rate as the minimum hourly adviser charge levied by the firm. Instead the minimum charge should be based on the total adviser charge payable for the service as a whole.

The data provided in this section can be based on the firm’s published tariff or price lists for disclosing the costs of adviser services to retail clients and will only require updating as and when the tariff is updated (although firms are required to resubmit this data in every reporting period). The only exception to this will be when the firm offers a combined charging structure (reported in rows 18 and 22), such as where there is a fixed fee and also a percentage of investment charge. Under these types of combined charging structure arrangements, firms should record the actual minimum and maximum charges charged in the reporting period. For example, where the firm’s charging structure is a combination of a fixed fee element and a percentage basis, the firm will need to work out what the actual maximum and minimum adviser charges charged in the reporting period were in order to report values as a monetary amount.

Where a firm has no range in their charging structure, the minimum and maximum adviser charges should be recorded as the same.

Where a retail client agrees an initial adviser charge for a retail investment product for which an instruction for regular contributions is in place and the adviser charge is payable in instalments, to complete rows 15 to 22 firms should report the total adviser charge, even if that advice is paid over different reporting periods. This is illustrated in example 9.

Example 9 – Reporting the adviser charging structures invoiced as regular payments

A firm provides advice on a retail investment product where regular contributions are being made, with a 2% adviser charge payable in three equal instalments over different reporting periods. For the purpose of completing row 16, the adviser charge would be 2.00%.

Likewise, if the adviser charge was £600 as a fixed fee payable in three equal instalments over different reporting periods, for the purpose of completing row 17, the adviser charge would be £600.00.

Where an ongoing adviser charge is payable more frequently than once a year (e.g. the ongoing adviser charge is payable monthly, quarterly or six-monthly), the annualised amount due from the retail clients should be reported in rows 20 and 21. This is illustrated in example 10.

Example 10 – Reporting ongoing adviser charging structures where retail clients pay the ongoing adviser charge on a monthly, quarterly or six-monthly basis

A firm charges its retail clients between £20 and £50 per month for ongoing advice. For the purpose of completing row 21, the annual amount due from the firm’sretail clients should be reported. So, in this example, the minimum ongoing adviser charge would be £240 and the maximum £600.

Another firm charges its retail clients a flat 0.5% of assets under advice for providing an ongoing advice service during the year. Even where this charge is levied monthly, quarterly or six-monthly, 0.50% should be reported in row 20.

SUP 16 Annex 19A Mortgage Lenders & Administrators Return (‘MLAR’)

R

This annex consists only of one or more forms. Forms are to be found through the following address:

Mortgage Lenders and Administrators Return ('MLAR') 5 - SUP 16 Annex 19A R64

5

SUP 16 Annex 19AA Mortgage Lenders & Administrators Return ('MLAR') - sub-forms for second charge regulated mortgage activity1

SUP 16 Annex 19AA R

This annex consists only of one or more forms. Forms are to be found through the following address:

Mortgage Lenders & Administrators Return ('MLAR') - sub-forms for second charge regulated mortgage activity - SUP 16 Annex 19AA R3

2

SUP 16 Annex 19B Notes for completion of the Mortgage Lenders & Administrators Return (‘MLAR’)

SUP 16 Annex 19B G

19 Contents

Introduction:

General notes on the return

Section A:

Balance Sheet

Section B:

Profit & Loss Account

Section C:

Capital

Section D:

Lending: Business Flows & Rates

Section E:

Residential Lending to Individuals: New Business Profile

Section F:

Lending: Arrears Analysis

Section G:

Mortgage Administration: Business profile

Section H:

Mortgage Administration: Arrears analysis

Section J:19

Fee tariff measures

Section K:19

Sale and rent back (SRB agreement) 19 business

Section L:19

Credit risk

Section M:19

Liquidity

INTRODUCTION: GENERAL NOTES ON THE RETURN

1. Introduction

This section covers a number of points that have relevance across the return generally:

• Overview

• Purpose of reporting requirements

• Regulated mortgage contracts and the wider mortgage market

• Home reversion19 plans and Home purchase19 plans

• Sale and rent back business

• Accounting conventions

• Accuracy

• Time period

• Loans made before 31 October 2004

• Second charge regulated mortgage contracts

• Specific items:

  1. (i) positions to be reported gross

  2. (ii) foreign currencies

2. Overview of reporting requirements

The data requirements for firms carrying on the regulated activities of home finance providing activity and administering a home finance transaction consist of quarterly, half yearly and annual information.

This guidance deals only with the quarterly requirements, however, which are referred to as the Mortgage Lenders and Administrators Return (MLAR). The remaining data requirements are applied to firms through existing rules within the following sections of the Handbook:

• the Dispute Resolution19: Complaints sourcebook for complaints reporting; and

• Chapter 16 of the Supervision manual for controllers reports (section 16.4), close links report (section 16.5) and annual accounts (section 16.12).

Because the MLAR is activity based, not all sections are applicable to all types of home finance activity firm. The applicability of each section is explained in the table below:

Section

Applicability:

A1 and A2: Balance sheet

Applies to all home finance activity firms except:

• A firm that is required to submit a balance sheet by a lower numbered regulated activity group, as described in SUP 16.12.3R(1)(a)(iii)

• An incoming EEA firm (note a)

A3: Analysis of loans to customers

Applies to all home finance activityfirms

19A4: Analysis of second charge loans to customers

Applies to all home finance activity firms in respect of second charge regulated mortgage contracts.

B1: Income statement

Applies to all home finance activity firms except:

• A firm that is required to submit an income statement by a lower numbered regulated activity group, as described in SUP 16.12.3R(1)(a)(iii)

• An incoming EEA firm (note a)

B2: Provisions analysis

Applies to all home finance activityfirms

C: Capital

Applies to all home finance activityfirms except:

• A firm19 that is required to submit a capital adequacy data item by a lower numbered regulated activity group19, as described in SUP 16.12.3R(1)(a)(iii)

• An incoming EEA firm (note a)

• A firm19 which is a solo-consolidated subsidiary of an authorised credit institution19

• A firm which exclusively carries on home finance activities in relation to second charge regulated mortgage contracts, as set out in SUP 16.12.18BR (note 4).

D: Lending: business flows19 and rates

Applies to all firms with permission to undertake a home finance providing activity except:

SRB agreement providers

SRB administrators

D(a): Second charge business flows19 and rates

Applies to all home finance providing activity firms in respect of second charge regulated mortgage contracts .

E: Residential lending to individuals: new business profile

Applies to all firms with permission to undertake a home finance providing activity except:

SRB agreement providers

SRB administrators

E1(a) and E2(a): Second charge lending to individuals

Applies to all home finance providing activity firms in respect of second charge regulated mortgage contracts.

F: Lending: Arrears Analysis

Applies to all firms with permission to undertake a home finance providing activity except:

SRB agreement providers

SRB administrators

F(a): Second charge lending: Arrears19analysis

Applies to all home finance providing activity firms in respect of second charge regulated mortgage contracts.

G: Mortgage Administration: Business Profile

Applies to all firms with permission to undertake administering a home finance transaction, except:

SRB administrators

H: Mortgage Administration: Arrears analysis

Applies to all firms with permission to undertake administering a home finance transaction, except:

SRB administrators

H(a): Second charge mortgage administration: Arrears analysis

Applies to all firms with permission to undertake administering a home finance transaction, in respect of second charge regulated mortgage contracts.

J: Fee tariff measures

Applies to all home finance activity firms

K: Sale and rent back business

Applies to SRB agreement providers and SRB administrators

L: Credit risk

Applies to a firm that meets the conditions of SUP 16.12.18BR19 (notes 2 and 4).

M: Liquidity

Applies to a firm that meets the conditions of SUP 16.12.18BR 19(notes 3 and 4).

Note (a): Credit Institutions passporting under BCD for mortgage lending (which also includes mortgage administration), or other firms passporting under another EU Directive for a non-mortgage activity and holding a top-up permission from the appropriate regulator for mortgage lending and/or mortgage administration. Also includes firms classed as "Treaty firms" under Schedule 4 of the Act. But any other EEA firm type should complete in full all sections of the MLAR described above this table, as it would not be eligible for any reduction in reporting requirements.

3. Purpose of reporting requirements

The reasons why the FCA19 requires this data from home finance providers and administrators are as follows:

• to assess the probability of the failure of firms and the impact of failure on the ability of the FCA19 to meet its statutory objectives, including an assessment of compliance with the threshold conditions;

• to assist with prudential supervision of firms; and

• to help assess the risks in the home finance market as a whole to inform, for example, the FCA’s19 thematic work. By this we mean that we will use some of our supervisory resources to examine issues (known as ‘themes’) that affect a number of firms rather than firms individually. The data collected will be considered alongside other information we receive, to identify trends and issues that inform our supervision of firms.

The MLAR requires home finance providers and administrators to submit four types of data:

• financial data to assist in the prudential supervision of home finance providers and administrators. A quarterly financial return is required, including a balance sheet and profit and loss account;

• quarterly reporting of quantitative and qualitative data by all home finance providers and administrators to enable monitoring of compliance with the requirements of MCOB;

• quarterly provision of qualitative home finance information by all home finance providers and administrators to enable the FCA19 to understand developments in the home finance markets as a whole, and to inform future policy developments and prudential supervision; and

• annual reporting of19 information on fee tariff measures.

The reporting requirements set out in the MLAR enable the FCA19 to realise these information needs. In particular:

Tables A to C, L, M:

provide the framework for the FCA’s19 financial monitoring and prudential supervision of home finance providers and administrators;

Tables D to F:

provide the framework for the provision of qualitative home finance information by home finance providers;19

Tables G, H: 19

provide the framework for the FCA’s19 monitoring of administering a home finance transaction activity;19

Table J: 19

provides information on fee tariff measures for home finance providers and administrators;19

Table K: 19

provides the framework for the FCA’s19 monitoring of SRB agreement providers and SRB administrators.19

4. Regulated mortgage contracts and the wider mortgage market

Given this background to reporting requirements, the FCA’s19 approach to obtaining information on mortgage lending has been structured so that regulated mortgage contracts are seen within the wider context of the UK mortgage market as a whole. This approach can be illustrated as follows:

SUP_16_ann_19B.png

Each of these key terms is explained below:

  1. (i) UK mortgage market

    This refers to all lending secured on land and buildings in the United Kingdom19, whether to individuals, housing associations or corporates. However, given the importance of mortgages to individuals we have chosen to look at the market in terms of two components, namely 'residential lending to individuals' and 'other secured lending'. Loans and mortgages secured on land in the EEA other than the UK should be reported in ‘other loans’ in section A3 of the MLAR.19

  2. (ii) Residential loans to individuals

    This is a discrete category of the mortgage market, and has characteristics (e.g. in terms of products, lending criteria and methods of credit assessments) that are often markedly different from those applying to other types of secured lending (e.g. to corporates).

    It is lending to individuals secured by mortgage on land and buildings where the lender has either a first or second (or subsequent) charge, where at least 40% of the land and buildings is used for residential purposes, and where the premises are for occupation by either the borrower (or dependant), or any other third party (e.g. it includes ‘buy to let’ lending to individuals).

    Only loans where there is a one-to-one correspondence between the loan and a specific security should be included within ‘residential loans to individuals’. Do not include here any residential loans to individuals that are part of a ‘business loans’ type package (involving multiple loans and multiple securities, where there is no one-to-one correspondence between a loan and a specific security), but report them under ‘other secured lending’.

    Regulated mortgage contracts that are secured on UK land19 are therefore a subset of this market category.

    Examples of non-regulated mortgage contracts which fall under the wider category of residential loans to individuals include: buy-to-let loans and other types of loan where the property is not for use by the borrower (or qualifying dependants). Prior to 21 March 2016, non-regulated mortgage contracts also included second charge mortgage lending.19

  3. (iii) Other secured lending

    This covers all other forms of lending secured on land and buildings in the United Kingdom. Primarily it covers secured lending to corporate bodies (including to housing associations), but it also includes lending to individuals which, although being secured on land and buildings, is not deemed to be residential (e.g. the residential element is less than 40%). A corporate body for this purpose is any entity other than an individual. Loans and mortgages secured on land in the EEA other than the UK should be reported in ‘other loans’ in section A3 of the MLAR.19

    It also includes any residential lending to an individual that forms part of a ‘business loan’ type package. These arrangements between a lender and a borrower are usually offered by a lender’s specialist business or corporate lending departments. They typically involve a number of loans secured against a range of securities including the borrower’s residential property, business premises and the business itself. Such packages involve no specific one-to-one correspondence between a single loan and a single security, and instead the lender assesses loan cover against the basket of securities in the package. Given the business nature of this type of lending, it would therefore be misleading to try and classify some or all of the loan elements in such cases to any part of ‘residential lending to individuals’, and hence all such lending should be reported under ‘other secured lending’. This is for MLAR reporting purposes only; the actual categorisation or treatment for MCOB purposes remains unchanged.

  4. (iv) Regulated mortgage contract

    This is defined in the Handbook as follows:

    1. (a) (in relation to a contract)19 a contract which19:

      1. (i) (in accordance with article 61(3) of the Regulated Activities Order) at the time it is entered into, meets the following conditions:19

        1. (A) a lender provides credit to an individual or to trustees (the ‘borrower’); and19

        2. (B) the obligation of the borrower to repay is secured by a mortgage on land in the EEA, at least 40% of which is used, or is intended to be used, in the case of credit provided to an individual, as or in connection with a dwelling; or (in the case of credit provided to a trustee who is not an individual), as or in connection with a dwelling by an individual who is a beneficiary of the trust, or by a related person;19

      2. (ii) is not a home purchase plan, a limited payment second charge bridging loan, a second charge business loan, an investment property loan, an exempt consumer buy-to-let mortgage contract, an exempt equitable mortgage bridging loan, an exempt housing authority loan or a limited interest second charge credit union loan within the meaning or article 61A(1) or (2) of the Regulated Activities Order; and19

      3. (iii) if the contract was entered into before 21 March 2016:19

        1. (A) at the time the contract was entered into, entering into the contract constituted the regulated activity of entering into a regulated mortgage contract; or19

        2. (B) the contract is a consumer credit back book mortgage contract within the meaning of article 2 of the MCD Order.19

    2. (b) (in relation to a specified investment) the investment, specified in article 88 of the Regulated Activities Order, which is rights under a regulated mortgage contract within19 (a).

    [Note: articles 3(1)(a) and 4(2) of the MCD]19

    Loans and mortgages secured on land in the EEA other than the UK, although regulated mortgages, should be reported in ‘other loans’ in section A3 of the MLAR.19

    19

  5. (v) Second charge regulated mortgage contract

    A second charge regulated mortgage contract is defined in the Handbook as a regulated mortgage contract which is not a first charge legal mortgage. Therefore, it includes second and subsequent charge mortgages.

    Data which is provided in relation to a second charge regulated mortgage contract in A3(a), D (a), E(1)(a), E(2)(a), F(a), or H(a) in SUP 16 Annex 19AAR will also need to be provided as part of the data items in A3, D, E, F or H, as the case may be, in SUP 16 Annex 19AR.

    The guidance on how to submit the data items in A3, D, E, F or H of SUP 16 Annex 19AR applies to A3(a), D(a), E(1)(a), E(2)(a), F(a) or H(a) of SUP 16 Annex 19AAR where the same terms are used in the corresponding parts of SUP 16 Annex 19AAR.

4a. Home reversion and home purchase plans

Definitions

  1. A home reversion plan 19

    This is defined in the Handbook as follows:

    (in accordance with article 63B(3) of the Regulated Activities Order) an arrangement comprised in one or more instruments or agreements which meets the following conditions at the time it is entered into:

    1. (a) the arrangement is one under which a person (the reversion provider) buys all or part of a qualifying interest in land from an individual or trustees (the reversion occupier);

    2. (b) the reversion occupier (if he is or she19 an individual) or an individual who is a beneficiary of the trust (if the reversion occupier is a trustee), or a related person, is entitled under the arrangement to occupy at least 40% of the land in question as or in connection with a dwelling and intends to do so; and

    3. (c) the arrangement specifies that the entitlement to occupy will end on the occurrence of one or more of:

      1. (i) a person in (b) becoming a resident of a care home;

      2. (ii) a person in (b) dying; or

      3. (iii) the end of a specified period of at least twenty years from the date the reversion occupier entered into the arrangement;

      in this definition "related person" means:

    4. (A) that person’s spouse or civil partner;

    5. (B) a person (whether or not of the opposite sex) whose relationship with that person has the characteristics of the relationship between husband and wife; or

    6. (C) the person’s parent, brother, sister, child, grandparent or grandchild.

Guidance to home reversion (HR) and home purchase plan (HPP) firms on the completion of the MLAR 19

19

It is recognised that HR and HPP products are not loans as such, being effectively sale and lease products. However, in order to use the MLAR as a vehicle for capturing some data on these products, they are to be treated for MLAR purposes as if they were loan products. This means that:

  1. (i) For a firm which is a provider of HR and/or HPP products:

    1. • HR and HPP products are to be included in the balance sheet within A1.6 "Loans to Customers". This may differ from the reporting of such products in a firm's19 published accounts.

    2. • Within section A3, which contains a further breakdown of "Loans to Customers", HR and HPP products are to be reported within the single category A3.5 "Other Loans".

    3. • As a consequence, the FCA19 will be able to capture the key balances outstanding on these products (including any which may have been securitised)19.

  2. (ii) For a firm which is undertaking administration of HR and/or HPP products (and where that firm did not also act as provider of these products):

    1. • HR and HPP products being administered for third parties are to be reported in section G. 19

    2. • Within G1 and G2 they are to be reported within the "Other firms" category. They should however be shown under "regulated loans" solely for the purposes of recording their administration in the MLAR.

    3. • In section G2.2, when entering the "name of firm" in column 2, add "HR" and/or "HPP" in brackets after the name, as appropriate.

    4. 19

4b. Sale and rent back (SRB) agreement business 19

Definitions

A regulated sale and rent back agreement19

This is defined in the Handbook19 as follows:

(in accordance with article 63J(3)(a) of the Regulated Activities Order) an arrangement comprised in one or more instruments or agreements, in relation to which the following conditions are met at the time it is entered into:

  1. (a) the arrangement is one under which a person (an agreement provider) buys all or part of the qualifying interest in land in the United Kingdom from an individual or trustees (the "agreement seller"); and

  2. (b) the agreement seller (if they are19 an individual) or an individual who is the beneficiary of the trust (if the agreement seller is a trustee), or a related person, is entitled under the arrangement to occupy at least 40% of the land in question as or in connection with a dwelling, and intends to do so;

but excluding any arrangement that is a regulated home reversion plan.

Guidance to regulated SRB firms on the completion of the MLAR 19

This section explains how SRB firms should complete the MLAR.

SRB providers and administrators should complete the following sections of the MLAR:

• Section A (balance sheet);

• Section B (profit and loss account);

• Section C (capital);

• Section J (fees tariff measures): and

• Section K (sale and rent back business).

SRB firms should not complete sections D to H, L or M in respect of their SRB business.

SRB providers should note the following in relation to their reporting of SRB agreements and SRB assets:

In section A

• Do not enter any information on SRB agreements in A1.6 ‘Loans to customers’ or A3.5 ‘Other loans’.

• Report SRB assets in A1.11.

• Report any liabilities incurred in acquiring SRB assets in A2.7.

In section B

• Where applicable, information on SRB agreements should be entered in B2.5 ‘Other loans’.

As a consequence the FCA19 will be able to capture key information on these products.

5. Accounting conventions

Unless the contrary is stated in these guidance notes, the return should be compiled using generally accepted accounting practice.

However, information in respect of lending (e.g. balances, advances, interest rates, arrears etc) to be reported in sections D, E, F, G, H and J of the return should not be fair-valued but should be reported as19 the contractual position (i.e. as between lender and borrower).

All amounts should be shown in one of the reporting currencies accepted by the relevant platform provided by the FCA, unless otherwise specified in the Handbook.

6. Accuracy

It is expected that entries on the return will be actual values, or in some cases close approximations established or drawn from the firm’s systems and prepared on the basis of being the best information in the time available for their compilation.

If such 'close approximations' are considered by the firm as likely to be materially different from the underlying actual values, the firm should advise its supervisory team of data items affected.

7. Time periods

Where stock figures are required (e.g. balance sheet, capital position19) the information is required as at the firm’s accounting reference date and the three quarter ends following this date (see SUP 16.3.13R).

Where flow figures are required, these are either for 3 months only (i.e. the latest quarter) as in for example lending figures in tables D and E, or cumulative in the 'year to date', (e.g. profit and loss in table B19), covering the period from the firm’s accounting reference date to the end of the reporting quarter.

8. Loans made before 31 October 2004

This section does not apply to second charge regulated mortgage contracts.

(i) Classifying the ‘back book’

Many loans made before 31 October 2004 became regulated as regulated mortgage contracts on 21 March 2016 or, depending on the19 nature of the loan and the applicable transitional provisions, on a date no later than 21 March 2017; these loans should be treated as regulated mortgage contracts in the MLAR accordingly. Loans made before 31 October 2004 which continue not to be regulated as regulated mortgage contracts fall into the following categories:

• residential loans to individuals which, for the purposes of the MLAR,19 should be classified as non-regulated (see Introduction, section 4(ii)); for example at A3.3 and D1.219.

• other secured loans (see Introduction, section 4(iii)); for example at A3.4 and D1.3 .19

• other loans (see Guidance for A3.5).19

The approach to classification for pre-31 Oct 2004 loans will, of necessity, need to be a pragmatic one. We do not, for example, envisage the need to look at individual paper loan files. Rather, we expect the firm to 19 apply its knowledge of its various loan books, products and19 their characteristics, to come up with some realistic allocation rules. This enables the firm19 to apply some automatic process to its computerised loan records, and thereby classify individual loans into each of the relevant categories used in the MLAR19. Such a process may not be perfect, and it may result in a few loans being wrongly allocated, but it will be sufficient for the purpose.19

(ii) Specific treatment of residential loans to individuals

Any loans made before 31 October 2004 that have not become regulated as regulated mortgage contracts, should be reported as non-regulated loans in the various parts of the MLAR.

This reporting basis for loans should continue until such time, if ever, that a subsequent transaction on the loan causes it to be formally treated as a regulated contract.

(iii) Further advances on loans made before 31 October 2004 which have not already become regulated as regulated mortgage contracts

We cannot be prescriptive about whether19 a further advance (or any other variation) to a pre-31 October 2004 mortgage which has not already become regulated as a regulated mortgage contract (see (i) above) will have the effect of creating a new regulated mortgage contract. Whether a variation amounts to creating a new contract will depend on each lender's individual mortgage documentation. This documentation will differ, possibly significantly, between firms19. Each lender will need to review its existing documentation and take a view on the scope that this provides for making changes.

In practice this means that:

• If the lender can make a further advance without creating a new contract (i.e. makes a variation to the existing mortgage contract), then the further advance should be added to the original loan and the combined loan treated as a single loan for MLAR19 reporting. This combined loan should be reported as ‘non-regulated’;

• If making a further advance creates a new contract, (and this further advance is a regulated mortgage contract) then the correct reporting approach will be determined as follows:

  1. (a) where the original loan was made before 31 October 2004, has not in the meantime become a regulated mortgage contract (for example, because it is not a regulated credit agreement) but would otherwise satisfy the specific requirements of a regulated mortgage contract, and the further advance is documented in a new loan agreement separate from the original loan (and is not a variation to the existing mortgage contract), the original loan and further advance may be treated as one for MLAR19 reporting, being shown as ‘regulated’19 under “Residential loans to individuals”;

  2. (b) where the original loan did not satisfy the defined conditions of a regulated mortgage contract at the time it was entered into and has not in the meantime become a regulated mortgage contract, and the further advance is documented in a new loan agreement separate from the original loan (and is not a variation to the existing mortgage contract), the old loan and further advance will be treated as two separate loans for most aspects of MLAR19 reporting, the former being ‘unregulated’ while the latter will be reported as ‘regulated’. However, for the LTV and Income Multiple analysis, while the firm should only show the amount of the further advance in the relevant “cell”, the “cell” should be determined by using the total amount of the loan (old loan + further advance) when deciding which LTV band and which Income Multiple band are applicable; and

  3. (c) where the lender decides to combine the original loan and the further advance to create a single new contract that replaces the existing mortgage contract19 and is a regulated mortgage contract, this should be reported as ‘regulated’.

9. Specific items

  1. (i) Positions to be reported gross

    In general, liabilities and assets should be shown gross, and not netted off (unless there is a legal right of set-off). Thus an account which moves from credit to debit will move from one side of the balance sheet to the other.

    A notable exception to this however concerns the reporting of loan assets, which should follow MIPRU 4.2.14R to MIPRU 4.2.16G. Such assets should be shown in the balance sheet net of linked funding; similarly19 in other tables where balances are reported on the same basis. Only sections A3, D2, G and H require the reporting of such loan assets on a ‘gross’ basis.

    The treatment of loan assets that are being operated as part of a current account offset mortgage product (or similar products where deposit funding is offset against loan balances in arriving at a net interest cost on the account) will depend on the conditions pertaining to the mortgage product. The balance outstanding on such loans will need to be reported on the basis of the contractually defined balance according to the terms of the mortgage product. This might be the amount of loan excluding any offsetting funds, or it might be the net amount.

  2. (ii) Foreign currencies

    Firms should report in the currency of their annual audited accounts, where this is Sterling, Euro, US Dollars, Canadian Dollars, Swedish Kroner, Swiss Francs or Yen. Where annual audited accounts are reported in a currency outside those specified above, please translate these values into an equivalent within the list using an appropriate rate of exchange at the reporting date, or where appropriate, at the rates of exchange fixed under the terms of any relevant currency hedging transaction, and use that value 19 in the return. Please report in thousands where stated on the return. Firms should apply the same accounting treatment as for their published accounts.

SECTION A: BALANCE SHEET

Balance sheet analysis

A1,

A2

The balance sheet is intended to reflect the practices used in compiling published or other accounts, although its format in the MLAR (with 'total assets' and 'total liabilities') will not necessarily be the same as that used by firms in their regular accounts. ‘Loans to customers’ is expected to be the customer balance after any write-offs have been taken.19

A1.6

Loans to customers may be a non-standard accounting sub-head for some firms whose business is not primarily mortgage related. But since this is an explicit MLAR data requirement, it should be split out from the sub-head under which it is routinely shown in the firm’s other accounts. Include HR and HPP products here.19

A1.11

Other current assets should include all assets measured at fair value not included in any other asset category on the return. Include any SRB assets here.19

A2.1

Shareholders' funds should include any unrealised gains or losses resulting from the fair valuation of available-for-sale financial assets, and any fair value gains or losses arising on cash flow hedges of financial instruments measured at cost or amortised cost.

A2.7

Other liabilities should include all liabilities measured at fair value not included in any other liability category on the return. Include any liabilities incurred in acquiring SRB assets here.19

A3

Analysis of loans to customers

This section recognises that some lenders may have securitised loans on their balance sheet, and hence provides for unsecuritised/securitised loans to be shown separately.

Unsecuritised balances are analysed in terms of three elements: gross loan balances (before deduction of any provisions); provisions balances in respect of those balances; and the net balances after deduction of such provisions.

Securitised balances are analysed in a similar way, except that 'gross' also means before the deduction of any linked non-recourse funding, the amount of which is also to be shown separately.

A3.1-4

See Introduction (paragraphs 4(i) to (iv)) for details of the coverage of these terms.

A3.5

Other loans refers to any lending secured on land and buildings outside of the UK19, any loan for which security is provided other than by land and buildings, together with all unsecured loans (e.g. consumer credit, personal loans, or such loans to corporates). Loans and mortgages secured on land in the EEA other than the UK should be reported here.19

A3.6

It is expected that net balances on unsecuritised loans plus net balances on securitised loans will equal the entry shown at A1.6 in the main balance sheet analysis of assets.

SECTION B: PROFIT & LOSS ACCOUNT

B0

Financial year to date

In terms of reporting period, the analysis should be compiled on a ‘year to date’ basis, covering successively 3, 6, 9 or 12 months19 from the firm’s accounting reference date.

B1

Profit & Loss Account

The P&L section is intended to reflect the practices used in compiling accounts prepared under the Companies Acts, although its format in the MLAR (with explicit focus on financial items such as interest, fees & commissions19 etc) will not necessarily be the same as that used by firms in their regular accounts.

The reason for this approach is that most lenders to which this section is applicable are mortgage specialists, and as such it is considered desirable to put their P&L format onto a similar basis as that used for banks and building societies.

The analysis therefore requires the firm’s profit & loss account to be re-structured in a way that makes a number of items explicit in the interests of achieving consistency with other reporting firms.

B1.1

Focuses on gross profit from non-financial activities 19

B1.2-1.7

Covers a range of income elements which are more closely related to financial activities, including in particular those associated with mortgage lending. In particular B1.7 Other income should include unrealised gains in respect of assets and liabilities which have been measured on a fair value basis.

B1.9-1.13

Covers a range of expenditure elements, including those related to non-financial and also to financial (including mortgage related) activities. In particular B1.13 Other expenses should include unrealised losses in respect of assets and liabilities which have been measured on a fair value basis.

B1.15

Operating Profit is total income less total expenses.

B1.16

Provisions covers write-offs and provisions charges on bad and doubtful debts, (including for example on mortgage loans); any suspended interest (i.e. any interest included in Interest receivable19 which, through loan default, impairment or otherwise, is deemed unlikely to be received); and any other provisions for contingent liabilities.

B2

Provisions analysis

This supplementary analysis draws together the key movements in provisions balances from the firm’s accounting reference date19 up to the reporting quarter end.

The two ‘flow items’, namely write-offs and provisions charges, are those relating to the period from the firm’s accounting reference date19 up to the reporting date.

The total of provisions charges in line B2.6 (column 3)19 will not necessarily be the same as the provisions charge in the Profit & Loss analysis at B1.16 (since this latter item may include further provisions against other asset items not included in B2.6, or provisions arising from other sources).

SECTION C: CAPITAL

INTRODUCTION

The threshold conditions state that the resources of a firm must be adequate in the opinion of the FCA19 in relation to the regulated activities that the firm seeks to carry on or carries on. In addition, a firm is required to maintain 'adequate financial resources'. A home finance administrator or lender19 should have adequate capital and funding in order to be able to meet these requirements.

In addition, the FCA and the PRA are required to identify the main risks to their statutory objectives. In assessing firm-specific risks we are required to assess the risks arising from the financial failure of a firm (due to business risks from the external environment, or control risks arising from the firm itself) which might affect both the market and individual customers. The specific FCA objectives that are potentially impacted are those relating to market confidence and consumer protection.

Details provided in this section19 on Capital are drawn from the appropriate provisions of MIPRU 4 (Capital Resources).19

C1-2

CAPITAL RESOURCES

C1 and C2 set out the individual components of eligible capital and the separate deductions that should be made to arrive at capital resources.

Components of eligible capital are:

(1) Share capital

Share capital must be fully paid (i.e. the firm is under no obligation to repay this capital unless and until the firm is wound up) and may include ordinary share capital or preference share capital (excluding preference shares redeemable by shareholders within two years).

See paragraph (7) Subordinated loans below for details of the limits that may apply to the inclusion of redeemable preference shares in capital resources.

(2) Partnership or sole trader capital

Partnership capital is capital made up of the partners’ capital account. The capital account is an account into which capital contributed by the partners is paid and from which, under the terms of the partnership agreement, an amount representing capital may be withdrawn by a partner only if he or she19 ceases to be a partner and an equal amount is transferred to another such account by his or her 19 former partners or any person replacing him or her 19 as their partner, or the partnership is otherwise dissolved or wound up.

Sole trader capital is the net balance on the firm’s capital account and current account.

(3) Reserves

Reserves are accumulated profits retained by the firm (after deduction of tax, dividends and proprietors’ or partners’ drawings) and other reserves created by appropriations of share premiums and similar realised appropriations. Reserves also include gifts of capital, for example, from a parent company. For partnerships, reserves include partners’ current accounts according to the most recent financial statement. Reserves must be audited unless the firm is eligible to include unaudited reserves in its capital resources calculation under MIPRU 4.4.2R.

The reserves figure is subject to the following adjustments, where appropriate:

(a) any unrealised gains must be deducted or, where applicable, any unrealised losses added back in on cash flow hedges of financial instruments measured at cost or amortised cost;

(b) any unrealised gains must be deducted or, where applicable, any unrealised losses added back in on debt instruments held in the available-for-sale financial assets category. Any unrealised gains or losses on equities held in the available-for-sale financial assets category should be reported at C1.5;

(c) in respect of a defined benefit occupational pension scheme, any defined benefit asset must be derecognised;

A firm may substitute for a defined benefit liability the firm's deficit reduction amount provided that that election is applied consistently in respect of any one financial year19.

(4) Interim net profits and partners’ interim current accounts

A firm is not required to take into account interim net profits. However, if it does, the profits have to be verified by the firm’s external auditors, net of tax, anticipated dividends or proprietors’ drawings and other appropriations unless the firm is eligible to include unverified interim net profits in its capital resources calculation under MIPRU 4.4.2R.

In terms of the verification for inclusion, for the first, second and third financial quarters firms may include interim profits in their MLAR, on the understanding that the firm will obtain the required verification from its external auditors within two months of the financial quarter end. (The FCA19 may ask for a copy of the verification statement.) For the fourth quarter the FCA19 will rely on the forthcoming audited accounts as providing verification and accordingly the full year’s profits should be included in the make-up of eligible capital under interim profits19 in the return.

(5) Revaluation reserve

Firms should report reserves relating to the revaluation of fixed assets.

(6) General/collective provisions

Firms should report general/collective provisions that are held against potential losses that have not yet been identified, but which experience indicates are present in the firm’s portfolio of assets. Such provisions must be freely available to meet these unidentified losses wherever they arise. General/collective provisions must be verified by external auditors and disclosed in the firm’s annual report and accounts19 annual report and accounts unless the firm is eligible to include unaudited general and collective provisions in its capital resources calculation under MIPRU 4.4.2R.

(7) Subordinated loans

Subordinated debt (i.e. the amount of principal outstanding before amortisation) must not form part of the capital resources of a firm unless it meets the following conditions:

(1)

it has an original maturity of at least five years or is subject to five years’ notice of repayment;

(2)

the claims of the subordinated creditors must rank behind those of all unsubordinated creditors;

(3)

the only events of default must be non-payment of any interest or principal under the debt agreement or the winding up of the firm;

(4)

the remedies available to the subordinated creditor in the event of non-payment or other default in respect of the subordinated debt must be limited to petitioning for the winding up of the firm or proving the debt and claiming in the liquidation of the firm;

(5)

the subordinated debt must not become due and payable before its stated final maturity date except on an event of default complying with (3);

(6)

the agreement and debt are governed by the law of England and Wales, or of Scotland, or of Northern Ireland;

(7)

to the fullest extent permitted under the rules of the relevant jurisdiction, creditors must waive their right to set off amounts they owe the firm against subordinated amounts owed to them by the firm;

(8)

the terms of the subordinated debt must be set out in a written agreement or instrument that contains terms that provide for the conditions set out in (1) to (7); and

(9)

the debt must be unsecured and fully paid up.

For a mortgage lender or mortgage administrator undertaking business connected to regulated mortgage contracts (unless its Part 4A permission prevents it from undertaking new business), MIPRU 4.4.8R limits the amount of subordinated loans and redeemable preference shares that can be included in eligible capital.

In Table C of the MLAR the firm will deduct from capital resources under item C2.3a any amount by which the subordinated loans and redeemable preference shares exceed the limit in MIPRU 4.4.8R.

Treatment of eligible capital items (listed above) in section C1:

C1.1

Reserves: include items

• reserves

• revaluation19 reserves

C1.2

Interim profits: include items

• interim net profits

partners’ interim current accounts

C1.3

Issued capital: include items

share capital

partnership or sole trader capital

C1.3a

Subordinated loans

C1.4

General/collective provisions

C1.5

Other eligible capital: includes

• any other item of eligible capital not required to be included in items C1.1 to C1.4, including any unrealised gains or losses on equities held in the available for sale financial assets portfolio.

C1.6

Total eligible capital 19

This is the sum of the components listed in C1.1 to C1.5.

C2

Deductions from capital

C2.1

Investments in own shares represents any investment in the shares of the company, quantified as fixed assets in the balance sheet.

C2.2

Intangible assets are the full balance sheet value of goodwill, capitalised development costs, brand names, trademarks and similar rights and licences.

C2.3

Interim net losses refers to the cumulative amount covering the period from the firm’s accounting reference date to the end of the current quarter. All the current year’s losses should be reported. Unpublished losses from the previous accounting period should also be shown here.

C2.3a

Subordinated loan and redeemable preference share restriction

This is the amount of any excess as computed under the restriction explained in paragraph (7) of the C1-2 CAPITAL RESOURCES section above.

C2.4

Other deductions from capital: include

Excess of drawings over profits for partnerships or sole traders: firms should report the difference between the personal drawings of a partnership or sole trader and the profit in the period, where the drawings exceed the profit for the period.

C2.5

Total deductions 19

This is the sum of the components listed in C2.1 to C2.4.

C3

CAPITAL RESOURCES CALCULATION

C3.1

Capital resources 19

This is total eligible capital less total deductions (C1.6 to C2.5).

C3.2

Capital requirement

This is the amount calculated in sections C4.6(e) or C5.5(c), whichever is applicable.

C3.3

Surplus/(Deficit) of resources 19

This is the capital resources less the capital requirement (C3.1 to C3.2).

C4

CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS

Capital requirement for a lender, or an administrator with administered assets on its balance sheet

C4.1

The capital requirement for lenders or administrators that have the regulated mortgage contracts that they administer on their balance sheet is asset-based, and the information required is detailed in C4.2 to C4.6.

C4.2

Total assets: this is the total value of assets as shown at line A1.12 in section A of the MLAR.

C4.2a

Assets subject to the credit risk requirement

This is the amount of assets subject to the credit risk requirement computation as shown at line 6A in section L of the MLAR.

This is relevant for a mortgage lender; or mortgage administrator with its administered assets on balance sheet, that undertakes business connected to regulated mortgage contracts and19 has one or more exposures which satisfy the conditions set out in MIPRU 4.2A.4R.

C4.3

Undrawn commitments

Undrawn commitments means the total of those amounts which a borrower has the right to draw down from the firm but which have not yet been drawn down (see MIPRU 4.2.12R and MIPRU 4.2.13G).

However, undrawn commitments should not be included in the calculation of capital requirements if they have an original maturity of up to one year or if they can be unconditionally cancelled at any time by the lender.

Similarly, existing mortgage offers should not be included in the calculations of capital requirements if the offer has an original maturity of up to one year or can be unconditionally cancelled at any time by the lender.

C4.4

Intangible assets: this is the amount shown at C2.2.

C4.5

Total adjusted assets: this is the sum of C4.2 and C4.3, less C4.2a and C4.4.19

C4.6

CAPITAL REQUIREMENT

This section sets out how to calculate the capital requirement for a lender, or an administrator with administered assets on its balance sheet (see19MIPRU 4.2.12R, MIPRU 4.2.18R and MIPRU 4.2.23R):

(a)

is the minimum requirement of £100,000;

(b)

is 1% of the amount shown as total adjusted assets at C4.5, i.e. the assets that are not subject to the credit risk requirement calculation;

(c)

is the credit risk requirement as shown at line 9E in section L of the MLAR;19

(d)

is the total of (b) and (c); and

(e)

is the capital requirement which is the higher of the fixed amount at (a) and the sum shown at (d).

C5

Capital requirements for an administrator not having administered assets on its balance sheet

C5.1

This section sets out the income-based capital requirements applicable to administrators that do not have the assets that they administer on their balance sheet. The information requirements are detailed in C5.2 – 5.5.

Firms should report the following amounts from both their most recent annual financial statement and their estimated accounts for the current reporting year.

C5.2

Total income

Firms should report the amount of total income in their most recent (or other) financial statements, and an estimate of income for the current reporting year.

Total income should include both revenue and gains arising in the course of the ordinary activities of a firm. Revenue consists of commissions, fees, net interest income, dividends, royalties and rent. Only gains that are recorded in the profit and loss account should be included in income. What is relevant for the calculation of income is the amount of actual income generated rather than the gross cash streams of any one transaction (see MIPRU 4.3.7R).

C5.3

Relevant adjustments

The following exceptional items must be deducted from the firm’s total income:

(1)

profit on the sale or termination of an operation;

(2)

profit arising from a fundamental reorganisation or restructuring having a material effect on the nature and focus of the firm’s operations; and

(3)

profits on the disposal of fixed assets, including investments held in long-term portfolio.

C5.4

Total relevant income

Is the sum of C5.2 minus C5.3.

C5.5

CAPITAL REQUIREMENT

This sets out how to calculate the capital requirement for anadministrators administrator not having administered assets on its balance sheet (see MIPRU 4.2.19R):

(a)

is the minimum requirement of £100,000;

(b)

is 10% of the amount shown as total relevant income at C5.4 above; and

(c)

is the capital requirement which is the higher of the minimum amount at (a) and the calculation shown at (b).

SECTION D1: LENDING – BUSINESS FLOWS AND RATES

D1-D4

For details of the terms ‘Residential lending to individuals’ (and regulated/unregulated), and ‘other secured loans’, see Introduction, paragraphs 4 (i) – (iv).

D1

Loans: Advances/Repayments – Row & Column Analysis

For the two categories of loan assets, details are requested under various transaction columns that explain the transition from the previous quarter’s balances to the current quarter’s balances.

D1

Loans: Advances/Repayments – Transactions (columns)

Advances made in quarter should include:

(a)

instalments released in the quarter for instalment advances;

(b)

re-advances, i.e. where previous charge cancelled;

(c)

further advances;

(d)

in the case of loans that have a facility to draw down extra amounts over and above the sum originally advanced, the total of any further amounts drawn down in the quarter;

(e)

the deduction from advances made of advance cheques cancelled;

but should exclude:

(f)

the amount of any loan books acquired in the quarter (which should be reported in ‘other debits/credits etc’):

(g)

retentions imposed, which should be included as they are released;

(h)

sundry debits, i.e. any items not approved and not included in commitments, e.g. insurance debits, fines, insurance guarantees, valuation fees, arrangement fees19 (unless formally treated as part of loan, that is where such amounts are repaid over the period of the loan);

(i)

any movements on overdrafts.

Repayment of principal should include:

(a)

repayment of principal including capital repayments, full or partial redemptions and the principal element of the normal monthly payment;

(b)

mortgage receipts temporarily posted to investment accounts;

(c)

transfers from investment accounts to mortgage accounts;

but should exclude:

(d)

the amount of any loan book sold during the quarter (to be reported in ‘other debits/(credits)19 etc’);

(e)

sundry credits to accounts, such as insurance premiums, fines, fees, etc;

(f)

advance cheques cancelled;

(g)

investment receipts temporarily posted to mortgage accounts;

(h)

any movement in overdrafts.

In determining the amount shown under repayment of principal, it is recognised that firms may need to estimate the amount of interest repaid where amounts repaid include both interest and principal, and/or where the amount of interest repayable is not the same as the amount charged (e.g. annual review or deferred interest schemes, or where a loan is not being fully serviced).

Write-offs in quarter

This is the amount of19 written off mortgage balances in the quarter (and of19 provisions charged to the income and expenditure account) and is to be on a basis consistent with amounts shown in the firm's published accounts as 'written off' within the analysis of changes in loss provision usually appearing as Notes to the Accounts.

The amount written off may arise for example from:

(a)

sale of a property in possession where there is a shortfall; or19

(b)

a decision to write down the mortgage debt on a loan still on the books. This may arise where the firm has taken the view that it is certain that a loss will arise and that it is prudent to write down the mortgage debt rather than carry the full debt and an offsetting provision. Examples might include certain fraud cases, or where arrangements have been reached with the borrower to reduce the mortgage debt repayable;19

(c)

the amount should be net of any write-backs in the quarter. If there are more write-backs than write-offs the net figure should be shown as a negative.19

Other debits/(credits) and transfers (net) should include: 19

(a)

interest charged to the loan account in the period;

(b)

interest repaid during the period;19

(c)

amounts charged to loan accounts and amounts received from borrowers in respect of such items as insurance premiums, valuation fees, and fines etc;19

(d)

mortgage balances acquired following takeover / merger;

(e)

loan books acquired from other lenders in the quarter;

(f)

loan books sold to other lenders in the quarter;

(g)

loan books securitised during the quarter;

(h)

the transfer of any securitised assets back onto the balance sheet (e.g. following the closure of a securitised pool of loans);

(i)

transfers19 (net) should include any reclassified loans (e.g. where there has been a change in the use of the land on which the loan is secured to/from residential; or a19 change in status of loan from/to regulated/non-regulated etc);

(j)

all movements on overdrafts (that is, net change in overdraft balances), other than write-offs19.

NB: Balances on loan books acquired/sold/securitised should be as at the date of the relevant event and not be subject to any revaluation factors.19

Overdraft analysis (final 3 columns of D1):

The term “overdraft” here and in other columns of D1, is used to cover two types of revolving credit facilities: overdrafts and credit cards.

The balance at end of quarter in column 6 is further analysed into loan balances excluding overdrafts and, separately, balances on overdrafts.

The final column in D1 represents the sum total, across all overdraft accounts included in the penultimate column, of the individual credit limits on each such overdraft.

D2

Loans: Book movements

The 'transactions in the quarter' columns are analyses of amounts already included within the 'other debits/(credits) and transfers (net)' column of section D1.

(a)

'loans acquired' represents balances on any relevant loan books acquired during the quarter from other lenders;

(b)

'loans sold' represents balances on any relevant loan book (i.e. parcel of loans) sold during the quarter to another lender;

(c)

'loans securitised' represents balances on any loans that the firm has securitised in the quarter. It includes balances on loans subject to securitisation transactions which should follow MIPRU 4.2.14R to MIPRU 4.2.16G. Securitised loans brought back onto the balance sheet in the quarter should also be included and the amount here should be net of them. If the amount of securitised loans brought back onto the balance sheet is greater than the securitised balance then the net figure should be reported as a negative; and19

(d)

'other' represents the net amount of other transaction amounts included in 'other debits/(credits) and transfers (net)' in D1.

NB: As a result, D2 (item (a) – item (b) – item (c) + item (d)) should equal D1 (item ‘other debits/(credits) and transfers (net)).

The final column 'balance at end quarter on loan assets subject to non-recourse funding' represents all such loan assets (and not just the amount treated as transactions in the quarter), and requires the 'gross amount' of such loan assets to be reported against relevant line item categories. Non-recourse funding can be established either by contract or in-substance.19 The 'gross amount' is the amount of any such loan that would be shown in a firm's published or other balance sheet as X in the example below:

gross loan asset

=

X

less non-recourse funding

=

Y

net loan asset

=

X-Y

In the analysis here at D2, it is therefore the gross loan asset at the end of the reporting quarter that should be reported in the final column. Once securitised, it is recognised that end quarter gross balances will not necessarily remain constant (due either to borrower repayments, the possibility of any further advances, or other arrangements19 for 'topping up' a pool of securitised loans, etc).

D3

Loans: Interest rates

Basis

Interest rates in this table are nominal annual rates charged to the customer on loan accounts excluding overdrafts (as defined in D1). They should ignore the effect of any interest rate swaps or other hedging contracts that might exist, and also ignore the effect of any offsetting deposit account (as for example in the case of an offset mortgage).

This provides an analysis of weighted average interest rates for the loan assets reported under ’Loans excluding overdrafts’ in column 7 of D1 above. 'Interest rates at end of quarter' (columns 4, 5, and 6 of section D3) means rates applying at least throughout the last day of the quarter, so firms should not use rates which only come into operation at the beginning of the next quarter. Points to note on specific columns are:

(1) Balances at end quarter

Accrued interest should be included (even though it is excluded when computing the weighted average rate).

The first 'of which' analysis is designed to obtain information on balances subject to fixed rates of interest and balances subject to variable rates of interest. (The two amounts should add to the balance in column 1). For these purposes:

'fixed' means the rate of interest is fixed for a stated period. It should also include any products with a 'capped rate' (i.e. subject to a guaranteed maximum rate) and any products that are 'collared loans' (i.e. subject to a minimum and a maximum rate). Annual review or stabilised payment loans should be excluded (since the purpose is merely to smooth cash flow on variable rate loans);

'variable' includes all other interest rate bases (i.e. other than those defined above as 'fixed') applying to particular products, including those at, or at a discount or premium to, one of the firm's administered lending rates; those linked to Libor (or other market rate); those linked to an index (e.g. FTSE) etc. However if any such loan products are subject to a 'capped rate', then treat as 'fixed'.

The second 'of which' analysis is designed to obtain information on loan balances according to whether the nominal annual interest rate charged to the customer at the quarter-end is higher than the prevailing Bank of England Base (or repo) Rate (BBR). For these purposes the BBR is that applying on the last day of the reporting quarter. The analysis is subdivided into four categories:

(a)

loan balances where the rate charged is less than 2% above BBR. Include here also all loan balances where the rate charged is less than BBR (as a result the sum of these four columns will equal the figure in the TOTAL column);

(b)

loan balances where the rate charged is 2% or up to 3% above BBR;

(c)

loan balances where the rate charged is 3% or up to 4% above BBR;

(d)

loan balances where the rate charged is 4% or more above BBR.

(2) Weighted average nominal annual rates

(a)

Interest rates reported in Table D3 provide a broad indication of market rates. They should ignore the effect of any interest rate swap or hedging. For each line item the weighted average rate should be derived as follows:

(i)

identify the various nominal/quoted interest rates that apply to elements of this line item; then

(ii)

for each separate nominal/quoted rate, multiply that rate by the amount of end quarter balances (excluding accrued interest) for which that rate applies; and

(iii)

add up the results of (ii) for all the different rates for this line item; and

(iv)

divide the total calculated in (iii) by the corresponding end quarter balance in column 1, 2 or 3 less accrued interest (against the line item concerned).

NB: in the 'of which' analysis that requires separate reporting of weighted 'fixed' and 'variable' rates, a cross check for each row is that the weighted average nominal rate on all balances is equal to the weighted average of the reported fixed and variable rates in the subsequent two columns.

D3.1 – 3.8

Other Points

The interest rate to be used is the rate charged to the loan account, which in certain circumstances will differ from the interest rate 'payable' by a borrower. These circumstances include deferred interest loans, interest roll-up loans, annual review schemes or where the loan is not performing.

Advances in quarter refers to the same amount as covered under 'advances in quarter' in the Loans: Advances/Repayments analysis in Section D1 above.

D4

Loans: Commitments (columns)

Commitments made since end of previous quarter

should include:

(a)

the aggregate of formally agreed advances (whether or not the mortgage offer has been accepted by the prospective borrower), including amounts recommended for retention, all instalment elements, and further advances;

but should exclude:

(b)

commitments from previous quarters that have been cancelled in the current quarter;

(c)

retentions imposed and subsequently not released;

(d)

instalment commitments that have not been taken up;

(e)

advance cancellations that are not re-issued;

(f)

sundry debits, e.g. insurance debits, fines, insurance guarantees, valuation fees, arrangement fees etc (unless formally treated as part of the loan, that is where such amounts are repaid over the period of the loan).

Cancellations in quarter

Includes (b), (c), (d) and (e) above.

Advances made in quarter

This refers to the same amount as covered under ‘advances in quarter’ in section D1 above.

Other debits/(credits) and transfers (net)

This is unlikely to be needed on a routine basis. It is intended to cover less frequent events such as loan commitments acquired on merger with another firm or acquisition of a loan book; or transferred on sale of a package of loans; or where 'commitments outstanding' need adjusting for reasons not attributable to other columns.

SECTION E: RESIDENTIAL LOANS TO INDIVIDUALS - New business profile

E1-6

Gross advances in quarter

Covers actual advances made in the quarter. For these purposes separate advances (e.g. stage payments) made in the period on the same mortgage should count as a single advance for the 'number' column in sections E3, E4, E5 and E6.

NB: 'gross advances' should be compiled on the same basis as in section D1 above and therefore relevant totals for each section in E1 to E6 should also agree with the amount of gross advances reported in D1.

E3-6

Balances outstanding

Covers balances at end of the quarter. Relevant sub-totals should agree with corresponding balances shown under ‘Loans excluding overdrafts’ in column 7 of D1.

E1/2

By Income Multiple and LTV (Loan to Valuation ratio)

The amount to be included in the table is the gross advance, but its allocation to a specific cell is determined according to income multiple and LTV which are both defined using the size of the loan (as defined below).

For second charge regulated mortgage contracts, the calculation of income multiples and LTVs are to also include the outstanding balance of the first charge regulated mortgage contract and any higher priority second charge regulated mortgage contracts.

E1/2

By Income Multiple and LTV

Income multiple based on single or joint incomes

For this analysis, 'income' should be taken as gross annual income before tax or any other deductions.

The loan should first of all be categorised to 'single' or 'joint' income basis, and the income multiple calculated as described below:

(i)

Single income basis. This means only one person's income was taken into account when making the lending assessment/decision.

The income multiple here is the total loan amount divided by the borrower's total income (total of the borrower's main income and any other reckonable income, e.g. overtime,19 to the extent that the firm takes such additional income into account in whole or in part).

(ii)

Joint income basis. This means that two or more persons' incomes were used in the lending assessment/decision.

The income multiple here is the total loan amount divided by the aggregate income of the two or more borrowers.

(iii)

Other. This category is to be used when the loan assessment is based, only partly or not at all, on one or more persons' incomes. Thus include here:

Under Single Income section (E1.6/E1.13)

Buy to let loans where the loan assessment is based on the rental yield of the property (but not buy to let loans based solely on one or more persons’ incomes which should be shown against the relevant income multiple category);

Lifetime mortgages since in most if not all instances, the concept of a supporting income is not applicable;

Other products (no current examples)

Under Joint Income section (E2.6/E2.13)

Business loans, where typically the loan assessment will be based on mixed sources of business/personal income or perhaps just on the capacity of a person’s business to support the loan;

Other products that have similar characteristics, that is where the loan assessment is based on either mixed income sources or non-personal incomes.

(iv)

Not evidenced. This 'of which' analysis applies to loans made on the basis of one or more persons' incomes, and therefore should exclude any loans reported in "Other" (defined in (iii) above).

It covers loans where: the lender has no independent documentary evidence to verify income (e.g. as provided by an employer's reference, a bank statement, a salary slip, a P60, or audited/certified accounts.19

For the purpose of income multiples, the multiple is of loan to income where loan is as defined below.

Loan to valuation ratio LTV

Should be based on the following:

(i)

loan is defined for:

(a)

new borrowers - as the amount of actual advance or, in the case of loans where the amount advanced in the period is less than the total amount of the loan19 which the firm has agreed to lend (for example loans with additional drawing facilities or loans involving instalments/stage payments/retentions), is the amount of committed advance (including any committed drawing facilities);

(b)

existing borrowers - as the total amount of debt outstanding including the further advance plus any committed drawing facilities at the time of the further advance;

and will include MIG ("mortgage indemnity guarantee"), building and other insurance premiums and other sundry items if these are included in the amount advanced;

(ii)

valuation is to be taken as the most recent valuation of the property which is subject to the mortgage (the existence of additional collateral on any other property should be ignored when calculating LTV). For these purposes, "recent valuation" can either be based on an actual valuation, or an estimated valuation using indexed valuation methodology applied to an original actual valuation. In the case of staged construction or self-build schemes, valuation means 'expected final value of the property' at the time the firm is committed to making the loan (i.e. takes the lending decision).

E3

Credit history

This seeks to categorise lending in terms of a borrower’s previous credit history, as measured at the point when the new advance is made. For these purposes, it is only necessary to establish a borrower’s credit history at a single point in time, i.e. at the time of making the loan. In practice this will usually be done at the ‘offer’ stage of making a loan. It is not intended that credit history should be reassessed after the loan has been made. However, if a further advance is made, then it will be necessary to re-assess.

In particular the aim is to separately identify under the heading 'Impaired credit history', those loans where it appears that the borrower has some form of adverse credit history:

(i)

at the point when the new advance is made and the loan is reported under 'Gross advances';

(ii)

subsequently for reporting under 'Balances outstanding', the amount of the loan at the quarter end to such a borrower (who at the point when the present loan was advanced, was deemed to have had an adverse credit history).

However, if there is subsequently a further advance on the loan (19which will be reported under ‘Gross advances’ in E3), this is an occasion to re-assess the borrower’s credit history. At that stage, the total amount of the loan (including further advance) should be classified under ‘Balances outstanding’ on the basis of the credit history as determined at the time of making the further advance. This means that the further advance and total loan amount will be reported on a consistent basis.

E3.1

Impaired credit history

If any of the following conditions are met at the time of making the loan, the borrower should be reported as having an impaired credit history:

(i)

arrears on a previous (or current) mortgage or other secured loan within the last two years, where the cumulative amount overdue at any point reached three or more monthly payments;

(ii)

arrears on a previous (or current) unsecured loan within the last two years, where the cumulative amount overdue at any point reached three or more monthly payments;

(iii)

one or more county court judgments19 (CCJs), with a total value greater than £500, within the last three years;

(iv)

being subject to an Individual voluntary arrangement (IVA) at any time within the last three years;

(v)

being subject to a bankruptcy order at any time within the last three years;

but firms should not include technical arrears as part of the above definition. Technical arrears means circumstances where the borrower has been the victim of a banking error giving rise to late payment.

NB: In (i) to (v), firms should ignore whether the borrower has subsequently paid off arrears, or has satisfied/discharged a CCJ or IVA or bankruptcy.

In the case of loans involving two or more borrowers, the impaired credit test is whether any one of the borrowers individually meets any of the five listed impaired credit conditions.

E4

Payment type

This section analyses loans in terms of how the borrower is contractually expected to service the loan, and is split into four categories:

• repayment;

• interest only;

• combined; and

• other.

E4.1

Repayment (capital and interest) This is the traditional payment option available to borrowers. Such loans involve regular periodic payments covering interest for the period and some repayment of capital.

E4.2

Interest only

This is the type of loan which requires the borrower to make regular payments of interest only (i.e. without any obligation to make periodic payments of capital). It includes 'endowment' type loans, others having an independent ultimate repayment vehicle (e.g. PEP, ISA or pension mortgages), as well as other interest-only loans where there is either no specific ultimate repayment vehicle in place or where the lender does not formally require one to be in place.

E4.3

Combined

This section is for loans where both of the above payment types are in place (i.e. part of the loan is ‘repayment’, and part is ‘interest only’).

E4.4

Other

This category will contain loans where no regular periodic payment obligation is in place, for example secured overdraft facilities or secured credit cards, and lifetime mortgages.

E5

By drawing facility

These are loans which include an option to draw down further amounts (i.e. where, at the outset of the loan, extra drawing rights exist over and above the original amount advanced, but not those arising only in relation to previous overpayments).

The drawing facility category is also meant to indicate a facility that is only exercisable by the borrower (e.g. via a cheque book, on line transaction or on demand). It would therefore not apply to situations where a loan is merely subject to retentions or stage payments, since the borrower does not have a draw-down option that they19 can exercise.

E5.1

Extra drawing facility

These are loans which in general are structured as follows:

Example structure when flexible loan contract agreed

Amount of loan advanced

£65,000

Amount of extra drawing facility agreed to (but not advanced at outset of loan)

£15,000

Total loan facility up to

£80.000

E5.1

(a) Loans including unused facility

This means the total loan facility i.e. the sum of the amount of loan advanced and the amount of extra drawing facility agreed (but not advanced at the outset of the loan):

(i)

gross advances in quarter should detail those loans that include an extra drawing facility: show the number and amount of such loans;

(ii)

loans outstanding means the end quarter balances (on original advance plus any subsequent draw downs) plus the residual amount of any unused drawing facility that remains available to the borrower: show the number and amount of such loans.

(b) Unused facility This is the amount of the extra drawing facility that has not been drawn down by the borrower:

(i)

gross advances in quarter should detail the unused facility element of such loans: show the amount;

(ii)

loans outstanding means the end quarter balances of any unused extra drawing facility that remains available to the borrower: show the amount.

(c) Net loans

This can be calculated by subtracting the entry in row b) from the entry in row a).

E5.2

Loans with no extra drawing facility

Firms should report all other loans here.

E5.3

TOTAL

This figure should be calculated as follows:

(i)

for 'Number' by adding E5.1(a) and E5.2, and

(ii)

for 'Amount' by adding E5.1(c) and E5.2.

E6

By purpose

E6.1/2

House purchase

Loans where the borrower is purchasing a house (or flat etc). Firms should include stage payments on such transactions here and not in 'further advances'. A distinction is drawn between loans for house purchase where the purpose is for owner occupation, or for buying with a view to letting ('buy to let').

Loans for owner occupation are required to be sub divided into those to first time buyers (FTBs, that is where the tenure of the main borrower immediately before this advance was not owner-occupier) and those to other buyers.

E6.2

Buy to let (BTL)

Such loans typically involve the borrower purchasing a residential property with the intention of letting it out on a rental basis.

The majority of BTL loans will be those used by the borrower to acquire a property with the intention of letting it on a commercial basis to unrelated third parties. That is to persons who, in relation to the borrower, are not ‘related persons’ (where ‘related persons’ are those set out in subsections (A), (B) and (C) of section 4 (iv) of the Introduction). These BTL loans are not regulated mortgage contracts and hence should be shown in columns 5 to 8 of E6.2 under ‘Non regulated loans’.

However, where a BTL loan is used by the borrower to acquire a residential property that will be occupied by a related person, such a loan will normally be a regulated mortgage contract (providing it satisfies the other requirements of a regulated mortgage contract) and should therefore be shown in columns 1 to 4 of E6.2 under ‘Regulated loans’. An example of such a loan is where a parent buys a house or flat for use by a student son or daughter, with a plan to take in other students on a rental basis.

Further advances and remortgages on any BTL loans should be included within E6.2.19

E6.3

Further advance

A further loan (either as a normal further advance, or as a second charge loan where the firm has the first charge) to an existing borrower of the firm, secured on the same property.

The underlying purpose of the further advance is not relevant and could include e.g. purchasing freehold interest in a currently owned leasehold property; buying a second property on the security of the first; as a consumer loan fully secured on residential property; or as a ‘drawdown’ on a flexible mortgage.

However, further advances on existing buy to let loans, and on lifetime mortgage loans should instead be reported against E6.2 and E6.6 respectively.

E6.4/5

Re-mortgage

Loans where the borrower is not moving house but is refinancing an existing loan, either one already with the firm or one from another lender. The whole amount of the new advance should be classified as a19 're-mortgage' even if it is larger than the existing loan.

Re-mortgages from another lender are well understood, and need no further comment.

But a ‘re-mortgage’ by one of a firm’s existing borrowers (i.e. ‘own borrower’ in E6.4) will not always be transacted in exactly the same way by different lenders. The following comments are designed to provide some illustrative examples, and indicate how the actual transaction between lender and borrower should be reported:

Example 1: borrower changes from variable rate to fixed rate, with loan amount unchanged, at say £100k. Some lenders' systems formally treat this as a redemption and a new loan advance which is reportable under "advances" in D1 (in which case report as "re-mortgage" under this analysis of advances in E6), but other lenders treat it as an interest variation and not as a new advance (so not included in advances in D1 or E).19

Example 2: borrower changes from variable rate to fixed rate and takes out additional loan at the same time, say extra £25k on top of existing £100k. Some lenders will treat as a redemption of £100k and a new advance of £125k (in which case the £125k is a re-mortgage), but others may treat as two loans (with first loan regarded as just subject to an interest rate variation, and the extra loan as a "further advance").19

• It is recognised that practices vary among lenders when it comes to further advances or re-mortgages. What is important is that the actual transaction between the lender and the borrower is reflected in the MLAR.

• Thus if a firm genuinely treats the advance of new money as a further advance (perhaps setting up a second sub-account), then that should be reported as such (e.g. at E6.3).19

• However if the old loan is formally replaced with a new loan (at the same or increased size) and this is reported in "advances" in D1, then the new loan should similarly be reported in E, and in E6.4 shown as a19 "re-mortgage".

NB: However, re-mortgages on existing buy to let loans, and on lifetime mortgage loans, should instead be reported against E6.2 and E6.6 respectively.

E6.6

Lifetime mortgages

(i) Regulated loans: Lifetime mortgages (columns 1 to 4)

This is19 defined in the Handbook as follows:

19

(1)

an MCD exempt lifetime mortgage; or19

(2)

(other than in (1)), a regulated mortgage contract or an article 3(1)(b) credit agreement under which:19

(a)

entry into the mortgage is restricted to older customers above a specified age; and19

(b)

the lender may or may not specify a mortgage term, but will not seek full repayment of the loan (including interest, if any, outstanding) until the occurrence of one or more of the specified life events; and19

(c)

while the customer continues to occupy the mortgaged land as their main residence:19

(i) no instalment repayments of the capital and no payment of interest on the capital (other than interest charged when all or part of the capital is repaid voluntarily by the customer) are due or capable of becoming due; or19

(ii) although interest payments may become due, no full or partial repayment of the capital is due or capable of becoming due; or19

(iii) although interest payments and partial repayment of the capital may become due, no full repayment of the capital is due or capable of becoming due

.19

19

(ii) Non- regulated loans: ‘Lifetime mortgage’ (columns 5 to 8)

Loans to be included under these columns include:

• loans having broadly similar characteristics to those set out in (i)(a), (b) and (c) above, but which were advanced before 31 October 2004. Such loans will usually have been known as ‘equity release loans’;

• loans made after 31 October 2004, which whilst not satisfying the full criteria needed to be classed as a regulated mortgage contract (e.g. since a second but not a first charge is taken), nonetheless match the characteristics set out in (i)(a), (b) and (c) above.

(iii) Further advances and re-mortgages on any of the loans described in (i) and (ii) above, should be included within E6.6

E6.7

Other

Would include for example where a borrower is not moving house but takes a loan on the security of his previously unmortgaged property.

SECTION F: LENDING - ARREARS ANALYSIS

Introduction

The guidance notes in this section serve two purposes: they provide guidance for

  1. (i) Items19F1 to F5 shown in MLAR table F.

    For these sections, the analysis of lending refers to on-balance sheet loan assets only, but excluding overdrafts (i.e. as included under ‘Loans excluding overdrafts’ in column 7 of section D1 of table D).19

    The responsibility for completing table F lies with the authorised lender, irrespective of whether the lender administers the loans itself or out-sources the administration elsewhere. The information should therefore appear as part of the lender’s MLAR19.

  2. (ii) Items19H1 to H5 shown in MLAR table H.

    For these sections, which cover reporting of arrears by firms with a mortgage administrator's activity, the analysis should include arrears in respect of the types of residential loans to individuals set out in the guidance notes for table G, but only where the firm is acting as 'principal administrator'. For guidance on items H1 to H5 see corresponding guidance against items F1 to F5. Similarly references in the guidance notes to any items F1 to F519 should also be read as referring to items H1 to H5 when completing table H.

  3. F1 – F4

    Arrears categorisation by type of loan

    For these sections, the analysis of lending is divided into two main types:

    (i)

    residential loans to individuals (split between regulated and non-regulated business);

    (ii)

    all other secured loans.

    The analysis is based on expressing the amount of arrears on each loan as a percentage of the customer’s19balance outstanding on the loan, allocating cases to relevant arrears bands, providing details of cases moving up into more serious arrears bands in the quarter, and giving information on loan performance during the quarter. (In cases where there is more than one loan secured on a single property, these should be amalgamated, where possible, in reporting details of arrears cases.)

    Definitions of terms used above, and those related to them, are given below in sections having side headings numbered 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6.

    F1.6/ F2.6 & F3.6/ F4.6

    In possession:cases should be included here where the property is taken19 in possession (through any method e.g. voluntary surrender, court order 19). For development loans in particular, cases should also be included where the appointment of a receiver and/or a manager has been made, or where the security is being enforced in other ways (which may or may not also involve the existence of arrears e.g. building finance case with interest roll-up, no arrears, but a current valuation is less than the outstanding debt).

    1. Balance outstanding (columns 3 and 6)

    1.1 This is the amount of total debt at the reporting date, and should comprise the total amount outstanding (after deducting any write-offs but without deduction for any provisions) in respect of:

    (i)

    the principal of the advance (including any further advances made);

    (ii)

    interest accrued on the advance (but only up to the reporting date), including any interest suspended;

    (iii)

    any other sum which the borrower is obliged to pay the firm and which is due from the borrower, e.g. fees, fines, administration charges, default interest and insurance premiums;

    and is intended to be consistent with the basis used for presentation of gross balances outstanding shown in the balance sheet section of the return (i.e. at A3 Column 1 for on-balance sheet or unsecuritised balances, and at A3 column 4 for securitised balances), with the addition for tables F and H of any interest suspended not included in the balance sheet.

    2. Amount of arrears (columns 2 and 4)

    2.1 Arrears will arise through the borrower failing to service any element of his debt obligation to the firm, including capital, interest,19 fees, fines, administrative charges, default interest or insurance premiums.

    2.2 At the reporting date, the amount of arrears is the difference between:

    (i)

    the accumulated total amounts of (monthly or other periodic) payments due to be received from the borrower; and

    (ii)

    the accumulated total amount of payments actually made by the borrower.

    2.3 Only amounts which are contractually due at the reporting date should be included in 2.2(i) above. That is:

    (i)

    include accrued interest only up to the reporting date but not beyond; and19

    (ii)

    19only include a proportion of any annual insurance premium if the firm permits such amounts to be paid in periodic instalments. However if the terms of the loan or the lender’s practice are such as to permit insurance premiums to be added to the loan principal then do not treat such amounts as contractually due;

    (iii)

    similarly, where 'any other sum' has been added to the loan (see 1.1 (iii) above), only include such proportions as are contractually due (e.g. if it is the practice in particular circumstances to add the sum/charge to the loan and require repayment over the residual term of the loan);

    (iv)

    in assessing 'payments due' when a borrower has a flexible loan, it is important to apply the contractual terms of the loan: for example, payment holidays which satisfy the terms of the loan should not be treated as giving rise to an arrears position;

    (v)

    do not however include 'Deeds Store' loans in the arrears figures (that is, loans where the debt is de minimis e.g. £100, but the borrower still has insurance premiums to pay and perhaps some instalments are overdue).

    2.4 In the case of annual review schemes the 'payment due to be received' under 2.2(i) is that calculated under the scheme. This may well differ from the amount charged to the account but should not of itself give rise to any arrears, providing the borrower is making the level of payments advised by the firm. The same principles apply to deferred interest products - if the borrower is making the payments that are required under the loan arrangements then he or she19 is not in arrears, even though the debt outstanding is increasing.

    2.5 Where a firm makes a temporary 'concession' to a borrower (i.e., an agreement with the borrower whereby monthly payments are either suspended or less than they would be on a fully commercial basis) for a period, the amounts included in 2.2(i) are those contractually due (and at commercial rates of interest). Hence the borrower will continue to be in arrears and the level of arrears will in fact continue to increase until such time as he or she19 is able fully to service the debt outstanding.

    2.6 Where the terms of the loan do not require payment of interest (or capital) until a stated date or until redemption or until certain conditions are triggered, as for example in the case of certain building finance loans, then the loan is not in arrears until such time as contractual repayments are overdue. There may be circumstances however where, even though the loan is not in arrears, it falls to be reported under F1.6, F2.6, F3.6 or F4.6. (See notes on F1.6/F2.6/F3.6/F4.6 at the19 beginning of Section F.)

    2.7 The reporting treatment of cases where arrears have been capitalised is dealt with in section 3 below.

    2.8 Where a 'capitalisation' case19 has at one time been correctly removed as fully performing (see section 3) but at some later time defaults, then this should be treated as a new default and the amount of arrears taken as that arising from this new default. That is, the previously capitalised arrears should not be reinstated as current arrears.

    3. Capitalisation of arrears and reporting criteria

    3.1 By 'capitalisation' we mean a formal arrangement agreed with the borrower to add all or part of a borrower's arrears to the amount of outstanding principal (i.e. advance of principal including further advances less capital repayments received during the period of the loan) and then treating that amount of overall debt as the enlarged principal. This enlarged principal is then used as the basis for calculating future monthly payments over the remaining term of the loan. Where less than the full amount of arrears is capitalised (or indeed where none of the arrears is capitalised) then, providing there are arrangements made for the borrower to repay the non-capitalised arrears over a shorter period ranging for example from 3 to 18 months, this type of arrangement should also be regarded as an equivalent of 'capitalisation'.

    3.2 The decision to 'capitalise' (or treat as if capitalised) is a business decision between the firm and the borrower. However for the purposes of consistency in reporting arrears cases in table F (and reporting capitalisations in section F5) the following reporting criteria should be used where a firm has capitalised the loan (or treated as if capitalised) and reset the monthly payment:

    (i)

    such an arrears case should continue to be included in sections F1 – F4 as an arrears case until the loan has been 'fully performing' (see (ii) below) for a period of six consecutive months (any temporary increase in arrears during this qualifying period has the effect of requiring six consecutive months of fully performing after such an event). Until that time it should be included in table F, and be allocated to the arrears band applicable at each reporting date as if 'capitalisation' had not taken place;

    (ii)

    for these purposes a loan is considered to be 'fully performing' only where the borrower has been meeting all obligations on the loan with regard to repayments of principal, interest (at a normal mortgage rate on the full balance outstanding, including as appropriate any relevant past arrears), any payment towards clearing past arrears as agreed with the firm and any default payments due levied in respect of previous missed repayments. That is, amounts may be either added to the principal of the loan or otherwise repaid over a shorter period than the residual term of the mortgage, as agreed between firm and borrower. But then this revised payment schedule must be fully maintained for a six month period before the arrears can qualify to be treated as capitalised for reporting purposes and hence removed from the arrears cases in table F;

    (iii)

    arrears cases qualifying as 'fully performing' under (ii) should then be omitted from sections F1-F4, and should then be reported in section F5 for the same reporting period during which the removal occurs.

    4. Cases entering higher (i.e. more serious) arrears band in quarter (columns 1 to 3)

    This refers to those cases now included in a particular arrears band19 which may have been classified in a less severe (i.e. lower numerical) band at the end of the previous quarter, but which have deteriorated sufficiently during the quarter to move to a more severe arrears band. This would mean, for example, that cases that were previously excluded from the arrears table being less than 1.5% in arrears would now be entered in the '1.5 < 2.5%' arrears band (i.e. greater than 1.5% and19 less than 2.5%) in F1.1, and F1.6 (and F2.6/F3.6/F4.6) will show details of those cases taken into possession during the quarter which were previously classified as in arrears under any of F1.1-1.5 (or F 2.1-2.5/3.1-3.5/4.1-4.5, as the case may be). Cases which have improved during the quarter and which could now be classified in a less severe arrears band should not be included in these 3 columns.

    5. Number (of cases) (Columns 1 and 4)

    5.1 In cases where there is more than one loan secured on a single property, these should be amalgamated, where possible, in reporting details of arrears cases.

    5.2 In cases involving, for example, arrears on loans to property developers (which would come under F4), the loan should count as a single case in the number column irrespective of the number of properties on the development itself.

    6. Performance of current arrears cases (column 7)

    6.1 This analyses all those arrears cases included in columns 4 to 6 and gives a measure of performance covering all of the loans in a particular arrears band at the end of the quarter. The measure, which compares 'actual' with 'expected' payments, is required to be calculated for a single time period: the 3 months covered by the firm's latest financial quarter. For this time period, the performance measure should be calculated as a percentage as follows:

    total of 'payments received' from borrowers19 x 100 total of 'payments due' from borrowers

    where:

    (i)

    'payments due' means amounts due under normal commercial terms (and not the lesser amounts which may have been agreed as part of any temporary arrangement) fully to service the loans: that is the balances outstanding including those elements referred to in 1.1 above such as insurance, fees and fines19. (If for some reason this is not readily available then a suitable approximation can be derived for each relevant quarter by applying one quarter of the annual interest rate to the appropriate balance outstanding, and adding in other payments due for example insurance, fees and fines19); and

    (ii)

    'payments received' should be limited to regular repayment of interest, capital and other sundry charges to the loan account, and should exclude abnormal repayments (e.g. sale proceeds of property in possession, and large lump sum repayment of part or all of the outstanding balance). The reasoning behind this is that excess payments on one or more arrears cases would otherwise have the effect of compensating for underpayment on other arrears cases and, as a result, give an overstated performance measure. Therefore, in compiling aggregate payment received figures (as part of the payment performance ratio) the contribution from an individual loan in arrears should be limited to no more than the 'payment due' amount.

    6.2 The amount to be entered on the return is a percentage to 2 decimal places. Given the limitation described in 6.1 (ii), it cannot exceed 100%.

    6.3 In calculating the performance measure on possession cases (F1.6, F2.6, F3.6 and F4.6), the following points are relevant:

    (i)

    'payments received': in many cases these may be nil, but not always since the property in possession may be let out and a rental income received. In each case the payment received should be included for the purposes of calculating the performance measure;

    (ii)

    'payments due': in recognition of the fact that amounts of interest will still be charged to the borrower’s account, then the 'payments due' should be calculated as three months’ interest at normal commercial rates of interest;

    (iii)

    however, in F1.6, F2.6, F3.6 and F4.6, it is likely that the performance measure will in most instances be zero;

    (iv)

    the relevance of the above however, is that 'payments due' on possession cases need to be computed in order to feed into the overall performance measure at F1.6, F2.6, F3.6 and F4.6.

    6.4 The overall measure of performance at F1.7 (and similarly at F2.7, F3.7 and F4.7) includes possessions, and is the ratio of:

    (i)

    ‘payments received’ on all cases in F1.1 to F1.6

    (ii)

    ‘payments due’ on all cases in F1.1 to F1.6 The same approach should be used for F2.7, F3.7 and F4.7.

    F5

    Arrears management

    Number of sales/Number of (arrears) cases

    In cases where there is more than one loan secured on a single property, these should be amalgamated where possible in reporting details of possession cases sold during the period in F5 (column 1), and details of arrears cases in F5 (columns 319 and 4).

    Balance outstanding

    In F5 (columns 2 and 5) this is as defined in section F/1 paragraph 1.1 (including in the case of properties sold the costs of sale where these have been debited to the borrower's account), and should be the balance at the end of the quarter.

    Possession sales during quarter

    Firms should include in F5 (columns 1 and 2) all properties sold in the quarter irrespective of whether losses have occurred.

    Capitalisation of arrears cases in quarter

    Details should be given in respect of those cases which, having previously been in the reported figures in table F on arrears, have now been capitalised (or treated as if capitalised), have satisfied certain performance criteria for six months, and have been removed during the latest quarter from the arrears figures which now appear in sections F1 – F4. See19 paragraph 3 of section F of the guidance notes.

    Cases involving temporary concession or arrangement

    In respect of the number of cases in arrears at the end of the quarter (i.e. reported in F1 to F4.7), details should be given of those cases for which the lender has taken steps to assist the borrower in some way.

    Specifically, firms should state in how many cases a temporary concession has been made (see paragraph 2.5 in Section F), and in how many cases a formal arrangement to capitalise has been made (see paragraph 3.1 in section F, which also includes within the term 'arrangement' the example of a borrower making increased monthly payments to reduce some or all existing arrears). The balancing number should be shown in the next column 'No concession/arrangement'.

SECTION G: MORTGAGE ADMINISTRATION – BUSINESS PROFILE

Introduction

Article 61 of the Regulated Activities Order establishes administering a regulated mortgage contract as a regulated activity. This applies equally to those firms that are lenders, and those whose principal business is to undertake mortgage administration on behalf of third parties.

For firms that are authorised as mortgage administrators only, the information sought in this section will enable the appropriate regulator to establish the extent and nature of the firm’s mortgage administration business. The appropriate regulator will be able to assess the potential risks posed by the firm’s business activities and tailor its regulatory response accordingly.

A mortgage administrator is a firm with permission (or which ought to have permission) for administering a regulated mortgage contract and where, as defined in article 61(3)(b) of the Regulated Activities Order, administering a regulated mortgage contract consists of either or both of:

• notifying the borrower of changes in interest rates or payments due under the contract, or of other matters of which the contract requires them19 to be notified; and

• taking any necessary steps for the purposes of collecting or recovering payments due under the contract from the borrower;

But a person is not to be treated as administering a regulated mortgage contract merely because they have or exercise, a right to take action for the purposes of enforcing the contract (or to require that such action is or not taken)19.

You should note that this section applies to firms with just a mortgage administrator’s activity and those with both a mortgage lender’s and mortgage administrator’s activity.

You should also note, however, that if you have both a mortgage lender’s activity and a mortgage administrator’s activity to administer your own book and do not have any off-balance sheet loans to administer, then you should not complete this section of the MLAR.

‘Principal’ and ‘Other’ Administrators

Because of the extent of specialisation and separation of activities in the provision of mortgage lending and administration services, we need to identify whether a firm that is authorised as a mortgage administrator is acting for MLAR19 purposes as a ‘principal administrator’ or as an ‘other administrator':

Principal administrator: this is where your firm is authorised to undertake a mortgage administrator’s activity, and is exercising that activity on behalf of either a lender or other firm that is not itself authorised to undertake a mortgage administrator’s activity;

Other administrator: this is where your firm (although authorised to undertake a mortgage administrator’s activity) is undertaking loan administration for either a lender or other firm which itself is also authorised to undertake a mortgage administrator’s activity. In this situation, your firm is not regarded as the ‘principal administrator’, and you are merely acting on behalf of an authorised mortgage administrator.

G1

Mortgage contracts administered at end-quarter

Where your firm is acting as Principal administrator (columns 1-3)

Collects data on mortgage contracts administered as at the end of the quarter, but only where you are formally acting as principal in exercising a mortgage administrator’s activity. It therefore excludes the reporting of:

• any loan administration where you, being a firm without a mortgage administrator’s activity, are merely providing an outsourced service for a third party which does have a mortgage administrator’s activity and which is exercising it in respect of those loans; and

• any loan administration where you, a firm having a mortgage administrator’s activity, are acting as agent and providing an outsourced service for a third party which itself has a mortgage administrator’s activity and which is exercising it in respect of those loans.

If you also have a mortgage lender’s activity, then you should treat your own on and off-balance sheet loans as follows:

(i)

your firm’s on-balance sheet loans should be excluded from G1.1 a) and G1.2 a). These items will therefore only include loans administered for third party lenders who do not themselves have a mortgage administrator’s activity;

(ii)

your firm’s off-balance sheet loans should be included in G1.1 c) and G1.2 c). These will be the loans you have shown in section A3 ‘Securitised balances’ under ‘gross balances’. (These items G1.1 c) and G1.2 c) will also include loans you administer for other special purpose vehicles where you are formally exercising your mortgage administrator’s activity).

Where your firm is acting as Other administrator (columns 4-6)

Record under these columns all of the mortgage contracts administered at the end of the quarter where you are not acting as a principal administrator.

G1.1

Number of loans

You should detail the number of regulated mortgage contracts administered as at the end of the quarter for firms with a mortgage lender’s activity, for other firms (i.e. lenders for which you administer mortgages but they themselves do not have a mortgage lender’s activity) and for special purpose vehicles (‘SPVs’) (i.e. firms that fall within the Handbook definition of a special purpose vehicle).

You should also detail the number of non-regulated loans administered as at the end of the quarter for firms with a mortgage lender’s activity, for other firms (i.e. lenders for which you administer mortgages but they themselves do not have a mortgage lender’s activity) and for SPVs19.

The total (all loans) is the sum of regulated mortgage contracts and non-regulated loans.

G1.2

Balance outstanding on loans

You should detail the balances outstanding on all regulated mortgage contracts that you administer as at the end of the quarter for firms with a mortgage lender’s activity, for other firms (i.e. lenders for which you administer mortgages but they themselves do not have a mortgage lender’s activity) and for SPVs19.

You should detail the balances outstanding on all non-regulated loans that you administer as at the end of the quarter for firms with a mortgage lender’s activity, for other firms (i.e. lenders for which you administer mortgages but they themselves do not have a mortgage lender’s activity) and for SPVs19.

The total (all loans) is the sum of regulated mortgage contracts and non-regulated loans.

G2

Lenders for whom mortgage administration was being carried out at quarter-end

Collects data only on the top five lenders for each category by value (i.e. the largest five firms by value, based on balances outstanding on regulated loans) for whom mortgage administration was being carried out at the quarter-end. (Details on other lenders are not required to be shown, over and above the top five listed in each category.)

The analysis required in G2 covers all mortgage administration activity undertaken by your firm, irrespective of whether your firm is acting as a ‘principal’ or ‘other’ administrator. The final column of the analysis, however, asks you to indicate your status for each firm listed, namely whether acting as ‘Principal’ or as ‘Other’ administrator.

G2.1

Firms with a mortgage lender’s activity

Please detail the top five firms (by value) for whom mortgage administration was being carried out at the quarter-end.

You should include the firm's reference number in addition to the name of the firm.

You should indicate the value of regulated mortgage contracts and non-regulated loans for each of the top five firms for whom you administer such contracts.

The total (all loans) for each firm listed is the sum of regulated mortgage contracts and non-regulated loans.

G2.2

Other firms

Please detail the top five other firms (by value) for whom mortgage administration was being carried out at the quarter-end (but who themselves do not have a mortgage lender’s activity).

You should indicate the value of regulated mortgage contracts and non-regulated loans for each of the top five other firms for whom you administer.

The total (all loans) for each firm listed is the sum of regulated mortgage contracts and non-regulated loans.

G2.3

SPVs

Please detail the top five SPVs19 (by value) for whom mortgage administration was being carried out at the quarter-end. If your firm has off-balance sheet loans (which it has reported in G1.1 c) and G1.2 c)) then please show your firm as one of these five SPVs19 as follows:

• group together all SPVs19 for which your firm is the originator and show the aggregated amounts on a single line (irrespective of whether the total of regulated loans for all such SPVs19 would rank within the top five);

• under "firm reference" column, put your firm's reference number;

• under "Name of firm" column, put your firm's name followed by "own SPVs" in brackets, for example XYZ firm name (own SPVs).

You should indicate the value of regulated mortgage contracts and non-regulated loans for each of the top five SPVs19 for whom you administer.

The total (all loans) for all SPVs19 listed is the sum of regulated mortgage contracts and non-regulated loans.

SECTION H: MORTGAGE ADMINISTRATION – Arrears analysis

Type of loans to be reported

This arrears analysis should cover only those types of loan listed below, in respect of which your firm is formally acting as principal in exercising a mortgage administrator's activity. Thus, irrespective of whether your firm has a mortgage administrator's activity, if you are merely acting as an administrator for a third party that itself has, and is exercising, a mortgage administrator's activity, then you should not include any such loans in this analysis.

The types of loans to be included in the analysis are:

  1. (i) Loans administered for firms which do not themselves have a mortgage lender's activity. These are the loans reported at G1.2 b) in table G.

  2. (ii) Loans administered for third party SPVs19.

  3. (iii) where your firm has a mortgage lender's activity, loans that represent your firm's off-balance sheet loans and which you have reported in section A3 of table A as "gross balances" under "Securitised balances".

NB: loans in (ii) and (iii) are all those shown in G1.2c of table G.

The information presented in table H should represent the total of all such loan types listed above, in a single version of the table.

H1 – H5

Guidance on arrears items

The guidance for these items is provided in section F of these guidance notes, where items H1 to H5 correspond to items F1 to F5.

The arrears analysis is of loan balances excluding overdrafts, as is the case in section F.

SECTION J: FEE TARIFF MEASURES

J1

Introduction

The purpose of this section is to enable the firm to provide data on the current fee tariff measures that apply to each of the regulated activities of home finance providing activity and administering a home finance transaction.

This section also distinguishes between the fee tariff measures that apply to the FCA19 and FOS Ltd19 (Financial Ombudsman Service Limited19).

Since the relevant fee tariff measures may change from time to time, these guidance notes merely define where the current definitions of fee tariff measures are to be found. Accordingly, please refer19 to the relevant part of the FCA’s Handbook19 where such details can be found:

* FEES 4 Annex 1AR and Annex 2AR19 of the Handbook for the FCA19 fee tariff*

* FEES 5 Annex 1R, Annex 2R and Annex 3R19 of the Handbook for the FOS Ltd19 fee tariff*

To the extent that the FOS Ltd19 fee tariff measure requires other relevant activities that the firm carries out to be taken into account, these should be included in J1.3.

In relation to section J of the MLAR, firms must report the information required by this section solely in their year-end MLAR. Firms with an accounting reference date of between 31 December and 31 March (inclusive) must report the information required by this section as at 31 December of the calendar year immediately before the relevant fee period. All other firms must report the information required by this section as at 31 December of the previous calendar year. For example, for 2006/07 fees, for firms with an accounting reference date of between 31 December 2005 and 31 March 2006 (inclusive) the information required by section J is that calculated as at 31 December 2005. For all other firms the information required by section J is that calculated as at 31 December 2004.

SECTION K: SALE AND RENT BACK BUSINESS (SRB)

Introduction

This section must be completed as follows:

SRB agreement providers must complete K1 to K4;

SRB administrators must complete K5;

Firms that are both SRB agreement providers and SRB administrators must complete K1 to K5.

19 SRB: Residential sales by individuals

It is expected that firms will have the following to report:

• regulated SRB agreements: in respect of transactions entered into since SRB became a regulated activity, and

• non-regulated SRB agreements: in respect of transactions of a similar nature entered into before SRB became a regulated activity which are still being administered; and also any new contract that, while not meeting the precise conditions for a regulated contract, nonetheless has similar characteristics (for example cases where the purchaser is not regulated or where the firm has purchased a property under value and rents an alternative property to the seller).

This approach means that all new and existing sale and rent back agreements – whether regulated or not, and whether transacted before or after SRB became a regulated activity – must be included in the information reported by the firm in section K.

K1

Overall business summary

This section looks at the firm’s SRB position at the start of the reporting quarter, at the various movements in the quarter, and at the end quarter position. Details required are:

K1.1

SRB agreements at start of quarter: those agreements that existed at the end of the previous quarter. This line should normally agree with figures reported as at the previous quarter-end.

K1.2

New sales in quarter: new SRB agreements transacted in the quarter, where the firm has obtained title to the property and monies have been paid to the SRB seller. ‘Amount’ is the sale value (paid to seller) and should be reported gross, that is, before the deduction of any fees and charges.

K1.3

Disposals in quarter: SRB agreements where the firm has sold the actual property. ‘Amount’ is the SRB value of the contract as used for the same contract reported in K1.1. Transfers or sales of SRB agreements should be reported under ‘Business transfers-sales’ below.

K1.4

Business transfer-acquisitions: where the firm acquires one or more existing SRB agreements from another party or parties.

K1.5

Business transfer- sales: where the firm sells one or more existing SRB agreements to another party or parties. Include also transfers of such agreements to any party.

K1.6

Other: include any other amounts which affect the balances reported in K1.1 and K1.7, that is which reflect any change in the book value of any SRB agreements during the quarter. This is to capture any ‘amounts’ that will affect the overall position but are19 not covered by K1.2-K1.5. A value is required to be recorded in the ‘Amount’ column only.

K1.7

SRB agreements at end of quarter: the number and book value of SRB contracts in existence at the end of the quarter.

K1.8

SRB agreements arranged for unauthorised persons: The number of SRB agreements arranged where an unauthorised person has obtained title to the property and monies have been paid to the SRB seller. The ‘Amount’ is the sale value (paid to seller) and should be reported gross, that is, before the deduction of any fees and charges.

NB: it is expected that figures in K1.7 will reconcile with those in other rows as follows:

• For ‘Numbers’: K1.7 = K1.1 + K1.2 – K1.3 + K1.4 – K1.5

• For ‘Amounts’: K1.7 = K1.1 + K1.2 – K1.3 + K1.4 – K1.5 + K1.6

K2

New business in the quarter

This section looks at various aspects of new business that has been transacted in the quarter: each is described below. For each aspect:

• The ‘sale value’ means the gross amount paid to the seller before any fees and charges have been deducted.

• The ‘All sales’ line should agree with figures reported in K1.2.

K2.1 to K2.3

Sales: analysed by discount on open market value (OMV)

Here SRB transactions are classified into different bands, according to the amount of discount expressed as a percentage of the open market value of the property that is subject to the SRB contract. Discount is the open market value minus the sales value.

Values are required to be recorded in both the ‘Number’ and ‘Amount’ columns. So for example, for those SRB agreements where the discount is 30% to under 40%, enter the total number of such sales and the total sales values of those agreements in the relevant boxes on the K2.2 line.

K2.4

Average of all sales

The average discount is recorded as an amount. This value should therefore be recorded in the ‘Amount’ column only. For example, if 4 properties with an open market value of £100,000 were bought at a 25% discount and 4 properties with an open market value of £120,000 at a 35% discount, the average amount of discount is £33,500.

K2.5 to K2.6

Sales: analysed by provider fees charged

Here, SRB transactions are classified into two different bands, according to the amount of provider fees charged to the SRB agreement. Enter the total number of such sales in the ‘Number’ column and the total sales values of those agreements in the ‘Amount’ column.

K2.7

Average fees charged

The average amount of provider fees is19 recorded here. This value should be recorded in the ‘Amount’ column only. For example, if 8 new agreements were entered into during the quarter with provider fees totalling £4000, enter £500 (£4000 divided by 8) in the ‘Amount’ column.

K2.8 to K2.9

Sales: analysed by annual rent as percentage of sales values 19

K2.8

Here the total number of new SRB agreements (entered in the ‘Number’ column) and the amount of average monthly rent being charged at the outset of the agreements (entered in the ‘Amount’ column) is recorded.

K2.9

The average rental yield percentage is calculated as the total annual rent for all new SRB agreements in the quarter divided by the total sales values, entered in the ‘Amount’ column.

K3

SRB agreements terminated or transferred in the quarter

This analyses SRB agreements terminated by either the provider or seller, and also those SRB agreements transferred to other parties.

K3.1 to K3.6

Agreements terminated:

By firm:19

This is where the seller has breached the terms and conditions of the SRB agreement and the provider has exercised the right to terminate the contract. Here, terminations are analysed according to the duration of the contract in particular time bands. For each time band, enter the total number of such terminations.19

At the end of the quarter, some or possibly all of these agreements in K3.1 to K3.6 will also be included in end-quarter figures at K1.7. Those not included may already have been disposed of (reported at K1.3), or sold or transferred to third parties (reported at K1.5).

By seller:19

This is where the seller has exercised the right to buy back the property under the SRB agreement, or where the seller has terminated the tenancy agreement before the end of the fixed term. Here, redemptions are analysed according to the duration of the contract in particular time bands.

For each time band, enter the total number of such transactions.

K3.7 to K3.9

Transfers and disposals

Transfers

This covers SRB agreements which are sold or transferred to third parties, but where the contract itself remains in being.

The analysis looks into the status of each SRB agreement when it is sold or transferred.

Firms should report:

• original SRB values: the gross sales value paid to the seller;

• current SRB values: the book value of the contract at time of sale/transfer; and

• actual disposal/transfer values: the value of the contract as recognised in the agreement with the acquiring party.

Disposals

This covers disposals made during the normal course of business, and does not include business transfers. This is a further analysis of ‘disposals’ reported in K1.3.

Firms should report:

• original SRB values: the gross sales value paid to the seller;

• current SRB values: the book value of the contract at time of disposal; and

• actual disposal/transfer values: the price obtained on sale (before deducting any costs of sale).

K4

SRB agreements at end of quarter: cases 10% or more in arrears

Firms should report those SRB contacts where the total amount of arrears on rental payments is 10% or more of the annual rental amount. Cases should be allocated to the relevant arrears band according to the percentage in arrears.

For each arrears band, report the number of such cases,19 the amount of arrears, and the amount of the expected annual rent on these cases.

K5

SRB administrators

Firms holding SRB administration permissions must complete the number of regulated SRB agreements that they administer, the number of non-regulated SRB agreements that they administer and the number of SRB agreements that they administer for other firms.

The agreements administered for third parties must be further broken down by the number of SRB agreements administered for the largest five firms that they administer regulated SRB agreements for.

SECTION L: CREDIT RISK

Introduction

The purpose of this data item is so that a firm can provide an analysis of its credit risk capital requirement as calculated under MIPRU 4.2A, 4.2B and 4.2C. But this section does not apply to a firm which exclusively carries on home finance administration or home finance providing activities (or both) in relation to second charge regulated mortgage contracts or legacy CCA mortgage contracts (or both): see SUP 16.12.18BR, Note 4.19

This data item is only relevant to firms that meet the criteria set out in note 2 of SUP 16.12.18BR. If that is the case then all relevant exposures must be included in the credit risk capital requirement calculation. See MIPRU 4.2A.4R.

Please note that this data item is intended to be a summary of the credit risk capital calculation as calculated under MIPRU 4.2A, MIPRU 4.2B and MIPRU 4.2C and is not a detailed work schedule.

Data elements: These are referred to by row first then by column, so data element 2B will be the row numbered 2 in column B.

Section L is structured in three parts. The first part (rows 1-7) focuses on the breakdown of the credit risk capital requirement by types of exposure. The second part (rows 8-14) is a memo section that requests further detail on specific elements that will already be incorporated within the first part. The third part (rows 15 and 16) requests transaction level information on a firm’s securitisations.

Part 1 – Rows 1 to 7

This part of the data item focuses on providing a breakdown of a firm’s credit risk capital requirement under the two categories of ‘loans/exposures that are not securitised’ and ‘loans/exposures securitised’. The category ‘loans/exposures not securitised’ is further broken down into four loan/exposure types. A firm should report its credit risk capital requirement across the five loan/exposure types under the two categories of ‘loans/exposures that are not securitised’ and ‘loans/exposures securitised’ in rows 1 to 5.

Please note: This part cannot be used as a worksheet to calculate the credit risk capital requirement for each loan/exposure type, because some loan/exposure types may contain more than one risk weighting within the row.

Row 1 – Loans with mortgages on residential property

A firm should include in this row19 all loans entered into with mortgages on residential property that have not been securitised19. This includes loans that are past due, buy-to-let loans on residential property, second charge and subsequent mortgages on residential property, and mortgages on residential property irrespective of the loan to value.

Row 2 – Loans with mortgages on commercial property

A firm should include in this row19 all loans with mortgages on commercial property that have not been securitised19. This includes loans that are past due, buy-to-let loans on commercial property, and second charge and subsequent mortgages on commercial property.

Row 3 – Other Loans

A firm should include in this row all loans that are not included in rows 1, 2, 4 and 5.

Row 4 – Collective Investment Undertakings

A firm should include in this row19 all positions in collective investment undertakings19.

Row 5 – Securitisation (originated only)

A firm should include in this row19 all positions in assets that have been included in securitisations originated by the firm19. Rows 15 and 16 request further detail on these exposures. See MIPRU 4.2B for more information on calculating the credit risk capital requirement for securitisations.

Column A

A firm should report the exposure value of assets for each of the five loan/asset types. This should be the balance sheet value (i.e. net of any provisions). See MIPRU 4.2A.6R.

Column B

A firm should report here the amount of credit risk mitigation for each of the five loan/asset types. See MIPRU 4.2C.

Column C

A firm should report here any other credit valuation adjustments for each of the five loan/asset types.

Column D

For each of the five loan/asset types, a firm should report the total risk weighted exposure amount. A firm should have regard to MIPRU 4.2A.7R to MIPRU 4.2A.18G when calculating risk weighted exposure amounts.

Column E

This contains the credit risk capital requirement for each of the five loan/asset types, which is 8 per cent of the relevant risk weighted exposure amount in Column D.

Columns F and G

These are memorandum item columns. For each of the five loan/exposure types, a firm should report the total value of individual (specific) and collective (general) impairment balances/provisions that were made BEFORE arriving at the balance sheet exposure value of loans/exposures reported in Column A.

5A Total exposure value of securitisations

This is the total exposure value of assets that have been securitised and originated by the firm. This should equal the sum of the value of assets reported in columns B, C and D of the table in element 15.

6A Total Exposure Value T

his is the total balance sheet value of assets that have been included in the credit risk capital requirement calculation, being the sum of data elements 1A to 5A. This should also be the value of assets reported in data element C4.2a in MLAR Section C.

7E Total credit risk capital requirement

This is the total credit risk capital requirement, being the sum of data elements 1E to 5E. This should also be the credit risk capital requirement reported in data element C4.6(c) in MLAR Section C.

Part 2 – Rows 8 to 14

This part of the data item contains memorandum items on specific elements that have already been recorded in Rows 1 to 7. The aim of this part of the data item is to obtain targeted prudential information on certain loan types. As a result, a firm should not omit data from Part 2 on the grounds that it19 has already included that data in Part 1. Equally, a firm should not omit data from Part 1 on the grounds that19 the data will be included in Part 2. For example, if a firm has a past due loan on a mortgage on a residential property, that data should be included in the credit risk capital requirement calculation in row 1 and in row 8. Another example is a second charge mortgage on a residential property, where the data will be included in the row 1 and in row 13.

Column A

A firm should report the exposure value of assets for each specific loan type. This should be the balance sheet value (i.e. net of any provisions). See MIPRU 4.2A.6R.

Column D

For each specific loan type, a firm should report the total risk weighted exposure amount. A firm should have regard to MIPRU 4.2A.7R to MIPRU 4.2A.18G when calculating risk weighted exposure amounts.

Column E

This contains the credit risk capital requirement for each specific loan type, which is 8% of the relevant risk weighted exposure amount in Column D.

Columns F and G

For each specific loan type, a firm should report the total value of individual (specific) and collective (general) impairment balances/provisions that were made BEFORE arriving at the balance sheet exposure value reported in Column A.

Row 8 – Past due item on loans with mortgages on residential property

A firm should report in this row all past due loans with mortgages on residential property. See MIPRU 4.2A.17R.

Row 9 – Past due item on loans with mortgages on commercial property

A firm should report in this row all past due loans with mortgages on commercial property. See MIPRU 4.2A.17R.

Row 10 – Past due items on other loans

A firm should report in this row all past due loans on other loans. See MIPRU 4.2A.17R.

Row 11 – Buy-to-let mortgages on residential property

A firm should report in this row all buy-to-let mortgages on residential property.

Row 12 – Buy-to-let mortgages on commercial property

A firm should report in this row all buy-to-let mortgages on commercial property.

Row 13 – Second charge mortgages on residential property

A firm should report in this row all second charge and subsequent mortgages on residential property.

Row 14 – Second charge mortgages on commercial property

A firm should report in this row all second charge and subsequent mortgages on commercial property.

Part 3 – Rows 15 and 16

This part of MLAR19 Section L provides transaction-level information on the securitisations that a firm has originated. A firm will report each securitisation programme in a different row and complete columns A to L for each securitisation programme.

Column A

A firm should report the name of the securitisation programme.

Columns B, C and D

A firm should record the value of the securitisation that has been retained by the firm under each of the headings: Senior, Mezzanine and Equity.

For the purposes of completing columns B, C and D of Part 3 of MLAR19 section L, Senior is the value of securitisation tranches that have credit quality step 1 (see the appropriate standardised approach table athttp://www.fca.org.uk/your-fca/documents/fsa-ecais-securitisation);19 Equity is the value of securitisation tranches that have credit quality step 4, 5 or ‘all other credit assessments’ and Mezzanine is the value of securitisation tranches that are not Senior or Equity tranches. Purely for the purposes of completing columns B, C and D of Part 3, all unrated securitisation tranches should be classified as Equity19 tranches.

Columns E, F and G

A firm should record the value of the securitisation that has been purchased by investors (and therefore no longer being held by the firm) under each of the headings: Senior, Mezzanine and Equity.

For the purposes of completing columns E, F and G of Part 3 of MLAR19 section L, Senior is the value of securitisation tranches that have credit quality step 1 (see the appropriate standardised approach table at http://www.fca.org.uk/your-fca/documents/fsa-ecais-securitisation

);19 Equity is the value of securitisation tranches that have credit quality step 4, 5 or ‘all other credit assessments’ and Mezzanine is the value of securitisation tranches that are not Senior or Equity tranches. Purely for the purposes of completing columns E, F and G all unrated securitisation tranches should be classified as Equity19 tranches.

Column H

This is the total credit risk capital requirement for the assets that are included in the securitisation programme but before the effect of the securitisation. The value reported in this column should be based on all assets included in the securitisation programme even though a firm19 will subsequently retain only a portion of the securitisation.

Column J

This is the total credit risk capital requirement for the securitisation programme that has been retained by a firm based on the credit risk weights in MIPRU 4.2B.

Column K

This is the total significant risk transfer add-on that should be added to the capital requirement for the securitisation programme.

Column L

This is the total credit risk capital requirement for the securitisation programme. This should be the sum of columns J and K for each securitisation programme.

16L Total capital requirement after securitisation

This is the total capital requirement for securitisation positions originated by a firm. This should equal the value reported in 5E.

SECTION M: LIQUIDITY

Introduction

The purpose of this data item is for a firm to confirm that it complies with the liquidity resources requirements in MIPRU 4.2D. But this section does not apply to a firm which exclusively carries on home finance administration or home finance providing activities (or both) in relation to second charge regulated mortgage contracts or legacy CCA mortgage contracts (or both): see SUP 16.12.18BR, Note 4.

This data item is only relevant to a firm that does not have a restriction on its Part 4A permission that prevents it from undertaking new home financing or home finance administration (with mortgage assets on balance sheet) connected to regulated mortgage contracts.

In relation to the questions in MLAR Section M Liquidity Questionnaire (with the exception of question 2), a firm should, as appropriate, answer “yes”, “no”, or “not applicable”. For those questions where the answer is “no” or “not applicable”, a firm must explain why in column B.

Part 1 – Adequacy of liquidity resources

Question 1 – In answering this question a firm should have regard to MIPRU 4.2D.2R and MIPRU 4.2D.3G. If a firm answers “no” or “not applicable”, it should explain why in column B and the firm does not need to complete the rest of MLAR Section M.

Question 2 – In deciding on the amount of liquidity resources that a firm holds or is able to generate a firm should have regard to MIPRU 4.2D.3G. The figure should be entered in 000’s.

Part 2 – Systems and controls

Question 3 – In answering this question a firm should have regard to MIPRU 4.2D.4R and MIPRU 4.2D.5R.

Please note that Part 5 of MLAR Section M covers senior management oversight separately.

Part 3 – Stress testing

Question 4 – In answering this question a firm should have regard to MIPRU 4.2D.8R, MIPRU 4.2D.10R and MIPRU 4.2D.11G.

Question 5 – In answering this question a firm should have regard to MIPRU 4.2D.8R, MIPRU 4.2D.9R(1) and (2), MIPRU 4.2D.10R and MIPRU 4.2D.11G.

Question 6 – In answering this question a firm should have regard to MIPRU 4.2D.9R(1) and (2).

Question 7 - In answering this question a firm should have regard to MIPRU 4.2D.9R(3).

Part 4 – Contingency funding plans

Question 8 - In answering this question a firm should have regard to MIPRU 4.2D.13R.

Question 9 - In answering this question a firm should have regard to MIPRU 4.2D.13R(2)(a).

Part 5 – Senior management oversight

Question 10 - In answering this question a firm should have regard to MIPRU 4.2D.6R.

Question 11 – In answering this question a firm should have regard to MIPRU 4.2D.7R.

Question 12 – In answering this question a firm should have regard to MIPRU 4.2D.10R, MIPRU 4.2D.13R and MIPRU 4.2D.14R.

SUP 16 Annex 20 Products covered by the reporting requirement in SUP 16.11

G

11This is the guidance referred to in SUP 16.11.6G.

SUP 16.11.3R , SUP 16.11.5R and SUP 16.11.5AR require certain firms to report product sales data and, in respect of regulated mortgage contracts other than legacy CCA mortgage contracts, performance data. For reporting purposes, a reportable sale applies (other than in the case of a mortgage transaction) where the contract has been made and the premium has been paid.

In the case of mortgage transactions, the reporting requirement only applies to loans for house purchase and remortgages and (in the case of sales data only) not to further advances. In the case of sales data, a reportable mortgage transaction applies where the mortgage transaction has completed (i.e. funds have been transferred and have been applied for the purpose of the mortgage).

In the case of high-cost short-term credit and home credit loan agreements, a reportable transaction has taken place where the loan monies have been advanced to the borrower.

In the case of a group section 32 buy-out, the figure reported for the ‘total premium amount’ in form PSD002 should be the aggregate figure of all the individual members’ premiums added together. Firms should not provide an average premium figure. Where form PSD002 requests individual details (e.g. customer postcode) the firm can, only for group section 32 buy-out transactions, leave the fields blank.11

Part 1 - Products

The following tables provide guidance on the products for which sales data is to be reported. These tables are not intended to be a complete list of relevant products; firms should report sales data on all products which would fall within the scope of retail investments, pure protection contracts, and regulated mortgage contracts and other home finance transactions, high-cost short-term credit and home credit loan agreements.

Table 1 – RETAIL INVESTMENTS

Relevant products include:

Unit trust scheme /OEIC

Investment trust

ISA

Structured capital-at-risk product

With profit bond

Unit linked bond

Distribution bond

Mortgage Endowment

With profit endowment

Endowment savings plan

Guaranteed income/growth/investment bond

Trustee investment bond

Life annuity

Pension annuity

Long term care insurance contract

Stakeholder pension

Self-invested personal pension

Personal pension

Group personal pension

FSAVC

Individual pension transfer

Pension opt out

Section 32 buy out

Group section 32 buy out

Income drawdown

Executive pension

SSAS

Group money purchase

AVC final salary

AVC group money purchase

Table 2 - PURE PROTECTION CONTRACTS

Relevant products include:

Income protection

Standalone critical illness

Critical illness sold as a rider benefit to mortgage protection and mortgage term assurances

Table 3 - MORTGAGES

Relevant mortgage types include:

Fixed rate mortgages

Discounted variable rate mortgages

Tracker mortgages

Capped rate mortgages

Standard variable rate mortgages

Table 4 – OTHER HOME FINANCE TRANSACTIONS

Relevant products include:

Home reversion plans

Home purchase plans

Regulated sale and rent back agreements

Table 5 – SHORT TERM LOANS

Relevant loan types comprise:

High-cost short-term credit

Home credit loan agreements

Part 2: Supporting product definitions/guidance for product sales data reporting

Part 2 contains guidance on the terms used in part 1 and on other relevant material.

Where products have not been defined in the Glossary, an explanatory description is provided.

Retail investments

PRODUCT

Guidance

With profit bond

Includes all single premium policies where a lump sum is paid into a with profits fund made up of investments such as company shares, fixed interest securities , commercial property and money . Unitised with profit bonds should be reported under this category.

Unit linked bond

A contract where the premium buys, or is deemed to buy investment units in a selected fund. The value of the policyholder’s fund is linked to the value of the units (see guidance relating to distribution bonds).

Distribution bond

A single premium investment policy. The funds are invested in equities and gilts and an income is paid each year to the policyholder , dependent on the performance of the investments .

Only report as a distribution bond where over 50% of the fund allocation relates to the distribution fund. If less than a 50% allocation is made, the product should be reported as a unit linked bond.

Guaranteed income/growth/ investment bond

This includes income and growth bonds which include guaranteed income and guaranteed equity bonds that include guarantees and pay a percentage of the movement of more one or more index.

Structured capital-at-risk product

Defined in the Handbook Glossary.

Life/pension annuity

An arrangement by which a life company pays someone a regular income, usually for life, in return for a lump sum premium. This would include

• deferred and immediate annuities

• compulsory purchase annuities

• home income plans; and

• all other types of life annuities

Unit trust scheme

Defined in the Handbook Glossary.

Investment trust

Defined in the Handbook Glossary.

ISA

Defined in the Handbook Glossary.

Cash and insurance ISAs should not be reported

Endowment savings plan

An endowment plan with a fixed term with benefits paid on death within the term or on maturity

Mortgage endowment

This should include any regular premium low cost endowments plus unitised with profit endowments

Long-term care insurance contract

[The FSA consulted in CP 200 on the definition of long-term care insurance contract that will apply from 14 January 2005. The guidance here will cross-refer to the finalised definition.]

Stakeholder Pension

See Handbook Glossary for definition of ‘stakeholder pension scheme’.

Self-invested personal pension

See Handbook Glossaryfor definition ofself-invested personal pension’.

Personal pension

See Handbook Glossary for definition of ‘personal pension scheme’.

For reporting purposes do not include Rebate Only Pension business.

Group personal pension

See Handbook Glossary for definition of ‘group personal pension scheme’.

Phased retirement should include transfer plans that permit staggered annuities to subsequently be purchased.

Deferred transfer plans should be excluded.

Report each individual policy as a separate case.

FSAVC

Defined in the Handbook Glossary.

Do not include Rebate Only Pension business.

Individual pension transfer

See Handbook Glossary for definition of ‘pension transfer’.

Pension opt out

Defined in the Handbook Glossary.

Section 32 buy out/ Group section 32 buy out

An arrangement where trustees accept capital from employees who have left occupational pension scheme service and the transfer value is reinvested in an attempt to provide better benefits when the employee retires.

Income drawdown

See Handbook Glossary for definition of ‘income withdrawal’.

This should include transfer plans that allow income from a pension plan in advance of an annuity being purchased

Executive pension scheme

An arrangement where each premium paid is identifiable to an individual employee and where an employer has discretion as to whether a pension arrangement is made for a particular employee and to the level of contribution or target benefit under the policy.

Report each individual policy as a separate case.

Pension premiums should be reported gross.

SSAS

Defined in the Handbook Glossary.

Pension premiums should be reported gross.

SSAS business should not be reported if you only provide an administration service.

Report each individual policy as a separate case.

Trustee investment bond

A lump sum investment vehicle designed for use by pension scheme trustees. Includes SSAS Trustee Investment Bonds and SIPP Trustee Investment Bonds

Group money purchase

An occupational pension scheme which provides money-purchase benefits which is available to employees of the same employer or of employers within a group.

AVC Final salary

Pension premiums should be reported gross.

AVC Group money purchase

Pension premiums should be reported gross.

Mortgages

(a) Types of interest or reversion rate

Types of interest or reversion rate

Description

Fixed rate

where the interest rate is fixed for a stated period.

Discounted variable rate

where a discount is applied to a variable rate, usually for a limited period of time.

Bank of England Base Rate tracker

where the interest rate is guaranteed to move in line with the Bank of England Base (or Repo) Rate.

LIBOR tracker

where the interest rate is guaranteed to move in line with LIBOR (the London InterBank Offered Rate).

Other tracker

where the interest rate is guaranteed to move in line with an index other than the Bank of England Base (or Repo) Rate or LIBOR.

Capped (and collared) rate mortgage

where the interest rate is guaranteed not to exceed a stated maximum rate (the ‘capped’ rate) for specific period of time, but where the standard variable interest rate applies when the rate is lower than the capped rate. Also includes products where the interest rate is subject to a minimum rate (the ‘collared’ rate).

Standard variable rate

the lender’s underlying interest rate.

(b) Features

Data Item

Description

Flexible mortgage

A mortgage where you can change the monthly payments and pay off part or all of the loan whenever you like. It is normally linked to any interest rate type.

Details vary from one mortgage to another, but for reporting purposes, to be reported as a flexible mortgage, the mortgage should have the following features:

• interest must be calculated monthly or daily; and

• must have an overpayment facility

Cashback

a cash amount paid by a mortgage lender to a customer (typically at the beginning of a contract) as an inducement to enter into a regulated mortgage contract with the mortgage lender.

Offset mortgage – positive and/or negative offset

An offset mortgage will typically have similar facilities to a flexible mortgage, but will also allow the borrower to offset positive (savings and/or current account) and/or negative balances (credit card and/or personal loans) against their outstanding mortgage balance.

Mortgage with a shared equity loan attached

where the lender is aware that the customer will also have a shared equity loan secured on the property.

Mortgage with indemnity insurance attached

where a mortgage has attached indemnity insurance to protect the lender in the case of default, whether arranged by the lender privately or through a government scheme.

Pure protection contracts

Policy Type

Description

Standalone critical illness

These policies are ‘pure’ critical illness policies i.e. there is no life cover sold alongside them. Under these policies the insurer provides the sum insured to the policyholder in the event of diagnosis of a life threatening condition.

Critical illness sold as a rider benefit to term assurance

For reporting purposes, this applies where critical illness is offered as a rider benefit to either a mortgage protection policy (a life policy that provides by means of decreasing term assurance for a mortgage to be paid off in the event of the borrower’s death) or a protection term assurance contract.

Income protection

Insurance contracts arranged by an individual to provide for payment of income during a period of incapacity, due to ill health or accident.

Other home finance transactions

Finance Type

Description

Home reversion plan

Defined in the Handbook Glossary

Home purchase plan

Defined in the Handbook Glossary

Regulated sale and rent back agreement

Defined in the Handbook Glossary

Short-term loans

Loan Type

Description

High-cost short-term credit

Defined in the Handbook Glossary

Home credit loan agreements

Defined in the Handbook Glossary

8 10

SUP 16 Annex 21 Reporting Fields

R

This annex consists only of one or more forms. Forms are to be found through the following address:

Reporting Fields - SUP Chapter 16 Annex 21 R1618

6 7 13 14 12 15 17 18

SUP 16 Annex 22 [deleted]34

R

1 2 3

SUP 16 Annex 23 [deleted]34

G

1 2 3